Practical Handbook ofPlant Alchemy

Manfred M . Junius
Translated by Leone Muller

Contents

Preface
1 Spagyria and Spagyrics

V11

2 Advice of Basilius Valentinus

23

3 The Three Philosophical Principles and the Elements

30

4 Mercury, Sulfur, and Salt in the Plant World

54

5 The Extraction of the Three Philosophi al Principles
from Plants

60

1 . The Extraction of the Essential Oils, That Is, of theVolatile Sulfur
A . Distillation by Boiling in Water
B . Distillation by Means of SteamC . Distillation with an Oil Separator

2. Mercury

1

61
62
65
66
69

A . Separation

70

B. Purification72

3. Fixed Sulfur and Its Salt
4. Salt

6 The Stars

86
93

96

1. The Foundations

96

2. Stars and Medicinal Plants

101

The Sun101

The Moon

104

CONTENTS

106
109
112
115
119
Days, Hours, and Rhythms of the Planets

122 -4. The Exact Horoscope as the Basis for the Works

132

7 Preparation of Spagyric Tinctures and Essences

138

1

2.

Tinctures

138

A . Spagyric Tinctures through Cold-Maceration

140

B . Spagyric Tinctures by Soxhlet Extraction

143

Essences

146

C . Spagyric Essences Prepared from Tinctures

147

D . Spagyric Essences from Fresh Plants through Fermentation

150

E. Spagyric Essences from Fresh Plants through Fermentation
after Addition of Fermentable Sugars

151

F . Spagyric Essences from Fresh Plants with Separation of the
Etheric Oils and Subsequent Fermentation of the Residue
G . The Method ofJohann Rudolf Glauber

152
154

8 Circulation

158

9 The Plant Magistery of Paracelsus

162

10 The Circulatum Minus of Urbigerus

166

11 Elixir- Clyssus- Vegetable Stone

183

12 Alchemical Signs and Symbols

233

13 Old Weights

246

Epilogue : How Can We Heal?
Notes

248

Bibliography

261

vi

253

Pre ace

The renewed valuation of natural healing methods in our time
has led to a steadily growing interest in medicinal plants and theirclassical-and thus also the spagyric--methods of preparation . The
practice of spagyrics consists in the application of alchemical, or
parachemical, findings and methods to the preparation of tinctures,
essences, and other products from the medicinal plants at our
disposal. This book aims to give the reader an understanding ofthese methods .
I have tried to present spagyrics holistically . Without knowledge of the conceptual world and background of spagyric thought,a mere practical methodology would be incomplete . The mostimportant methods of preparation are discussed separately, while
corresponding important textual passages are quoted in the original .
At the same time, as an experimental manual, this work will, it
is hoped, stimulate the practice of spagyrics . By the very nature of
our field, such a book can never be complete . Moreover, a certain
inconsistency is hard to avoid . The vast field of spagyrics presents
itself rather like a mosaic that is only slowly completed by thecollaboration of the reader .
The lively response to the original Italian version induced me
to enlarge this work in the German language, on which the present
English translation is based . The bibliography contains the titles offurther works that may later be consulted for advanced studies .
It is assumed that the reader has a fundamental knowledge of
botanic medicine, or that he or she is willing to acquire it . For that

PREFACE

PREFACEreason, this book does not deal with individual medicinal plants .
Several excellent works on this subject are easily available . (Seethe bibliography .)In principle, spagyric preparations contain the curative powersof the plants used in each case, either integrally or partially . By
further specific processes unique to spagyrics, these curative powers can be further potentized either all together or separately .
The hermetic terminology often strikes the uninitiated as
strange and can easily lead to misunderstanding ; one must therefore familiarize oneself with the often dramatic and always figurative language of this field, although it thereby loses much of its
beauty and evocativeness . Anyone who walked into a laboratory
supply store asking for suitable equipment for the "extraction of
the Philosophical Principles" of plants, or for an "alembic for
spirits," would be greeted by a perplexed look, unless the salesclerk happened to have a knowledge of spagyrics . An initiatedspagyrist, however, would immediately understand the request andbe able to make appropriate suggestions, for behind these terms
which at first seem absurd are hidden clear concepts .
The classification of plants after the seven planets of antiquity
may arouse reformatory urges in modern astrologers . Modern
astrological research also takes into consideration the transsaturnians, and possibly still other influences and rhythms . Out of respect
for the classical tradition, I have limited myself to the septenary .
Besides, a distinction has to be made between the seven planetaryprinciples as such and their planets .
In our time, parachemistry has become ever more accessible tothe public and is today practiced in many countries . Medicinesfrom the leading spagyric pharmaceutical companies as well asfrom good individual spagyrists are helping people throughout theworld .
The bibliography of the Swiss edition retains several titles fromthe original Italian edition . Similarly, the acknowledgments expressed there are repeated here . Special thanks are due to Mr .
Augusto Pancaldi, Ascona, friend and teacher of the author ; toProfessor Dr . Krishna Kumar, formerly of the Calabrian State
University, today general manager of the Australerba Laboratories

in Adelaide ; and to the Ayurvedic physician Dr . $hagwan Dash of
New Delhi, also a much-revered teacher of the author . Thanks
also to Hans Nintzel for his kind assistance in reading the English
manuscript.

viii

1
Spagyria and Spagyrics

Therefore, learn Alchimiam, otherwise called
Spagyria, which teaches you to separate thefalse from the true .
-Paracelsus

In the word spagyria two Greek words are hidden : span, to draw
out, to divide ; and ageiro, to gather, to bind, to join . These twoconcepts form the foundation of every genuine alchemical work,
hence the often-quoted phrase "Solve et coagula, et habebis magisteriuml "(Dissolve and bind, and you will have the magistery) .1
The alchemical work always takes place in three stages : (1) separation, (2) purification, and (3) cohobation (recombination, or the"chymical wedding") . In the spagyrist's view, these actions leadto an increase and a release of certain curative powers in the initial
species.
Spagyric is the application of alchemical working methods tothe production of medicaments .
When we learn that the famous physician Theophrastus
Bombastus von Hohenheim, better known as Paracelsus (c . 14931541), prepared a large part of his famous medicines according tospagyric methods, we must thereby understand a very high level ofPRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

the hermetic art . The latter has little in common with vulgar
alchemy, which is often disparagingly called "the art of goldmaking .
The beginnings of this true hermetic art are to this day shroudedin obscurity . We know that the hermetic-spagyric method of
preparation was known to many ancient cultures . In ancient China, 2
for instance, in India ,3 and among the ancient Egyptians4 we findimportant contributions to alchemical medicine . Between the ancient Indian and Chinese alchemy there exist many parallels . In
India, alchemical preparations are part of the southern Indian siddha
medicine, of Ayurvedic medicine as also of Unani medicine, whichcame later to India through the Muslims and represents a further
development of ancient Greek medicine.
The alchemy of the Western schools is chiefly based on the
Egyptian tradition. In ancient Egypt, hermetism was taught in thetemples of Memphis and Thebes. From the writings of Zosimos ofPanopolis (Akhmin, A.D . 300) we learn that alchemy was practicedin Egypt under the supervision of kings and priests, and that
divulging the secrets of this art was against the law .s The hermetic
art was taught exclusively by oral transmission .
The Arabs were the chief agents for transmitting theoreticaland practical alchemy to the Europeans, who then merged it with
the Christian tradition .
Among the historically accessible European sources, special
mention must be made of the writings of Paracelsus . Before themuch older Indian and Chinese traditions became known in theWest, the Paracelsian writings constituted the earliest informationthat could be dated with certainty . The dating of earlier texts,
including many Oriental ones, is uncertain, and their authorship is
elusive . The substructure of the whole alchemical world of ideas isstrongly metaphorical and mythological, largely lacking the modern
historical thinking that Westerners value so highly . It is no wonder,
then, that many Western alchemists constantly refer to Paracelsus,
and that several institutes bear his name .
In his book Paragranum, Paracelsus says: "The third foundation
upon which medicine rests is alchemy . If the physician does nothave good ability and experience in it, his art is in vain ."Spagyria and Spagyrics

How do spagyric plant remedies differ from nonspagyric ones?
Ordinary tinctures, infusions, decoctions, and the like, utilize inpart the curative powers of the plants from which they are prepared .
The spagyric preparation "opens" the plant and by its own process
liberates stronger curative powers . It is in principle synergistic, andless interested in isolated pharmacologically active principles . We
cannot do justice to the methodology of spagyrics if we measure it
according to the standards of analytical chemistry or pharmacology,
even if these sciences can explain in their own way part of theeffects of spagyric remedies . Just as homeopathy has its own findings, experiences, and laws, which cannot be comprehended solely
by the prevailing chemical-analytical knowledge, so, too, does
spagyric insist on its own standards, for which it has its own
conceptions and symbols . In the case of many of these conceptions
and ideas we are dealing with analogies, which, however, prove to
be extremely valuable, just as in traditional acupuncture .6
We must not consider spagyrics and alchemy as a whole merely
a preliminary stage of the later scientific chemistry . It is rather
another way of looking at nature and its !powers . And as modern
Western chemistry and medicine, at the latest since Virchow,broke completely with the chemical and medicinal arts of the past,
many perceptions of spagyrics have remained closed to them .
There exists a somewhat similar relation between chemistry andalchemy as between neurophysiology and acupuncture . Felix Mann,
M.D., president of the Medical Acupuncture Society, who has
striven for many years for a scientific explanation of acupuncturein the Western sense, writes in one of his books :What I have written . . . [in this work] might give the reader
the impression, that there is little left to acupuncture, for I
have demolished practically the whole of the traditional theoretical framework . This is far from being the case, for I practise
acupuncture exclusively about 90% of my time, and I would not
do so if I did not achieve better results than in practising Western
medicine' in the appropriate type of disease or dysfunction .
There are, of course, many diseases where Western medicine
is better than acupuncture .
The crux of the matter is that I try to combine acupuncture3

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

the principles of Western physiology, anatomy and medi-

w general . In some instances Chinese theory explainsna better than Western theory, and hence I treat thene accordingly . I try to keep my feet in both camps, formuch that is unknown to Western physiology that canecrtain way be explained by Chinese tradition, or at leastof it can be explained to know how to treat a patient
au acupuncture point of view 7

ply succumb to the temptation to judge the wholeknowledge of the past by the criteria of the current
stern science, which leads to a distortion or an inperception of genuine connections .
can never lead to a complete perception, because theways greater than its parts. Thus, for instance, analyticaltions of old Italian master violins have never been able tothe secret of the famous violinmakers of Cremona . The
icntific examination of the old violinmaking, including theof the famous varnishes, could never lead to new heights
unmaking, because it solely undertook the "solve" but notgula ." The quality of the master instruments of Stradivari
raeri del Gesu has remained unattainable to this day . I once
famous contemporary violinmaker, who could literally
an old instrument to new life, to tell me the "secret" of theMailers of Cremona . His reply was clear: "There are no secretsof tricks, as you might think . The `secrets' consist of theknowledge of natural laws and their bases, which the oldunderstood better than we today ."to similar with spagyrics . The spagyrist has to "stand in thenature, to quote once more from Paracelsus .
connection, a quotation from the Rgveda is here also
structure of pure knowledge-expression of the Veda
in the immortal field of transcendental consciousall impulses of creative intelligence [or the laws of
lh are responsible for the organization of the whole ofw*c their seat. "ssaying from an Indian guru of our age: "Knowledge isciousness . "9Spagyria and Spagyrics

We rightly admire the amazing height of metallurgical knowledge in ancient India and China . The bhafmas of Indian Ayurvedic
medicine, which chemically are metallic oxides, have proved to be
excellent remedies in both ancient and modern times . 10 Thus, forexample, lohd-bhaima, a specially prepared metallic oxide, does notshow any of the known side effects of many Western iron preparations and therefore causes neither constipation nor digestive troubles .
It quickly enters the bloodstream and raises the hemoglobin content,
whereas many Western iron preparations can lead to gastric troubles
and other side effects, even when they are injected intravenously .
These Ayurvedic bhaimas are made by calcining metals (to which I
shall refer later in detail), followed by immersing them in plantjuices. This process is repeated many times, until the preparation hasreached the desired condition .
Alchemists occasionally speak about an elevation (exaltatio) of
the basic substances . Spagyrists are of the opinion that these elevations liberate specific energies. Let us consider two reproductions
from "Sapientia veterum philosophorum sive doctrina eorundemde summa et universali medicina," a m4nuscript of the eighteenth
century, preserved in Paris ."In Figure 1 we recognize a hermetically sealed flask, in whichfour states of aggregation and a pelican are indicated . The exaltation takes place in a pelican (see page 160), that is, in a reflux
system .
Figure 2 shows the exalted essence : the volatile (white) issimultaneously above and below, right and left, likewise the fixed(dark) . In the center of the circle a phoenix is rising out of the fire,
while the aura of flames surrounding the flash denotes the now
liberated energy in the form of radiation . The states of aggregation
are here united ; the "circle of clouds" is running its course .
To arrive at this release of higher energies, the alchemical art isrequired . Let us listen to what Paracelsus has to say in this regard :As Nature is extremely subtle and penetrating in her mani-

festations, she cannot be used without the Art . Indeed, shedoes not produce anything that is perfect in itself, but man
must make it perfect, and this perfecting is called alchemy . .
5Spagyria and Spagyrics

soluble salts are mostly (but not always!) rejected as Caput Mortuum(Death's Head) or terra damnata (damned earth), while the watersoluble ones go into the preparation as Sal salis (Salt of the salts) .
Experience has shown that these salts have great curative effects,
and they are therefore also often used by themselves .
Like all alchemical methods of preparation, spagyrics considers
the so-called three Philosophical Principles, also known as Essentials, the essential carriers of the curative powers . These three
Essentials are designated as Mercury, Sulfur, and Salt . They mustnot be mistaken for the usual meaning of these words in presentday chemistry . By means of special processes, which we shall learn
later, they are separated, cleansed (purification), and finally recombined (cohobation or chymical wedding) .

Fig . IAnd as medicine must not act without the participation ofheaven, it must act together with it . Therefore you must treat
it in order to free it from the Earth ;12 and as the latter is not
ruled by heaven, it must be removed in the preparation of the
medicine . When you have separated the medicine from the
Earth, it obeys the will of the stars, that is, it will be guided bythem.
[Paragranum]

Whereas in the preparation of simple tinctures the plant residues
are thrown out after the extraction, spagyric herbal preparations
always contain the salts obtained through incineration and calcination of the plant residue . These are partly water-soluble and areleached from the calcined material with distilled water . B y evaporating the water, one can make them visible . The non-water6

Fig. 2
7

PkAC'IICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Spagyria and Spagyrics

ong time modem Western pharmacology has been devotcd to the investigation of single active substances that were, orarc, extracted from the species . It has carried out the "solve," butonly in rare cases the "coagula ." Nevertheless, this modern research is absolutely valuable . It has made possible, for instance, thexact determination of critical amounts of certain substances andtheir specific weight, as well as many other qualitative-quantitative
experiments . Through the pioneer work of nutritionists and naturopaths who had not made a complete break with the past but linked
up with tradition, the holistic manufacture and dispensing of plant
medicaments has gained ground once more . Even if some scientists
have been holding on to extreme specialization up to today, andhave thereby largely lost the great synoptic view, science as awhole is nevertheless on the way to a new integral perspective . In
this connection, many quotations can be cited . Here are a few ofthem :The exact definition of biochemical processes presents itself not
only as a chemical but often also as an alchemical, or nuclearchemical, problem . To understand, respectively to try to understand, the subtle effect of specific substances, we must become
conversant with the concept of transmutation .
Let us begin with a personal experience of the author .
When, as a young student at an Indian university, I was obliged
to eat in the Mensa, some food at first gave me trouble, especiallythe custom of eating citrus fruit, in particular grapefruit, withfairly large amounts of salt. Even fruitjuice beverages were often
served salted. Aside from the omnipresent tea, the typical summer
beverage was the dearly beloved nimbu pant, a mixture of lemon
juice, well water, and salt . Slowly I got used to many alien
conceptions of nutrition, among others also the custom of always
being served two small seeds in half a papaya fruit, instead of eating
the fruit without seeds . When I inquired about the reason for thiscustom, approximately the following conversation developed :"Why do we always find two seeds in the papaya? Is there any
symbolic meaning? ""The two seeds are good for your health . They contain substances that act favorably upon the digestive system during thedigestion of the food . Always eat the seeds together with the fruit .
We have our own traditional medicine and a precise science ofnutrition . It is founded on insights that differ in many ways fromyour Western medicine . The word Ayurveda means `science of life .'Ayurvedic medicine is one of the most successful systems of treatment by a precise science of nutrition, and a highly developed
preventive medicine . One of its goals -i to make the organism
capable of resistance . Where your physicians proceed with antibiotics, often in cases where they are not necessary, the Ayurvedic
physician would rather aim at an intensification of the defensive
forces . He achieves this by restoring the balance of forces in theorganism . It is like the combative sports : Whoever has balance,
stands firm . Where stability loses equilibrium, lability ensues, as
in judo . By this I do not mean to say anything against your medicine, which is excellent in surgery and technology . Indeed, every
system has its place, and none is quite complete without the other .
Or take UnAni medicine . The word Unanr means "Greek," properly
speaking, "Ionic ." This system is akin to your classical medicine,
Hippocrates and others. The Muslims brought it to our country .
"There are many processes in our organism-and I beg you tounderstand this word in a much wider sense than you are perhaps
used to-which the official Western medicine does not know . The
prana energy of the breath and the nadis, for example, are unknown
to Western medicine, likewise the meridians of Chinese medicine .
Breathing is not only oxygen absorption . Still quite differentR

9

Our daily experience, down to the smallest detail, seems tobe so much dovetailed into the large-scale features of theuniverse that it is practically impossible to consider the two as
separate . 13
Modern physics teaches us that the "raw material" of theuniverse is an energy flow in fields of which matter represents
only a manifestation . Einstein already said: "The field is thesole reality. "14
It was not possible to formulate the laws of the quantum
theory without referring to consciousness . Is

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Spagyria and Spagyrics

energies and transformations of energy are involved . My father
was a vaidya [Ayurvedic physician] in Allahabad. You will see that
it will not be long before Ayurvedic medicine is also taught at our
modern universities." 16"That may be so. But perhaps you could explain to me why
fruit and lemonade are always salted here . I am always advised todrink a great deal here in India, as much liquid evaporates throughthe skin in the heat . Is salt meant to bind the water in the body? Or
to replace the salts lost with the liquid?""It is not quite so simple . We cannot simply replace certain
salts essential to life with table salt or with natural sea salt . Salt
brings a certain freshness . It protects you from exhaustion in great
heat. Wheat, for instance, is cool and sweet by nature, and its
digestive product is sweet . This water buffalo's milk here is fat andcool . According to the Ayurveda, there are eight different kinds ofhoney, for example, fresh sweet honey, astringent honey, light andcool honey, and so on . This fruit here (papaya) is sweet, heavy,
appetizing, and it reduces pitta. What pitta (gall) means, I'll explain
to you when the time comes .""But how can I feel fresh when this sharp salt is in my body? ""It produces many effects in the organism . Do take up the
Indian science of nutrition and medicine . I advise you in good faith
to become accustomed to our eating and drinking habits."
It was good advice . During half of my life in India, I was neverseriously ill, which may be attributed to, a healthy way of life,
adapted to Indian conditions and the Ayurveda .
For a long time I could not find a completely satisfactory
explanation for the frequent use of salt . The often-heard assertion
that it was merely a replacement for the secretion of lost salts andsubstances did not satisfy me, if only for the reason that sea salt
does :not contain all physiologically necessary salts and trace elements. Only the study of alchemy-more exactly, of biologicaltransmutations-could throw some light upon the problem . Now a
few words about this.
When the biologist Dr . L. C . Kervran was on official mission in
the Sahara in 1959, he observed that those technicians and workmen

who were preserved from heatstroke and exhaustion, even at
enormous temperatures and while working intensely, all took large
amounts of sea salt, mostly in the form of tablets . (These tablets had
also been distributed to the British armed forces in India during thecolonial times .) Repeated investigations by Dr . Kervran, whichwere also confirmed by other researchers, proved that the perspiration of the workers contained a very high percentage of potassium
after taking the salt tablets . Table salt, however, is sodium chloride,
not potassium . What had happened to the sodium?
It had changed into potassium within the organism and could
later be detected in the perspiration in the already mentioned highamounts . This process uses up calories . ("Salt brings a certain
freshness . It protects you from exhaustion in great heat .") Hencethe cooling effect, an endothermic process .
Dr . Kervran formulated this process as follows:

1011

23 N a160 = 39K
+

11

8

19

This formula represents the substantial side of the progress ; theenergy factor is not discernible in it.
Such nuclear-chemical formulas-we can call them "alchemical"
or "parachemical" formulas-have not been in use for very long .
The ancient masters used other symbols, among them often very
impressive, highly dramatic images, such as dragons with or without wings, red and green lions, snakes, crows, eagles, toads, salamanders, flowers, trees, chains, and gods and goddesses . We areprone today to express many parachemical processes in nuclearchemical formulas, which were of course unknown to the ancientmasters . But we should not overlook the fact that the concrete andmetaphorical language of the alchemists is not only of great beauty
but also very evocative and precise . C . G . Jung, who was at first
confused by the language of alchemistic treatises, later, after advanced studies, pointed out the extraordinary coherence and precision of alchemistic concepts and formulations-true, always from

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

the viewpoint of the psychologist . Practical alchemy remained closed
to him .
It was not so long ago that official chemistry denied the possibility of transformation of the elements ; just for the same reason it
spoke of basic substances . Modern research has forced chemistry tochange its formulations, because the possibility of transmuting one
element into another has been proved experimentally .
We shall now briefly refresh our nuclear-chemical knowledge .
Transmutation means the transformation of, one element intoanother. A radioactive element is constantly transmuting . The atoms
give off particles, whereby the number of protons changes and a newelement is formed . This process continues until a stable element isformed, for instance, lead . Science distinguishes between three kindsof nuclear changes : fission, fusion, and transmutation .
In fission (splitting), the nucleus splits into two nuclei ; in fusion(joining together), two or several nuclei combine into a heavier
nucleus . (Here, too, the famous sentence applies : Solve et coagula, ethabebis magisterium .) In the course of a transmutation (transformation), a radioactive element disintegrates through regular emissionof particles . Every element can be made radioactive by bombarding
it with alpha particles or neutrons . In this way, the element changes
into a radioactive "isotope ."In alchemy, the concept of transmutation is simply identicalwith every transformation of elements .
In classical alchemistic texts, we also find the word projection .
The transformation of a substance is done according to an alchemical method by throwing upon it-that is, "projecting"-aspecific active principle . In this sense the bombardment of matterwith accelerated particles that cause a transmutation can also becalled a modern form of projection . Since the transmuted matterchanges color, classical alchemy also speaks of "tingeing ."Ernest Rutherford was the first scientist to succeed in bringing
about an artificial transmutation of elements in the laboratory inthe modern scientific meaning . By means of a helium nucleus (analpha particle), he transmuted a nitrogen nucleus into an oxygenisotope and hydrogen after the formula :Spagyria and Spagyrics

14N + 4He
7
2

16 + i H
81

Scientific knowledge and formulation of transmutation led toa change in the concept of elements . "Element" in the modern
meaning stands for a pure substance whose constituent atoms are allof the same kind . Elements are homogeneous systems of a constant,nonvariable combination that cannot be divided by chemical means .
We shall later see that the concept of elements in alchemy istotally different and rather resembles a state, since alchemy does
not recognize stability in the matter found in the realms of nature .
In nature, nothing but change is stable, and nature itself represents
a constantly occurring alchemy .
A chemical element, therefore, is a body composed of atoms of
one kind . Each of these atoms consists of a nucleus with the same
number of protons, respectively also neutrons, and an "orbit" or"shell" of "revolving" electrons whose number is identical withthat of the protons . This atomic model goes back to Ernest Rutherford and Niels Bohr and has been able to survive until today on thestrength of its clarity, at least among chemists, while physicists areespecially interested in the still more minute building stones ofmatter, which they provisionally call "elementary particles ." Inmodern nuclear physics, the concepts of the elementary particles areundergoing changes that often border on the limits of our imagination.
Let us for the moment remain with our already somewhat oldfashioned proton-electron-neutron model .
Protons have a positive charge, electrons a negative, neutrons
are neutral . If an atom has more neutrons in its nucleus thanprotons, its atomic weight is higher . Such an atom is called an
isotope . Isotopes are atoms of an identical chemical but of a higher
atomic weight owing to the presence of neutrons . In this way, forinstance, exist the heavy hydrogens . The "normal" hydrogen,atomic weight 1 .008, consists of one proton and one electron ;deuterium, atomic weight 2 .016, has one neutron in addition ; the12

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Spagyria and Spagyrics

still heavier tritium, atomic weight 3 .024, has two neutrons inaddition .

and maintains the organic calcium equilibrium . This ability rests
especially upon the transmutation of silicon into calcium .
The most important substances contained in field horsetail are :Tritium

HydrogenIn our abovementioned formulas, the upper number, called themass number, indicates the sum of the number of protons andneutrons (if those are present), while the lower represents thenumber of electrons. We can now easily understand Kervran's
formula of the transformation of sodium into potassium : The nucleusof the sodium isotope with 11 protons and 12 neutrons fuses withthe oxygen nucleus, which consists of 8 protons and 8 neutrons. The
electrons are likewise added . The result is a new atom with anucleus consisting of 19 protons (11 + 8) and 20 neutrons (12 + 8),
around which 19 electrons (11 + 8) revolve, which is a potassium
isotope .
That this kind of transmutation, about which many scientists arestill skeptical, represents a certain heat regulation of the organism,
seems also to be confirmed by other observations .
In tropical climates, the potassium content in human urine rises
considerably in proportion to the sodium content, especially in thecourse of physical work .
We will here mention yet another example of biological transmutation.
According to the classical Doctrine of Signatures (see chapter 6),
horsetail (the most frequently used species, Equisetum arvense) is
considered to be ruled by Saturn . Among other organs, this plant inparticular rules the bone structure and the mineral processes in theorganism . Horsetail has a corrective effect in cases of demineralization of the bones, as also in general . (See the works of Leclerc,
Renon, Kobert, Kahle, Willfort, and others .) Horsetail corrects
14

1 . Silicic acid in large amounts
2. Equisetic acid (an acid proper to the species, with a diuretic
effect)3 . Equisetonin (a saponin)
4 . Mucic acid
5 . Malic acid
6 . Oxalic acid
7 . Iron
8 . Magnesium
9 . Manganese
10 . Potassium
11 . Sodium
12 . Aluminum
13. Calcium
14. Phosphorus
15. Glucosides
16 . Antivitamin (in the spores ; the antivitamin has the ability
to decompose vitamin B 1 , thiamine)
17 . Dimethylsulfon
18 . Vitamin C (in the fresh plant)
19 . Phytostearin
20 . Resin
21 . A substance that prevents coagulating and floats on the juiceof the plant
22 . A coagulating substance in the sediment of the juice
23. An alkali not yet clearly defined
24 . Equisetin, an alkaloid caused by a fungus (Ustilago Equiseti)
which gives the plant its typical brown spots . If a content ofequisetin is to be avoided, the plant must be harvested
before it is attacked by the fungus .
15

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Spagyria and Spagyrics

Young plants contain less silicic acid than full-grown species .
younger plants, however, contain more soluble silicic acid thanthe older ones, whereby we have to bear in mind that soluble silicic
acid has a greater therapeutic value .
According to information from the Firma Staufen Pharma company, the quantitative analysis of a horsetail species is as follows :17

The last of these formulas explains the process . In this connection, a remark by the American nutritionist Dr . Paavo Airola regarding osteoporosis is interesting .18 An abnormal porosity of thebones of older people is usually due to deficient nutrition, especiallya lack of vitamins and minerals . A prolonged treatment withcortisone can also end in osteoporosis, as it leads to a reduction of
the intake of calcium through the intestines and also blocks theformation of bone substance . Dr . Airola remarks that, in -Dr .
Kervran's view, it is not advisable to give food rich in vitamins or
supplementary calcium in cases of osteoporosis, calcium deficiency,
or decalcification. Kervran instead suggests the intake of organic
silicic acid, magnesium, and potassium as a more effective way to
improvethe mineral economy and to add calcium to the bones andtissues. By the process of biological transmutation, the silicon of
the silicic acid in the body is changed into easily assimilable calcium .
Kervran especially recommends horsetail tea .
In his book on biological transmutation, Kervran remarks thatorganic silicic acid is recommendable for human beings, while
mineral silicic acid has the opposite effect : it decalcifies . 19
These pointers must suffice for the moment . To the interested
reader, the writings of Kervran and Vitofranceschi, mentioned in
the bibliography of this work, are recommended .
In connection with the renewed evaluation of the possibilities oftransmutation, I will also mention the much-discussed experimentof the Gesellschaft fur Schwerionenforschung (Society for Researchin Heavy Ions) in Darmstadt .
In 1977, a plate of uranium was bombarded with uranium ionswhich had been accelerated to a speed of 1 .8 billion electron volts .
With these energies a total fusion of two uranium nuclei does not
yet occur, but only a few protons and neutrons are exchanged
between the nuclei . This exchange increases with the growing
energy of the projectiles, and in the subsequent (radiochemical)
analysis the presence of gold was confirmed . When one of two
uranium nuclei changes into a gold nucleus, the reaction partnerchanges into a nucleus of element 105 (uranium has the atomic
number 92, gold 79 ; the difference is 13 ; 92 + 13 = 105) . Such

Silicic acid : 62 .11%
Chlorine : 0 .70%
Sulfuric acid : 4 .67%
Phosphoric acid : 2 .12%
Sulfur : 4 .03%
Carbonic acid : 0 .59%
Potassium: 2 .88%
Sodium : 0 .67%
Magnesium: 1 .53%
Calcium : 15 .40%
Iron : 2 .19%
Impressive is the high content in silicic acid, which is practicallyfour times the calcium content . How then can the strongly balancing
effect of the calcium content in the organism be explained? According to Kervran, the calcium content of the organism is especially maintained by the processes of transmutation . Here now
follow the corresponding formulas :
39
1
_ 40
1 . 19K+ 1 H
2OCa
24

2.

16

80 =

g +

12
28

3.

12
+

40

20

Ca

40

6C = 20CCa

14Si

4

17

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY
elements are unstable, however, and quickly disintegrated throughnuclear fission .
The classical masters of alchemy did not make use of theseenormously high momentary energies but used extremely subtle
energies, such as those of the human organism . On the other hand,
many alchemical processes proceed with infinite slowness . Worksover many years and even decades are not unusual . Many scientists
insist that transmutations are only possible with enormous expenditure of energy, but that they then occur with high speed . Why
should it not be possible to achieve transmutations with lower
energies but with a greater loss of time? Is it perhaps as with apulley : either "much expenditure of energy and little time, or little
expenditure of energy and much time"? Besides, how can the corresponding energies be measured, especially when they are not even
known?
The old masters recommend that we always follow Nature andlet her do the work of her own, like a farmer . The closeness of alchemy to agriculture has often been emphasized, and there werealchemists who assumed the nickname "Agricola ." Figure 3 showsan engraving from Michael Maier's famous work Atalanta Fugiens,
which indicates that the alchemist must follow the steps of Natureand light up her ways .
It is important for us to remember that the possibility oftransmutation is a scientifically proven fact and in no way acreation of fancy . The dispute centers on the means, not on the fact
as such . It was transmutation that made possible the appearance of
the whole of matter at all . In the view of science, from thehydrogen that came out of the "Big Bang," ever heavier elements
developed with the birth and death of generations of stars in about
seven billion years . If we speak of matter as frozen light out of the
Big Bang, we can also say : In principio erat hydrogenium-in the
beginning was hydrogen, which is the most heat-related substancein the view of parachemistry .
Let us now return to spagyrics . For the preparation of spagyric
remedies, only healthy medicinal plants are used, which havegrown without artificial fertilizer . Likewise, it is best to use pure19

Spagyria and Spagyrics

Fig . 3"To him/who is dealing with chymics,/let Nature be reason/experience and reading/like a guide/staff/glasses and lamp . "spring water . In addition, the spagyrist often considers the positionof the planets and the planets as so-called horary (or hourly) rulers .
We shall once again quote Paracelsus in this connection :Thus your medicine must bear its fruits as the summer bears its
fruits . You must know that the summer does this with the helpof the stars, not without them . If the stars are able to do this,you must know how the medicine is prepared in this way andthat it is ruled by the stars . For it is they that complete thework of the physician . And since it is they that act, themedicine must be understood, classified, and adjusted according

19

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Spagyria and Spagyrics

With the gradual advance of materialism and the spreading
notion of the static concept of the element in official chemistry,alchemy lost increasingly more ground, although it was still prospering in the seventeenth century .
In the nineteenth century, the German physician Carl Friedrich
Zimpel, M.D., Ph.D. (1800-1878), began a new production of
spagyric medicaments. This widely traveled and learned man hadoriginally been an engineer . He devoted himself late in life to thestudy of medicine and acquired a doctorate in philosophy andmedicine . He was awarded the Prussian gold medal for art andscience and was an honorary member of the Mineralogical Societyof the University of Jena . In 1849, he established himself in London
as a homeopathic physician . Zimpel devoted himself intensively tothe study of the works of Paracelsus and Glauber . Gradually, hedeveloped an important production, known today as MullerGoppingen, with the special division of Staufen Pharma, a highlevel, internationally known manufacturing firm, whose products
are today available in many countries of the world .
Meanwhile, the research of Jung also led to a new valuation ofalchemistic texts and concepts from the viewpoint of the psychologist . Jung recognized in the alchemical tradition a philosophicalsystem of great coherence and persuasive power . In the meantime,
many classical texts have been reprinted, in connection with which
the attitude of the publishers vacillates strongly . Available, forinstance, are the works of Paracelsus, Basilius Valentinus, Glauber,
Van Helmont, Andreas Libavius, and others .
In 1921, Alexander von Bernus founded the Soluna Laboratory,
formerly Stift Neuberg in Heidelberg . After a brief stay in Stuttgart,
the institute moved to Castle Donaumunster in Donauworth .
Alexander von Bernus's book Alchymie and Heilkunst is warmly
recommended to every reader . Now as ever, the Soluna Laboratory
produces a large number of spagyric remedies .
The Phoenix Laboratory in Bondorf, which produces a numberof reliable medicaments after the Paracelsus method, and the firm
Naturwaren GmbH Dr . rer . nat. Peter Theiss in Homburg, mustalso be mentioned in this connection .
In Salt Lake City, Utah, Frater Albertus (Dr . Albert Riedel)founded the present Paracelsus College, which has issued from the
Paracelsus Research Society . Fra Albertus is one of the best-known
representatives of alchemy in our time . His lectures in many
countries have given a number of participants their first access toalchemy, even if some of them later preferred to work on theirown.
In Switzerland, Augusto Pancaldi, friend and teacher of theauthor, is active . Pancaldi's students are working quietly in several
countries.
In Australia, several alchemists are working assiduously . Here,
where nature with its great wealth in gold and minerals has soclearly traced out the way, much will still develop, not least
through the influence of the tradition of many cultures from Eastand West. Windmill in Victoria manufactures spagyric products,
likewise Australerba in Adelaide, with .h its first-rate Integral Plant
Elixirs, which are offered as practical herb teas . To this we must
add a series of popular herb wines, a series of efficacious herb andhoney compounds and tonics, as well as a number of hearty herb
honeys which correspond to the Old Italian melitti . The honeys,
which are also very much liked by children, are first-grade varieties
from the vast, sun-drenched Australian countryside, enriched byspagyric herbal preparations . Australerba has done pioneering workwith its products, which are today available on the entire Australian continent and overseas .
There exist many different methods of preparation of spagyric
remedies. I shall deal with a large number of them in the present
work . Some are relatively simple, others extremely complicated .
Over and beyond this, the reader is meant to be stimulated into
doing his or her own research and experimentation, and studying
the classical texts.
Today, the issue at stake is the reexamination of the treasure of
spagyrics regarding its mode of operation and to rid it of false
claims . Not everything in the thousands of alchemistic treatises is

,in

21

to their influence . . . . Therefore, one has to understand thatthe medicine must be prepared in the stars and that the stars
become the medicine .
[Paragranum]

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

genuine . In addition, often misconceptions form the basis of genuine
processes ; but misconceptions are also found in official school
learning . To examine the tradition and the remedies, to take up
further research with new starting points of thought, to respect thetrue and to separate the false in tradition-these are the commandsof the hour . In this sense, too, the spagyric work should be an art
that separates the false from the genuine . Let this idea of Paracelsus'
be voiced once again at the end of the first chapter .

2
Advice o Basilius Valentinus

In this my consideration, I have actually foundfive points, which are the noblest and which all
seekers of wisdom and lovers of the Art are in
duty bound to inquire into . First, there is theinvocation of God ; second, the consideration ofnature ; third, the true unadulterated preparation ; fourth, the application ; and fifth, the usefulness . These five points, then, every chymicus
and true alchymist must know how to consider
and recognize . For otherwise, without it, hecannot be perfect or be completely recognized
as a true spagirum .
-From the Triumphal Chariot of Antimony

The study and practice of alchemy are based on modesty, patience,
seriousness, and determination . The higher alchemical practice canonly be transmitted through the personal directions of a qualified
teacher . Whoever reads the classical texts without a corresponding
preparation and complement, will understand little or nothing . Just
like music, the alchemical art cannot be learned solely from books .
Fundamentally, alchemy will always remain an art built on personal
initiation . We know little about the person of Basilius Valentinus .
By his own testimony, he was a Benedictine monk .
Among his chymical writings we find the particularly importantworks The Twelve Keys of Hermetic Philosophy and the Triumphal
Chariot of Antimony . Whether Basilius was an alchemist of thesixteenth century or whether he lived earlier is not of concern to us
here . What is important is that we are dealing with an undisputed
authority on alchemy .
22

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Advice of Basilius Valentinus

Let us now turn to his five points of advice . The invocation of
God is for every spagyrist the beginning and end, the alpha andomega of every intention and every action, and nothing is everbegun without it . In the classical texts some of these prayers havecome down to us, which allow us to recognize the religious attitudeof their author in each case . Here is an invocation by Nicolas
Flamel, who was an eminent alchemist of the fourteenth andfifteenth centuries .

What does Basilius Valentinus mean by "Consideration of
Nature"? We shall let him speak for himself:

Almighty, eternal God, Father of Light, from Whom all goodthings and perfect gifts come to us, I beg You, for the sake ofYour infinite mercy, let me recognize Your eternal wisdom,that which surrounds Your throne, which has created andmade everything, which guides and maintains everything .
Send it to me from Heaven, Your sanctuary, and from thethrone, Your glory, that it may enter me and work within me .
[For] it is the mistress of all heavenly and secret arts, which
opens up the knowledge of and insight into all things . Grant
that it may accompany me in all my works, so that, strengthened
by its spirit, I may receive the true insight and advancewithout error in the noble Art to which I have dedicated mylife, in the exploration of the Philosopher's Stone, which You
have hidden from the world but whose discovery You grant toYour elect . That I may happily begin, continue, and perfect
this great work which I am called to accomplish on this earth,and that I may ever rejoice in it . For this I entreat You throughJesus Christ, the celestial Stone, pillar of the marvelous, foundedfor eternity, who determines and rules with You . Amen .
Nicolas Flamel asks for the right illumination, the right elevationand structuring of his consciousness, for the right wisdom whichforms the foundation of being .
And here a plain prayer of Paracelsus:
0 Holy Spirit, show me what I do not know, and teach mewhat I cannot do, and give me what I do not have . Grant that
You, 0 Holy Spirit, may dwell within my five senses ; with theseven gifts You are to gift me, and I shall have Your divine
peace. 0 Holy Spirit! Teach me and show me, so that I may
live rightly with God and my neighbor .

This true invocation of God is now followed by the consideration of every thing in the right order; this means that everything
must be well considered in the beginning, namely the circumstances of every thing, what is its matter and form, from what it
has taken its effect, by what it was infused and implanted, also
how it was generated by the sideric, made by the elements, andwas born and given form by the three principles . Likewise, how
the body of anything can again be reversed, that is, dissolved
into its Primam Materiam, or prime matter, as I have alreadydiscussed in various ways in my other writings, so that theultima materia can again become the Prima Materia, and thePrima Materia again the ultima materia . . . .
. . . This then is Theoria, namely, to fathom that which isvisible and tangible and also has a temporal, formal nature,
showing how to perfect it by its separation, so that every
Corpus can tell us of its use, what is latent in it, good or bad,poison or medicine, how the unhealthy .4 to be separated fromthe healthy, also how to effect its Anatomia, and to carry out its
destruction and breaking up, so that justo titulo, without wrong
and sophistry, Purum ab Impuro can be separated, which separation can now be done by various manual operations, different
ways and means, of which some are generally known but others
not : such as Calcination, Sublimation, Reverberation, Circulation, Putrefaction, Digestion, Distillation, Cohobation, Fixationand the like, which grades are always discovered, learned,
investigated, and revealed one after another in the course of thework, by which becomes known what is fixed and unfixed,
what is white, black, red, blue, or green, and so forth, so thatthe artist may proceed in the right way and properly apply theconsideration. . .
Basilius calls upon us to meditate thoroughly on the matter andprocesses before acting .
What then is meant by "the true and unadulterated preparation"?
After the theoretical reflection on things, the practical preparation follows, which requires the right attitude, devotion, and a

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Advice of Basilius Valentinus

corresponding skill . The manual work is added to the right knowledge, and in this way the work planned becomes a reality .

helpful, which would affect the disease adversely and be a poson rather than a medicine for health .
Therefore, each must pay careful attention to the usefulness, noting and recording it, so that this usefulness is notforgotten but may also be applied to others.

When then the consideration of everything has been rightly
undertaken, which, as mentioned before, is nothing but Theoria,
it is followed by the right, true preparation, which preparation must be done through manual work, so that something
factual and real may follow afterward . Out of the preparation arises knowledge, namely such knowledge by which one
can obtain the basis and opportunities for medicines .
The manual work is done through diligent application .
Knowledge, however, is founded on experience . Anatomia is
the right judge of both, enabling us to recognize the difference
between the two . Manual work shows how all things can bemade and prepared notoria, demonstrably and visibly ; knowledge, however, brings to light practical methods and the right,
true, and unadulterated basis from which a true Practicus cangrow, and it is nothing but a confirmation that manual work
reveals something good and has brought forth and demonstrated the hidden secret nature thereof for the good .

Prior to every practical work, the theory must be understood .
We are asked to repeatedly read carefully through the corresponding texts and to meditate on them .
Ora, lege, lege, lege, relege, labora et invenies : pray, read, read, read,
read once again, work, and you will find . This sentence is on the
fourteenth plate of the Mute Book (Mutus Liber), which is entirely
done in the form of pictures and was first published in 1677 in
La Rochelle .
Let us now consider two engravings . The first (Figure 4) is fromthe collection of texts Musaeum Hermeticum (Frankfurt, 1678 ; reprint, Graz, 1970) . The engraving shows that the theory (thelibrary) and the practice (the laboratory) must go hand in hand inorder to be successful in alchemy . We see three masters of the4

Now the right use :When now your preparation has been made, namely theseparation of the good from the bad, which must be done by
the opening, you must thereafter take care of the proportionof weight, that you do not take too much or too little of athing, which you may note and observe by the effect, whether
the medicine is too strong or too gentle, likewise if it tends to
be useful or harmful . A physician should know this beforehandand have an understanding of it, if he does not wish to "make a
new graveyard," together with the loss and damnation of hissoul and the decline of his good name .
And finally the usefulness :After the remedy has begun to spread to all members of the
body in order to seek out the infirmity for which it is prescribed and used, there finally follows its usefulness as the lastthing whereby is recognized what good the remedy has contributed . For a thing or medicine may well be harmful and notoA

Fig. 427

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Advice of $asilius Valentinus

hermetic art : the Benedictine monk Basilius Valentinus, the abbot
Cremerus of Westminster, and the Englishman Thomas Norton,
author of the Ordinall of Alchemy . The last-named is pointing to thefurnace on which an alchemical process is taking place . In the glass
flask we recognize a winged snake, symbol of a volatile corrosive
substance . The laboratory is symbolically represented as the forgeof the god Vulcan . The god himself is serving the three masters byproviding the furnace with wood for the fire .
The second engraving (Figure 5) is from the collection Amphitheatrum Sapientiae Aeternae of the physician and alchemist Heinrich
Khunrath (1560-1605) . The draftsman of this particularly beautiful

engraving is Hans Fredemann Vries ; the engraver is . Paulus van der
Doost. The picture represents Khunrath's motto : "PerseveringPraying-Working ." To the left we see an oratorium, a kind of
prayer tent . The text on the plate in the tent reads : "Do not speak
about God without the light ." On the table there are books,
symbolic drawings, and writing utensils . To the right is the laboratory . The two columns bear the inscriptions Ratio and Experientia,
Reason and Experience . A distillation is just taking place, which
separates "Soul" and "Spirit" (4 and # ) . On the furnace werecognize the words Festina lente (Make haste slowly) . In the centerof the picture we see musical instruments, 20 symbols of the harmonicorder of the world and the Art . The inscription reads : "The sacredmusic chases troubles and evil spirits away, because the Spirit of
God sings with joy in the heart where the holy joy dwells ." Thedoor in the center of the picture points to the goal . It is far away,
and outside it is light . The text on the archway reads: Dormiens vigila(While asleep, stay awake).

Fig. 5"o

9Q

The Three Philosophical Principles and the Elements

3
The Three Philosophical Principles andthe Elements

Sulfur is not the chemical element sulfur (S); likewise, the alchemical
Mercury must not be regarded as identical with the metal quicksilver (Hg) . It is not at all a question of metals, because metals arethemselves composed of the three Philosophical Principles. If alchemists speak of sulfur and quicksilver in the metals, it does not meanthat metals are considered mercury sulfates .
In the alchemical terminology the meaning is as follows :The principle of life, or the vital power, the spirit (inthe sense of "spirit of life"), the waters of life, further, thevolatile, the etheric . In the Indian tradition, Mercury is also
called pram . Mercury is considered anonymous and not conscious . It represents the feminine or passive principle .
Sulfur: The soul, consciousness, designated as atman or atma in
the Indian tradition, that is, in the sense of jtvatman, the individual soul (also called the central point in consciousness), andalso sometimes in the sense of universal Sulfur, that is, theWorld Soul (paramatrnan) . Sulfur is always conscious and neveranonymous . In the Indian Satihkhya philosophy the word pram isalways used in the sense of soul, but that is a peculiarity of thatphilosophical system . Furthermore, Sulfur is the fiery, radiant,burning, and masculine or active principle .
Salt (or sal): The solid, the body, the vehicle, matter in thesense proper .

Mercury:

According to the alchemistic conception, the entire manifestationof matter is maintained through the cooperation of three Philosophical Principles, which are also called the Three Essentials or theThree Substances,
The different proportion of the three substances in the countlessforms of manifestation of matter accounts for their multiplicity . For
this reason, the various materially existing things are sometimes also
called Mixta (mixtures) . A metal, for instance, is a Mixtum, likewisea plant . In this way specific proportions of the Three Substances, or
the Philosophical Principles or Essentials, form the basis of every
chemical (not alchemical) element .
The three Philosophical Principles form a unity in the triad,
although they are different from one another .
In alchemistic terminology these Principles are designated as
Sulfur, Mercury, and Salt . These names are not to be mistaken
for their usual meaning in the language of chemistry . Alchemical
1)nFrom the aforesaid we can recognize that the designations spirit
and soul are here used with another meaning than they have in theanthroposophical formulation, for instance, where spirit is consciousness and the soul is considered as living and mediating between
spirit and body . We are here dealing with a difference in linguistic
usage and not necessarily with a philosophical problem . The expression "life spirit" is an absolutely familiar concept for many readers
trained in Western occult traditions .
The spirit (Mercury) in the alchemical sense is consideredfeminine . It is supple and plastic, but it can also have a corrosive
effect . Arabian cosmologists use the term rah (Hebrew rush), which
also signifies the motion of the air or the living breath (Sanskrit
31

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY
prdrra) . The word is akin to the Arabic word rih (air) . Living
creatures inhale the vital force with the air, so that it can nourish
the subtler bodies or organs . Hence the Indian breathing techniqueknown as prdnaydma .
According to the Arabian philosopher and physician Averroes,
the vital power is present in interstellar space as a substance . By
specific breathing processes it can be assimilated, then transformed
into life in the heart . This formulation brings back to mind theconcept of ether in space . In the Indian tradition, it is called dledsa(space or ether) .
According to the Chinese conception, the vital power is differentiated into many further single vital forces, which are called
different forms of chi . They are changing constantly, combine
anew, are striving toward each other and again away from eachother, and flow through organisms in various forms . Chi is elastic,
moldable, adaptable . In breathing, in the Chinese view, cosmic
energy mingles with the energies carried to the lungs from thespleen (and from other organs by way of the latter) . This composite
energy now flows in the meridian system in the point (chung fu)
known as Lung 1 .
In the body, the Mercury principle is especially strong in the
blood and the semen as also in the breath and the heart . In Indianalchemy, Mercury is also said to be the semen of Siva . Siva, God as
the creator, transformer, and destroyer (so that something new canbe created), is the Lord of alchemy and the cause of every transmutation.
Sulfur, or the soul, is the masculine principle . If Mercury is
occasionally called the Moon, the lunar, or Diana, Sulfur is the Sun,the solar, Apollo, the original potency, the formative principle, theactive, the principle of the "invisible fire," and also of love .
Let us now consider an engraving (Figure 6) from the Viridarium
Chymicum (Frankfurt, 1624) . The triangle standing on its point
represents the three Philosophical Principles . To the old man's left
we see the inscription Spiritus . Here is the volatile (the bird opening
its wings) . We also recognize the Moon, the feminine principle .
This corner represents Mercury . To the old man's right we recognize the inscription Anima . We also see the Sun, the masculine

The Three Philosophical Principles and the Elements

Fig. 6. Thisprinciple, and the salamander, symbol of the fiery factor
corner represents Sulfur .
Sulfur and Mercury together form the law of polarity . In thelower vertex of the triangle we see a cube, the symbol of matter,surrounded by stars . The stars are the gigantic laboratories inwhich matter is developed . The cube signifies the corporeal andmaterial pure and simple . As matter rests on the working togetherof polarized forces, it is neutral . The lower corner of the triangle
represents Sal (Salt) .
In the old man's right hand, on the Sulfur side, we see a torch,symbolizing fire, light, and warmth . In his left hand the old man isholding a fish bladder, symbol of the floating, of the volatile, as also

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYof the airy, and the atmospheric pressure (it is not a purse, as issometimes asserted) .
The right foot of the old man stands on firm ground, or earth,
the left in water . On the Sulfur side we see a king with a solar aura ;he is seated on a lion, the zodiacal sign of the sun . Farther below,
we can also see a fire-spitting dragon.
On the Mercury side we see Diana with the crescent resting on
her head, and the hunting bow . The goddess is riding on a sea monster .
The Salt in the center below stems from the working togetherof the two Principles Sulfur and Mercury .
All things and beings in the universe contain the three Philosophical Principles . They are the three necessary substances thatmake the material condensation possible at all .
From the modern viewpoint, we can also call Salt the physicalunits Mercury corresponds to undulation, while Sulfur represents
the quantum of light. A likewise acceptable analogy would depict
the correspondence between proton (Sulfur), electron (Mercury),
and neutron (Salt) .
In his work Akhymie and Heilkunst, Alexander von Bernus designates as "prime matter" negative electricity, which, as a chemical
body, is atomistically organized . 21
In his famous Book of Hieroglyphic Figures 22 Nicolas Flamel says of
the relation between Sulfur and Mercury : " . . . these are two
snakes that are attached around the caduceus or mercurial staff,
by which Mercury derives his great power and transforms himself
as desired. . . . Figure 7 shows the mercurial staff, or caduceus,
after a drawing by Hans Holbein the Younger . The two snakesaround the staff bestow the power of the Solve et coagula : Dissolveand bind . The symbol of the snake-staff appears in many traditions,for instance as the staff of Moses, the staff of Asclepius, thevertebral column entwined with ida and pingala in yoga representations (Figure 8) or as a sculpture or pictorial representation inIndian art (Figure 9) .
Figure 8 shows the three most important yoga nadis . The nddis(from the root nad, motion) are subtle channels through which flow
the vital energies . The coarser channels are the nerves, veins, andarteries, which are also known to Western medicine, while the34

The Three Philosophical Principles and the Elements

Fig . 7

Fig . 835

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

subtler, through which the pram energy flows, have no equivalentcounterparts here, just like the meridians of Chinese medicine . The
nadis with the energy centers (cakras) in the central channel, represented in Figure 8, are considered the most important nadis . They
are called ida, pingala, and susumna . Here now follows a synoptical table of the principal naclis :The iuqurhna channel unites in itself the moonlike, the sunlike,and the fiery . Within the iu.Iumna channel there is the shining
Vajra-nadi (also called vajrini-natl), and within the latter flows thepale citrd or cintrini-nap, a moonlike channel whose interior is also
called Brahma-na/i.
Figure 9 represents a Rajasthani miniature painting of theeighteenth century . On an altar we see the linga, the reproductive
organ of god Siva . On both sides are the snakes which symbolize ida
and pihgala . The larger, many-headed snake can be recognized as
Kundalini (literally, "the coiled one, i .e., the Serpent Power or
Serpent Fire), which rises in the vertebral column (iusumna) after its
awakening and awakens the cakras (see Figure 8) one after another .
When it reaches the highest cakra, the yogin simultaneously attains
the highest level of consciousness . The altar symbolizes the yoni, the

Name

Ida

SusuhnaPiirgala

NatureMoonlike"Embodiment of thenectar"Fiery

SunlikeTemperature

Cooling

Color

Pale

Sex

Female(Sakti-rupa)

CourseFrom the righttesticle to the left
nostrilIn the innermost of
the vertebral
columnFrom the left
testicle to the rightnostrilCorresponding
river

GangesSarasvati

YamunaHeating
Fiery red

Fiery red
Male
(Rudra-rapa)

The Three Philosophical Principles and the Elements

Fig . 9female sex organ . The trident with the pennant is a further symbolof Siva . We can also recognize a bell and various plants, beneaththem in the lower right the tulsi plant (Ocimum sanctum), a variety ofbasil, which is highly regarded in India . The frame of the pictures isformed by squares of four alchemical colors : black, white, red, andgold, which correspond to stages of the Great Work (Nigredo,
Albedo, Rubedo, and Projection) .
Summarizing, we can say that we observe everywhere in theuniverse three forces or manifestations simultaneously :1 . The tiny building blocks of the atoms, which form matterthe Salt Principle .
2 . The Life Principle, pram, which tries to materialize in countless forms, from the simple molecules to the most complicated structures . We recognize in it the Mercury Principle .
37

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

3. Consciousness, intelligence, which guides and forms all life .
It is the soul, jivatman, or atman, the Sulfur Principle .
In alchemy, the following symbols are used for them :# = Mercury= Sulfur
O = Salt
These three Philosophical Principles are accessible to our senses
in the form of matter which manifests in four different states :(1) solid, (2) liquid, (3) gaseous, (4) radiant or etheric. Thesemanifestations are considered the four Elements . They are called
Earth, Water, Air, and Fire, and are endowed with the properties
cold, moist, dry, and hot .
hot
Air

Water

cold

Because of their dual qualities, the Elements can separate andintermingle . In each case, two Elements have one quality in common, and each Element also contains something of the other three .
Fire from the Water Element, for instance, would be the productof detonating gas through the separation of hydrogen and oxygenby means of electricity .
The Elements of alchemy are therefore not basic substances inthe sense of chemistry, but manifest as states of matter . They are
represented by the following symbols :A = Fire
V = Water
38

The Three Philosophical Principles and the Elements$ = Air$ = Earth
Together they form the symbol x, which is also known as Solomon's
Seal or the Star of David .
The Element Fire is characterized by the emission of light andheat ; the Element Water is the liquid state ; the Element Air isgaseous and volatile ; and the Element Earth is the concrete, solid
condition of matter .
In practical laboratory alchemy, different substances are designated as the Elements, according to the work of the day . In the Opus
Vini, the Work of the Wine, for instance, alcohol is considered Air(because it is volatile) ; the phlegma remaining after its distillation
is Water ; the solid residue remaining after the subsequent distillation of the phlegma is Earth ; and the shining color of the wine,
which is distilled by special manual operations, is Fire . Whatmatters in the separation of the Elements-which can never bedone completely-is to recognize what substances are considered
the Elements . The respective alchemistic .,A,exts clarify this point
each time .
We can reflect still further on the significance of the Elements .
Fire signifies warmth, expansion, the active ; furthermore, thecreative, the pure, the subtle, the noble, the virtuous, the masculine,
potency, strength, the will, generosity, altruism, intuition .
Air, which is denser than Fire, out of which it is precipitated, isthe medium between Fire and Water . It is also the "carrier of theseed" and signifies in a broader sense wisdom, clarity, cleanliness,
intellect, reason, the ability to communicate, and the expansion of
being.
Water is the result of the coagulation of Fire and Air . Steamcondenses and turns into water . Water is magnetic and is called"universal menstruum," also "mother of the things ." It is either
condensed air or liquid earth ; its character is cold and contractive .
In a broader sense, it signifies the passive, the absorbing, the penetrating, life, feelings, love of nature and of the great family . It acts
as a mediator between Air and Earth .
Earth is solid and contains three other Elements in a specially
39

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Three Philosophical Principles and the Elements

noticeable way . We recognize in it coagulated Fire, coagulated
Water, and condensed Air (vapor) . It is the mother of metals,
minerals, plants, and animals, and is therefore also called the Great
Treasurer. It is the mother of all material things, which are meant
to attain to eternal life through evolution, and through the imperfection of things it provides the knowledge of that which is stilllacking for completion .
The alchemist Johannes Isaac Hollandus 23 distinguishes between
the two manifested Elements Water and Earth and the two inflowing Elements Air and Fire . The latter are concealed in theformer, Air in Water, and Fire in Earth . Water and Earth are fixed
Elements ; both are depicted by triangles standing on their points (descending) . Fire and Air are volatile ; they are represented by upwardpointing triangles . In the engraving discussed earlier (Figure 9), we
see the fixed Elements below ; and above, the volatile . The remaining details of the picture refer less to plant alchemy, which is also
called the Lesser Work, than to the Great Work, with which we will
not deal here .
Within the four Elements a fifth is present, the Quinta Essentia
or Quintessence, which is none of the four Elements, however . The
Quinta Essentia is considered as permeating the whole of creation .
In a way it can be compared to the ether or space (akasa) of the
Indian tradition . "It does everything, and without it nothing can bedone," says Raimundus Lullus2 4.
The Quinta Essentia is the force that binds everything, thefoundation without which the Elements would be dead matter . It is
the spiritual core of all things and, according to Paracelsus, theextract of the Elements, that is, their incorruptible eternal substratum . As such it is simultaneously the origin and the goal of all
evolution . The Quinta Essentia is the cohesive force of all living
creatures and all existing things . It is also called Mother, NeverFailing Source, Heavenly Water, Universal Spirit, Mercurius, Earth
Mother, Mother of the Waters, Ocean, Coelum, Substantia Coelestis,
Celestial Menstruum, Radix Substantialis, Apogennema, Seminarium
Mundi, Spiritus Coelesti, Clavis Philosophorum .
The liberation of the Quinta Essentia, respectively of thatwhich is in each case considered its principal carrier, is character-istic of many spagyric preparations . Thus many magisteria are also
called the Quintessence from Wine or the Quintessence of Honey .
In laboratory chemistry various substances are often designatedas Quinta Essentia, and a frequently heard theorem says that it is
not one of the four Elements but proves to be one of the three
Philosophical Principles . In this respect, the designation Quinta
Essentia is also used for specific substances, for instance, for ethyl
alcohol (spirit of wine) or for the Vegetable Stones, which will be
discussed later .
Let us once again visualize a comprehensive diagram:

411

A Divine Principle, which manifests as a union of Prima
Materia (primordial matter) and Prima Energia (primordial
energy) . The two Principles represent a reality and form thefoundation of creation (see the picture of Siva, page 48) . The
first part of the diagram is occasionally also simply called
Prima Materia in alchemy .
2 . Polarity or duality : the two Principles Sulfur and Mercury as
opposites . In addition, also the opppsition between the fixed
and the volatile, the solve and the coagula, Sun and Moon, yang
and yin, and so on . See also Figure 10, Hermes Trismegistus
with the two Principles and the Fire . "The sun is its father,25
the moon its mother . . . ," says the Emerald Tablet
3 . The triad or trinity or ternarius : the three PhilosophicalPrinciples, meaning the duality Sulfur and Mercury, to which
the Principle Salt is added .
4 . The quadruplicity or quarternity or quarternarius : the Elements Fire, Water, Air, and Earth .
5 . The quintuplicity or set of five : the four forms of manifestation of nature (Elements) with the Quinta Essentia .

1.

In hermetic philosophy nature is considered the totality of all
beings in the universe . The totality is animated by the Divine
Principle .
In this connection, we will reproduce here a few paragraphsfrom the address of the "allerseits geliebten Freunde" (the everywhere
beloved friends) in the compilation Hermetic ABC?
41

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY§1

True wisdom is the encompassing of all pure truths for therecognition of God outside and inside His creatures, frometernity to eternity, throughout the times determined by Him .
All visible and invisible, countless, various, spiritual andcorporeal creatures, so different in their natures, mixtures,
species, sizes, powers, properties, destinies, effects, and duration, together with all worlds, live, weave and float in theirimmeasurable and incomprehensible origin in the inscrutablespirit-being which we call God in our highest understanding .
§3
God carries all His creatures with all the worlds within Himself; He surrounds and fills them all : the heavens, the stars, thesun, the planets, the common air, the whole atmosphere, ourseas, water, earth, yes, all individual rational and irrational,
living, mobile, growing and resting or seemingly lifelessspiritual and corporeal creatures.
§4
God has in stages engendered, that is, created, out of His own
being all His creatures in a wonderful way, incomprehensible
to us . He is the origin of all (§2) : Out of Him they all havetheir being and are created .

The Three Philosophical Principles and the Elements
pleasure and for their best in eternity ; according to different
stages of refining ; for the infinite eternal satisfaction, wellbeing, and destined perfection of each : of which the echo, or
their expression and countermovement, will be nothing in the
divine order but the glory and praise of their God among andwithin them, with eternal bliss .
In the beginning, the Divine Principle divides into an active and;a anda passive part : Prima Energia and Prima Materia, called Puru
Prakfti in Sanskrit, Yang and Yin in the Chinese tradition, Sulfur
and Mercury in hermetic philosophy .
The original Mercury is also called Chaotic Water, Abysmal
Water, Divine Water, Eternal Water, Silvery Water, Ocean,Great Sea of the Philosophers, Primordial Humidum, Indeterminate.
Principle of Individuals, Philosophical Basilisk, Feminine Principle
In its function as opposite of the original energy-the latter isalso represented as the dot in the circle (sun symbol)-the original
Mercury is also often portrayed as a moon or Diana, and is therefore
represented by the moon symbol .

§5

As He surrounds and fills the heavens, the earth, yes, everything in and upon it (§3), so He sustains all His spiritual as wellas material creatures through His constant influence, throughHis ever-presence ; yes, thus He carries all of them within
Himself, in His almighty, unlimited, and superperfect spiritbeing (§2, 3) . He nourishes them like a father and mother, eachaccording to its destination.
§6

This destination has its order, purpose, time, and goal for eachof His creatures (§2) ; from, through, in, and with Him they
live, weave, float, are, and remain eternally according totheir prime matter .
§7
He causes all their transformations directly or indirectly, in theorder of his householding, in and through Himself, at the time
determined for each ; for the purpose of His wisdom ; for His
A')

Fig. 1043

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Three Philosophical Principles and the klements

The original energy is the Noncreated Fire or the Inner Fire . It
is also called the Word of God above the waters, or Dragon's
Head, Sun, Original Fire, Original Energy, Formative Principle,
Male Principle, or simply Sulfur . Its symbol is the dot in the circle
0, manifesting within the Prima Materia 0 . The symbol of thePrima Materia is simultaneously the symbol of the Void, theNothing, which can give birth to everything .
The Bible describes this process in the following words (Genesis
2, 3, 4) :the four Elements which had been locked in these two bycommand of God and His supreme Will. # dissolves the
Sulfur, and Sulfur coagulates # , and these two cannot be one
without the other . 0 is never without the Sulfur because it istransformed into it. The nature proper of # is that it dissolves
its Sulfur and makes it white, and the nature of the dry Sulfur
purges and congeals its # . As these two cannot be one without
the other, they also cannot be without Salt . The latter is theprincipal means whereby Nature accomplishes her generationof all things in the whole world, in vegetables, minerals, aswell as in animals, which teaching of mine you should wellunderstand . For if Nature did not have 0 in her generation
straight at the beginning of the original composition of every
created thing, the latter could not keep together in its natural
moisture, which is one of the most necessary ingredients forkeeping a thing in its essence . And if she did not have theSulfur, the moist parts would not be congealed . Likewise if she
did not have the Salt (which is the means whereby she connects
both and causes one to enter the other), it would neither
mingle with anything in the world nor ,unite with it, because
there would be no sharpness for entering, and it could notunite with anything . Consequently, these three, namely #, ~,ande, are none without the other ; where you find one of them,
you find them all three, and there is no created thing in theworld wherein you do not find them . From these threeeverything has arisen that is in the world . They are also so muchintermixed in the four Elements that they are one in one body .
The Salt, however, is hiding in the deepest part of the Elements
because it must keep them together by its sharpness and dryness.
It is nevertheless a spirit and volatile . However, because it iscontained in the deepest of the mixture and is kept captive by
the fat-combustible oil to which it clings-for the Salt is
contained in the combustible' oil like the yolk in the egg, and the
combustible oil lies in the deepest part of the Elements where it
separates last from the Earth together with the Salt andfecibus-the Salt lies buried at the bottom of the Earth and the
combustible oil . Consequently, it cannot flee from the Earthexcept by the power of the Fire, or else the three aforementioned
spirits must first separate from the mixture of the Elements,
which is the soul of all things or their Qu .Ess ., which must keep

And the earth was without form and void : and darkness wasupon the face of the deep . And the Spirit of God moved upon
the face of the waters [= Prima Materia = O] . And God said, Let
there be light: and there was light .
(Light is born within darkness . The two Principles are here still
forming a unit. This will become clear as we read on) :And God saw the light, that it was good ; and God divided thelight from the darkness . . . .
In this way the polarity between the Principles arises :• and 0Yang and Yin
and ~Finally, on the second and third day of creation, the solid, the"Salt," also appears, and on the fourth day of creation, the Sun andMoon . We must not mistake the original light of the first day ofcreation for the Sun and Moon of the fourth day .
Let us now listen to johannes Isaac Hollandus . In his work Opera
Vegetabilia he writes about Creation : 27
Therefore, let my child be aware that the first matter ofeverything in the world has been ~ ; since water existed
before there was even time, and the Spirit of the Lord rested
on it . But what kind of water was it? Was it cloudwater? Or
another kind that one could pour? No, but it was a dry, slimywater into which God set His earth, which was His Sulfur, sothat the earth coagulated the water, and there arose from itAA45

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

the whole mixture of the Elements together, and when it isextracted, this mixture separates of its own . Thereafter the Salt
must not be separated from the Earth with the Fire, but when all
the Elements separate from the fecibus, the Salt also separates .
This Salt is an unknown Salt to the ignorant, because it iscontained in the deepest of the Elements . Therefore, all those
who do not know this Salt must necessarily be mistaken,
because without this Salt no thing on earth can stay together orcome together .

The Three Philosophical Principles and the Elements

The nasal character of the mantras in Sanskrit is indicated by thesign W over a vocal or a consonant .
For instance :7r = ga,

mm - am (nasal), ir = gamma

Finally, a look at the Indian conceptual world .
In the Indian and Tibetan tradition, the dot (bindu) represents
consciousness (see Figure 11) .

The sign i is literally called candrabindu (moon and dot) . All bra
mantras (seed syllables)30 contain these two principles, about which
we have already heard .
Primordial energy is indestructible, but when it combines withmatter and goes with it through the stage of decaying, which
separates the pure from the impure, it stimulates the purified
components to a new materialization .
With every decaying (putrefactio) the matter is exalted . Thus,
out of the bodies of the mineral kingdom arise those of the plantworld, and out of the latter those of the animal world .
This cosmic process of evolution, of creation and destruction inorder to make room again for a new creation, has found its perfect
portrayal in the figure of the Indian Nataraja, the Lord of theDance (see illustration on page 48) . The -:god Siva, as Lord of theDance, represents the dynamic cosmic processes .
Siva's right side is male, the left female . Both together form
one single being . One of the god's names is Svayambhu, the Selfexistent.
In one of his right hands we see the damaru, a double drum
shaped like an hourglass . With this drum he intiates creation bycreating time and its periods . In one of his left hands he is holding
the fire which not only animates the created but also destroys it, sothat a new creation can follow . By fire matter is purified andexalted .
With his other right hand he blesses his creation with a protective gesture . With his other left hand he points to his raised foot,which symbolizes salvation .
His right foot is standing on a recumbent dwarf, who symbolizes
the forces of evil, which the divine dancer dominates and controls .
In Nataraja's hair, which swings in the air, we see the moon andthe river Ganges (Water) .

46

47

To round off the aforesaid, here is an excerpt from Georg von
Welling's work Opus Mago-Cabbalisticum et Theosophicum .?
§5 . Moses teaches us in chapter 1 of Genesis, when he describes
the creation of the whole world, or of our solar system, that
the Almighty God created in the beginning shamayim vet haarets, that is, the heavens or primeval waters, and the earth.
Here Moses puts the heavens, the spiritual fiery water, first,
and he does so not without a very special reason ; for they are
the beginning of all things first created by the Lord God, orthe beginning of beginnings, which is almost unfathomable for
us in its true nature, as its wondrous name lets us sufficiently
recognize ; for Moses, or rather the Holy Ghost through Moses,
calls this extension shamayim, which is a composite name thathas been described by the rabbinical elders, who were trainedand experienced in the true Kabbalah, as being composed ofesh and mayim, fire and water . This is in truth, according tothe outer letter, a very wonderful and strange mixture, andhow is it possible to mix two such quite opposite things so
harmoniously? Which, however, is an eternal truth ; only that
this fiery water, or watery fire, without which no creature
can live and be maintained, is sought by so few in order toknow it . To describe it in its whole sphaera is just not our
purpose ; besides, a more experienced pen is probably required
for such Divine Secrets as ours . . . .

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Three Philosophical Principles and the Elements
L,

r-j

Fj

L__1

Fig . 11
KdG Yantra

Siva Nataraja (Lord of the Dance)
The stage of the dance is the cosmic space (dkasa), indicated by acrown of cosmic fire .
In Figure 11, the circle represents ignorance (avidyd) . The eightleaves of the lotus form the aspects of Prakrti : Earth, Water, Fire,
Air, Ether, mind (mdnas), intellect (buddhi), and egoism (ahamkara) .
The five triangles are the fiveJnanendriyas (jnana, wisdom ; indriyas,
the senses) ; the five karmendriyas (organs of action), and the fivekinds of prdna (vital force) ; the dot (bindu) in the center is pureconsciousness .
AQ

Underneath the whole we see as ashlar, or square stone, theearth or matter which carries the sculpture .
In this way, all the Elements are represented .
Upon all this, dear reader, you should reflect deeply . Bear everin mind that the names Fire, Water, Air, Earth, Mercury, Sulfur,
and so on, must never be mistaken for their usual meaning . Thensome views that are still held today by historians of chemistry-for
instance, that alchemists took all metals to be mercuric sulfateswill be corrected on their own .
The masters of old of course had no conceptions in line withmodern scientific chemistry . They did not know, for example, thatcalcined tartar (or hydrogen potassium tartrate) consists in themain of potassium carbonate . The concept of potassium carbonate
did not exist at all . Potassium carbonate can be produced in different ways, for instance, by the sublimation of degreased wool orby the calcination of plants and the subsequent extraction of thesalt . The chemical formula is the same . The alchemists did notknow this, and it would have been of little interest to them fromn

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Three Philosophical Principles and the Elements

the point of view of their art . Much more important to them was
the possibility of making the calcined tartar volatile . They knew
how to distill it in order to cure certain diseases with the distillate .
With it, for instance, they could dissolve uric acid in the body andexpel it . The distillation of potassium carbonate, like that of alkaline
salts in general, is impossible, however, in the opinion of scientificchemistry . In the volatilization of tartar, it is therefore a questionof a change in chemical composition . It is indeed so, and regarding
this misunderstanding, which caused the German alchemist Alexander von Bernus to lose a lawsuit, the difference between thechemical and the alchemical conception regarding this case will
now be briefly described .

Only the dextrorotatory tartaric acid is found uncombined innature . It can form two different potassium salts by replacing one
or two hydrogen atoms by a potassium atom .
In the first instance we have the replacement of a hydrogen
atom by a potassium atom :Intermezzo : The Volatilization of Tartar

This is potassium bitartrate or acid tartrate, which is dextrorotatory . In the second instance, we have the replacement of twohydrogen atoms by two potassium atoms :Tartar is the salt of tartaric acid . Tartaric acid occurs naturally andalso as both calcium salt and potash salt in fruit, hence also ingrapes . Since tartaric acid has two asymmetrical carbon atoms, we
can find it in three different forms .
COOH

COOH

COOH

H-C-OH

HO-C-H

H-C-OH

HO-C-H

H-C-OH

H-C-OHC-OOK

H-C-OH
HO-C-H
C-OOH

C-OOK

H-C-OH
HO-C-H
C-OOK

Substances that distort the plane of polarized light in the positive
angle are called dextrorotatory ; levorotatory means the reverse . A
mixture of the same number of molecules of both forms neutralizes
the effect of both and is therefore called optically inactive . All
three forms of tartaric acid have the same number of atoms ; only
the position of the two central groups-OH-is different .

This structural formula can be recognized as potassium tartrate . It
is neutral and also dextrorotatory .
Only the first-mentioned of these two salts occurs abundantly
on the walls of the containers in which the must is fermented intowine . In alchemy, this salt is called Tartarus Crudus (crude tartar) .
In addition to acid tartrate, Tartarus Crudus also contains calcium
tartrate .
By a treatment with fire (heat), coal, and clay (the alchemical
masters recommend the powder of tiles) as well as other methods,
Tartarus Crudus can be "purified ." The result is Tartarus Depuratus(purified tartar), also called Cremor Tartari (cream of tartar),which contains no more calcium tartrate . We are in fact now

50

51

COOH
COOH
= dextrorotatory= levorotatory(turning to the(turning to theright) tartaric acid left) tartaric acid

COOH
= mesotartaric acid(optically inactive)

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Three Philosophical Principles and the Elements

dealing with approximately 99 percent of acid tartrate . This is
insoluble but can be partly dissolved in boiling water ; in twenty
parts of water one part of tartrate can be dissolved .
If the Tartarus Depuratus is calcined, it forms a black coal-likemass . (Because of the strong formation of smoke, the calcination
had better be done under a hood or in the open air .)This calcined tartar is now no longer acid tartar but is alkaline
and hygroscopic . By dissolving it in water with subsequent filtration and evaporation of the water, we can make the salt visible .
Chemically viewed, this substance can no longer be called tartar .
For the chemist, however, the result is Tartarus Depuratus Calcinatus (purified calcined tartar), although the chemist rightly
asserts from the vantage of his science that this substance may wellhave been made from tartar but no longer has anything in common
with the original tartar.
Now let us take yet another step forward .
This substance is transformed once again through volatilization .
Different ways exist to achieve this, among them cohobation
with rectified wine vinegar, which is frequently mentioned inalchemistic treatises.31 But there are still various other ways.
In the opinion of chemists, the original tartar is thus constantly
transformed into other substances . But only the original substance,
to which we have finally "lent wings" by our various treatments,
deserves the name tartar within the meaning of chemistry, and it is
not volatile . As far as the rest is concerned, it is a question of othersubstances for the chemist .
Of course the chemist is right from the viewpoint of his science.
For the alchemist, on the other hand, tartar appears in four different
forms : as Tartarus Crudus, as Tartarus Depuratus, as Tartarus
Depuratus Calcinatus, and as "volatile tartar ." The confusion isdue to linguistic usage and related concepts .
Such examples are frequent in alchemy. The controversy
about whether or not it is possible to extract the tincture out of
antimony by means of rectified vinegar also belongs here . Manyalchemists have worked the corresponding processes after thepattern of those described in the Triumphal Chariot of Antimony of
Basilius Valentinus . Strictly speaking, it is a question of tinctures

made with the help of antimony, because antimony here acts as acatalyst . An American spagyric producer therefore rightly calls hiscorresponding product "triacetic antimonious catalysate ." But thisby no means signifies that the "antimony tinctures" (or tincturesfrom or by antimony) do not contain the curative powers of antimony .
True alchemy is not at variance with scientific chemistry if it isrightly understood . It is a matter of two different planes of understanding and working .
An engineer who is building a hydroelectric plant is chiefly
interested in water power, that is, in the utilization of the force ofgravity as it acts upon the water, because it is this that drives his
turbines. The gardener, in contrast, will be more interested in thevital power of the water . We must not confuse the planes .
What did Basilius say in his "five points"? : " . . . fourth: theapplications ; and fifth : the usefulness . . . ." We should reflect on
this.
After we have dealt somewhat with the world of conceptions
and the theoretical foundations, we shall turn to the practice in thefollowing chapters .

52

53

Mercury, Sulfur, and Salt in the Plant World

During fermentation, the plant is decomposed, and the grape sugar
contained in it, to which the Mercury Principle is bound (a monosaccharide, C 6H 1206) is changed into ethyl alcohol and carbon
monodixe after the formula :4
Mercury, Sulfur, and Salt
in the Plant WorldC6H1206 -- 2 C2H5OH + 2 CO 2

Fermentation occurs through yeasts, living microorganisms that
produce a ferment called zymase . It converts the sugar into alcoholand carbon dioxide .
We can also obtain alcohol from the polysaccharides cellulose
and starch by decomposing them . Both consist of grape sugar
molecules, but we cannot replace cellulose and starch directly byyeasts .
Here now are the structures of cellulose, starch, and grape
sugar .

cellulose

in all three realms-the mineral, plant, and animal worldsMercury is always a volatile substance on the material plane, Sulfur
an oily substance, and Salt a substance of solid consistency . Moreprecisely, we would have to say : the carriers of the Mercury Principle, the Sulfur Principle, and the Salt Principle . Mercury itself(spirit) is intangible . The relation is so close, however, that thecarrier of the Mercury Principle is simply called Mercury in laboratory chemistry, likewise the corresponding substances as Sulfur,
respectively Salt .
In the plant world, ethyl alcohol (ethanol = C2H5OH) is thecarrier of the Mercury Principle . In some treatises, ethyl alcohol isalso designated as the Element Air, or even as the Quinta Essentia,
but those are exceptions that should not confuse the reader . In anarrower sense, we always consider ethyl alcohol the Mercury of
the plant world .
Ethyl alcohol is not found in free form in nature, but it can beextracted from plants by fermentation and subsequent distillation .

There are different kinds of yeast . The kinds that are of interest
to us here are brewer's yeast and wine yeast . The degree of activityof the yeasts depends on the temperature of the surroundings . The
most favorable temperature for the fermentation of wine yeast isapproximately 20-25° C .
During fermentation, the so-called fusel oils are also formed .
They consist of other alcohols and waste products of proteins . As

Sd

55

starchgrape sugar

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Mercury, Sulfur, and Salt in the Plant World

they are not part of Mercury, they must be removed in the distillation of the alcohol. During fermentation, the alcohol content rises
slowly. When it has reached about 15 percent, the activity' of theyeasts is checked, and it finally stops altogether . A prerequisite isthat the solution to be fermented contain a sufficiently large quantityof grape sugar in order to attain such a high percentage ; otherwise
the attainable quantity of alcohol will stay far below the figure
just mentioned . This is also the case in the fermentation of plants
without the addition of completely fermentable kinds of sugar .
When the fermentation is finished, the alcohol is distilled off andsubsequently rectified . More about that later .
It is important to remember that the Mercury Principle isalways anonymous and therefore does not appear to be bound to
the individual plant species . Throughout the whole plant world,
ethyl alcohol is the carrier of Mercury, while Sulfur and Salt
belong exclusively to the respective species . We can therefore
replace Mercury in the plant world at any time "from outside,"thus, for instance, also buy it in the drugstore . And we can thensafely use this ethyl alcohol as Mercury in all spagyric preparations
from plants, since it is not proper to the species. This basic knowledge also explains why some spagyrists add completely fermentablesugars to their plant ingredients to be fermented . The anonymous
character of Mercury permits this manipulation as long as Mercury
is only extracted from substances of plant origin, because in theplant world Mercury is always the same . We should neverthelessnot overlook the fact that ethyl alcohol is considered the noblest
and best carrier of Mercury and therefore plays a special role inplant alchemy . The reason lies in the substances and Energies thatare bound up with the ethyl alcohol of the wine . For this reason theorigin plays a role nevertheless . After all, there is Mercury andMercury, just as there is water and water . Besides, it is almost
impossible to get completely pure ethyl alcohol . So-called absolute
alcohol also contains small amounts of other substances .
Ethyl alcohol is an easily combustible, clear, colorless liquid,
simultaneously fire, water, and air .
Sulfur appears in a double form in the plant world, as volatile
and as fixed Sulfur .

The etheric or essential oils of the plants represent volatile
Sulfur . We obtain fixed Sulfur by evaporating the fermented
liquid, after previously distilling off Mercury (ethyl alcohol) andvolatile Sulfur (the etheric oils), and after the solid components ofthe plant residue have been removed by filtration .
The liquid is repeatedly evaporated until there remains a tarlike
or honeylike mass that during the evaporation almost reminds oneof lava . This "honey" is the fixed Sulfur . Accordingly, plants without essential oils also possess their Sulfur .
If we continue with the evaporation of fixed Sulfur, it finallyforms a hard black mass . If we heat it still more, it changes
gradually into a gray or grayish-white ash . The salts contained inthis ash are the salt of the Sulfur, to which we shall return later .
The essential oils, the volatile Sulfur, are complex mixtures ofmany substances. Whereas Mercury is the same in the whole plantworld, the composition of the etheric oils varies strongly fromplant to plant . It is precisely this Sulfur that gives every plant its
special individuality . The Sulfur is always that which is truly individual, the soul, its essence . This is the reason why these oils arecalled essential oils . An entire therapeutic system, aromatherapy, isbased exclusively on the application of essential oils and theircurative powers . The content of essential oils in plants fluctuatesvery much with environmental factors . With an appropriate neighborhood for the plants, for instance in stinging nettles, it can beconsiderably increased, up to 20 percent in valerian, over 80 percent
in angelica, 10 to 20 percent in marjoram, 10 percent in sage andpeppermint . 32
Essential oils are liquid at room temperature, burn with asooting flame, do not mix with water but float on top of it, and arevolatile . We are dealing with strongly aromatic substances thatshow a strong kinship with heat (fire) elements . The essential oil ofrosemary, for instance, is the compound richest in hydrogen in theplant world, and hydrogen is the substance most akin to heat in theuniverse . The vapor of the essential oils is colorless and transparent . It allows light to pass through practically without hindrance,
and while it absorbs the heat rays of the light, the light from thevapor is cold . Such a behavior is called diathermy .

cK57

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Mercury, Sulfur, and Salt in the Plant World

Steam distillation is the best method for the extraction of
essential oils from plants . In the next chapter we will familiarize
ourselves with this technique .

In order to extract the water-soluble salts without residue, theprocess must be repeated several times, until litmus paper no longer
shows a higher pH-value than that of the distilled water used .
Finally, the salt solution is carefully evaporated at low temperatures(for instance, in the sun), and the white salts stay behind . During
the evaporation, the temperature must be kept low or else the salt
solution sputters violently .
Should the solution of the salts in distilled water show anorange-colored streak, the calcination of the plant residues wasinsufficient . The proper execution of calcination is one of the mostdifficult kinds of manual work in alchemy . We shall return to it
later in detail . If the first calcination was not sufficient, theevaporated salt must once again be calcined . Thereafter, it is again
dissolved in distilled water, the solution is filtered anew, and thewater again evaporated until the salt is dry . Since the salt isstrongly hygroscopic, it is kept in sealed, airtight glass containers .
Water-soluble salts are always alkaline .
The residue that remains after filtration of the solution is also
called Caput Mortuum (Death's Head) . To'et the Caput Mortuumquite pure, we must rinse it many times with distilled water . The
pH-factor can be tested with litmus paper . Chemically viewed, thewater-soluble salts consist chiefly of potassium carbonate and approximately 10 to 20 percent of other salts, such as potassium
chloride, potassium sulfate, and sodium carbonate . The salts are
fusible at about 900° . The salts that are not water-soluble (Caput
Mortuum) consist chiefly of calcium, silicon, phosphorus, andmagnesium. They also contain traces of other metals . To melt the
Caput Mortuum, temperatures of over 1500° are required .
The Caput Mortuum is not hygroscopic and amorphous, while
the soluble salts, if sufficiently pure, form beautiful crystals,
especially if they are further purified by repeated dissolving indistilled water with subsequent filtration and evaporation of thesolution.

If Mercury is the spirit and Sulfur the soul, Salt is the "body" ofthe plants . It is neither volatile nor liquid, but is the only one of thePhilosophical Principles which is solid and incombustible .
The salt of the plants can be made visible through incinerationand subsequent calcination (literally, making white) of the plants or
the plant residues respectively .
Basilius describes the production of plant salts as follows :How the Salia can be extracted from all herbs and plants .

Take whatever herb you wish, burn it to ashes, make a lye of itwith warm water, coagulate the lye, then the salt will stay infundo, resolve it in Spiritu Vini . Throw away the Feces thatwill settle, draw off the Spiritum Vinum per Destillationem,
and resolve it frequently until the salt is beautifully clear andpure and leaves no more Feces ; then it is ready . If one proceedswith the purification of the Spiritus Vini in the right way, all
the salts of herbs can be made beautiful, clean, and pure, sothat they sprout transparently into crystals, like a clean, purified saltpeter . 33
Salt prepared in this way contains the "body" and also the saltof the fixed Sulfur . From this preparation neither Mercury nor
Sulfur can be obtained, since they must be extracted before calcination . But we may well prepare the sajt from the plant residue
after the separation of Sulfur and Mercury from the plant residue .
In order not to confuse the salt of Sulfur (part of the soul) with the"body," the former is also called Sal Sulfuris (salt of the Sulfur) andthe latter, Sal Salis (salt of the Salt) .
Each of the two salts can be divided into two substances . One
part is water-soluble, the other is not .
The extraction of the water-soluble salts is done as follows .
The calcined ash is put in a beaker and covered with double or
triple the amount of distilled water . Everything is slowly heatedand stirred . Now the water-soluble salts dissolve, while the insoluble ones settle . The clear liquid is decanted and filtered .
eQ

99The Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants
statu nascendi (when forming during fermentation) extracts the5
The Extraction of theThree Philosophical Principles
from Plants

The separation of a plant into the three Philosophical Principles or
Essentials always begins with the extraction of the essential oils,
which represent the volatile part of the Sulfur .
The reason is that the essential oils are soluble in alcohol . If we
let the plant go through fermentation in order to obtain Mercury(ethyl alcohol), the latter will indeed also extract the essential oils
in the process of formation (in statu nascendi ), but the bond between
Sulfur (essential oils) and Mercury (ethyl alcohol) is so strong inthis instance that they can hardly ever be completely separated
from each other again . Even the most complicated fractionating
techniques, including the freezing process, fractionating columns,
centrifuging, or chemical techniques, would never lead to a complete separation, at least not in the alchemical sense .
Another question is whether, the separation of Sulfur andMercury, that is, of the essential oils and ethyl alcohol, is necessaryor desirable in all cases of spagyric separation . As it is, alcohol in
60essential oils from a plant in a particularly gentle way and thencarries them over during a subsequent distillation . If we wish todisengage this "Sulfuric Mercury," we do not need to distill theessential oils before fermentation . We shall see later, when discussing various methods of preparation in detail, that the distillingof the "Sulfuric Mercury" is used in several instances . This kind of
distillation must be performed with a certain expertness, if a largepart of the volatile Sulfur is not to be lost .
But as we are for the moment dealing with the separation of aplant into all three Principles or Essentials, we must begin with theextraction of the volatile Sulfur, the soul, that is, the essential oils .
We understand why the classical directions refer to it again andagain . "In the first place, however, you must always extract thesoul. . . ." "Let your Sulfur first of all fly out, and catch itwell .
"After Apollo has appeared . . . ,"34 that is, after the
essential oils (Sulfur, soul = Apollo) have been distilled off . Thusand similarly are the directions always worded .
Let us therefore begin in this way .
1 . The Extraction of the Essential Oils, That Is,of the Volatile Sulfur
A large number of medicinal plants contain a considerable amountof essential oils . Especially rich in volatile Sulfur is the family of
the labiates (Labiatae) . In this family, comprising about three
thousand species, which directly represents the prototype of thefamily of medicinal plants-all its species are medicinal-we findour known favorites : rosemary, the mints, basil, balm, which are
everywhere easily available . If we cultivate these plants in our own
garden, we can considerably increase their content in volatile
Sulfur by giving them a proper neighborhood of other plants, forexample, by planting them together with stinging nettles .
Rosemary and peppermint are rich in essential oils ; we shallappropriately begin with one of these plants . Later we shall comeback to species of plants that have little or no volatile Sulfur .
61

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

There exist a number of different methods for the extraction of
essential oils from plants . The method of enfleurage, known
especially in the manufacture of perfume, consists in pressing plants
on paraffin plates . The essential oils go over into the fat, out of
which they can then be dissolved with alcohol . This method is hereof less interest to us .
For our laboratory work the following techniques are suitable :soak at least one day . In the case of fresh plants, we can immediately
begin with the extraction . We connect the flask with a condenser
above a fractionating column, for instance a Liebig condenser, atthe other end of which we attach the receptacle to a receiver
adapter with an opening to equalize the pressure (Figure 12) .
Distillation heads that can be provided with a thermometer arepractical, as this can show us the boiling point . Particularly in theseparation of liquids, exact adherence to the temperatures is important . All appliances are fastened to a stand with practical clamps
for stability .
As heating sources, gas burners, hot plates (in the case of flasks
with a flat bottom), or the practical electric mantle are suitable .
Whoever seriously considers the installation of a laboratory
should consider the acquisition of an electric mantle . It permits theuse of thick-walled, round-bottomed flasks, which are also suitablefor distillation under vacuum . The electric mantles are often provided with thermostatic controls that make possible the exact
regulation of temperatures . In addition, some models have practicalsupport columns. While not a necessity, they certainly simplify
alchemical work .

A . Boiling of the plants in water with simultaneous distillationof the steam and the oils that are then swimming on thewater
B. Distillation by means of steam
C. Extraction with a so-called oil separator, without doubt themost elegant and best method
We shall briefly describe all three methods .
A . Distillation by Boiling in Water

Distillation is a technique whereby volatile substances can beseparated from nonvolatile (fixed) ones, or also different liquids
from each other in case they have differently high boiling points . In
the last instance we speak of fractionating .
In the case of a dry distillation, volatile constituents are extracted from solid substances by heat. As examples we would cite
the distillation of coal or wood and also of wool .
In some cases the distillate is of greater interest, in others theresidue . During the distillation of liquids, the latter are converted
by boiling into vapors, which are then changed back into theirliquid state in a condenser (cooler) through which flows coolingwater, to be collected again as distillate in a collecting vessel, thereceiver or receptacle .
The classical masters of alchemy distinguish between various
kinds of distillation, several of which will be discussed in section 2of this chapter . We reduce our plants to small pieces, put them intoa sufficiently large glass flask, and add water until about one-thirdor half of the flask is filled with it . If we use dry plants, we let them62

Fig . 1263

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

A water bath, an oil bath, or a sand bath is also practical .
On a heating plate we heat a pot with water, oil, or sand(according to the requirements of the temperatures), into which
the flask is plunged halfway . We can regulate the heat of theheating plate quite exactly, especially if it has a thermostatic
control . Laboratory baths are also available through equipment
dealers, but they are relatively expensive .
When assembling the glass appliances, we always put some
vacuum grease on the glass joints . It not only guarantees their tightclosing but also facilitates the later disassembling of the appliances .
When our equipment is assembled (Figure 12), we let coolingwater flow slowly through the condenser and commence heating
up to the boiling point. The rising steam nova mounts into thecondenser, where it condensesagain, finally to run into the receiver
as distillate . In so doing, the steam takes along the essential oils,
which now float on the surface of the water .
When we have distilled over enough liquid (please do not let
the herbs burn!), we put the distillate into a separator (Figure 13)
and draw the water off below through the drain . We collect the oilthat follows in a small, tightly closing bottle . If the oil has not yet
all come out of the plants, we pour the remaining water back into
the fractionating flask and distill once more ; we repeat this until nomore oil appears . The process is slow and complicated, but in thisway we can carry out the extraction of the volatile Sulfur withsimple equipment.
A good specialty store for laboratory equipment will gladly
assemble the appliances required in each case . It is advisable todecide on a joint size code, for instance 29/32, to make sure that all
appliances are well matched without needing reduction heads or
adapters .
Before every experiment, we should mentally go over all details,
making sure that everything necessary is at hand, so that we do notmake any mistakes . We can only heat if the possibility of pressurecompensation has been taken care of (the receiver-adapter musthave an opening), otherwise the distillation will end up on theceiling!
64

The Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

Fig . 13

For plant distillations, flasks with a wide neck are very practical,
as they facilitate the later removal of the residue . Of course, theynecessitate the use of a reduction column .
B. Distillation by Means of SteamWe generate steam in a round or Erlenmeyer flask . Through a bent
glass . or a plastic hose we lead the steam into a flask with two necks
which contains the chopped-up plants . Perforated rubber stoppers
take care of the sealing . With this flask we then connect, as before,
the distilling head, the condenser, the receiver-adapter, and thereceptacle (Figure 14) .
If so-called wide-necked reaction vessels are at our disposal, we
can keep the plants above the water level by an inserted sieve(Figure 15) . Another possibility is the use of an Aludel flask(Figure 16), in whose lower neck a narrow glass spiral or a small
filter is inserted . The lower flask contains the water .
Whoever intends to work regularly at the distillation of larger
quantities of essential oils should consider converting a large stainless steel pressure cooker . Instead of the valve, a corresponding
connection is inserted with which we can connect our glass equip65

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

thermometer
ractionating column
condenser

plantswater
Fig. 15

distillate

Fig . 14ment . A perforated rubber stopper, which we can easily replace
after use, is enough . The heating can be done with a hot plate .

water and floats on top . Gradually the surface of the liquid rises
parallel in tubes E and B . When the liquid reaches point C, thereflux of the water into the fractionating flask begins, while theamount of oil in tube B increases continuously .
The equipment can work for a prolonged period without supervision once the temperature is, regulated to a fixed position . Thereis no danger of burning, as the water flows back continuously .
If the-expected amount of oil is quite large, we draw the oil off
from time to time through drain D, or else part of the oil might

C. Distillation with an Oil Separator

The basic arrangement is the same as already discussed, that is,either the cooking equipment or that for steam distillation . Insteadof the distilling head, we put on a so-called oil separator, uponwhich the condenser is mounted . Especially suitable is a coil condenser, several models of which are available . We can either put ona large condenser (expensive!) or two smaller ones with the aid of a
distribution column (U-tube) . The condenser stays open above(Figure 17), controlled by a stopcock or pinch clamp on flexible
tubing .
The steam that carries the essential oils along reaches thecondenser through tube A, where it is condensed . The two liquids,
oil and water, now drip into tube B . Essential oil is lighter than66

Aludel flaskA
Fig . 1667

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

oil
water
o. draincock
reduction headwide-necked flask
plants and water

The Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

flow back over point C . For this reason some oil separators have aconvexly enlarged tube B (dotted line) .
When the amount of oil no longer increases, we turn theheating and water cooling off.
If, after reaching the boiling point, our heating and cooling are
regulated to a fixed position, we can close the condenser on top . In
this way the entire circulation is hermetically sealed off and nothingcan get into the equipment . We must, however, pay attention to
the precise temperature regulation . Immediately after turning off
the heating, the stopper is to be removed so that the pressurecompensation can take place during the cooling of the installation .
Let us remember once again that we can immediately extract
the oils from fresh plants, whereas dry plants must be macerated
for one or several days . Glauber recommends up to three or fourdays of maceration .34 But in no case must the plants go throughfermentation . Beware of summer temperatures!
Even more ingenious is the drawing off of the essential oils
under vacuum. A vacuum is made over the upper opening of thecondenser by means of a proper pump. The boiling point is thereby
greatly reduced, and the drawing off of the essential oils takes place
in a specially gentle way (that is, less heat is required) . We makeuse of such an installation when the essential oils contain alkaloids(e.g., in distilling valerian), since alkaloids are sensitive to hightemperatures and lose their effectiveness. With valerian, for instance, we must not go over 82° C . Lower temperatures are evenbetter .
We make sure in advance that our equipment is suitable forvacuum distillation, otherwise an explosion might result . Such a
danger cannot be altogether excluded, so we protect our eyes withsafety goggles .

heating
Fig . 17

2. Mercury
The production of Mercury results from the separation and thesubsequent rectification .
69

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

Fig . 18

fore the addition of yeast induces more rapid fermentation . Simultaneously, sterility protects our soup from foreign yeasts andbacteria, whereby we avoid a possible sudden change of thefermentation characteristics .
There exist different ways of fermentation, fermentation combined with lactic acid, acetic fermentation, butyric fermentation,and so on . We are here interested only in alcoholic fermentation,and that is why a stopper with a small fermentation tube is especiallyadvisable . Penetration by other organisms is thus excluded, and asudden change in the fermentation process need not be feared .
To nourish the yeasts and to reach a specially lively fermentation
and a high alcoholic content, we can add a certain amount offermentable sugar (up to 1 kilogram for 5 quarts of soup) sincesome plants contain very little sugar . This technique is permitteedsince Mercury is the same in the whole plant world .35 Of course, it
should always be quite pure . If we intend to obtain but small
quantities of Mercury, we can by all means ferment without sugar .
But to do this, large quantities of plants are necessary . Glauberrecommends at least 50 pounds .-16
The duration of the fermentation varies greatly from plant toplant, and the temperature also plays a role . It is done when thegas production stops and the plants sink to the bottom .
In the fermentation container we find the four Elements . The
plants together with the sugar are the Element Earth . The Element
Water is also present . The Element Air is released in the form ofgas (carbon dioxide) . The Element Fire can be recognized by theliberation of heat energy during fermentation .
In the midst of these four Elements develops alcohol, which,however, is not identical with any of the Elements . This is our
Mercury, which is therefore sometimes also designated as Quinta
Essentia . An often-heard alchemical theorem is : The Quinta Essentia
is none of the Four [Elements] but proves to be one of the Three[Philosophical Principles] .
The sugar (that in the plants as well as that which is added), thesolid or the fixed, becomes volatile (gas development) ; the life
principle, on the contrary, becomes fixed by condensing into
alcohol . Hence also the designation Aqua Vitae (water of life) .

70

71

A. Separation
After the drawing off of the essential oils, the remaining plant"soup" is subjected to fermentation .
Everything is put into a sufficiently large glass flask (the formation of foam is to be expected), and an adequate amount ofbrewer's yeast or dregs of wine is added (e .g., 25 grams for 5 quartsof soup) .
On the flask we put a cork with a small fermentation tube andsome water or oil (Figure 18) . If we cannot obtain a sufficiently
large flask or carboy, we can also ferment in a large preserving jar
or a glazed earthenware container . We then close the container bylaying a cloth loosely over it and putting a plate on top .
At room temperature fermentation now starts quickly .
Sooner or later fermentation would also occur without any
addition of yeast, especially in an open container . This is because
the necessary microorganisms are nearly everywhere . Owing to
the previous boiling, our plant soup is sterile, however, and there-

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Extraction o the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

We must now distill off and concentrate (rectify) the alcoholthat has arisen through fermentation, whereby it is cleansed of its
excess water .
B . Purification

By means of distillation we can separate the liquids from solid
substances and likewise liquids with different boiling points fromeach other . The boiling point is that temperature at which asubstance changes from the liquid to the gaseous state .
If we wish to separate two liquids with different boiling points,
constant adherence to the boiling-point temperature of the lowerboiling liquid is sufficient. In this way only one of the two liquids
can evaporate while the other remains in the fractionating flask, atleast for the major part . Part of the higher-boiling liquid, however,is swept along in the evaporation of the lower-boiling one . The
separation of the two liquids must therefore be repeated several
times . The more strictly we keep to the temperature, the more
successful the separation will be .
We begin the purification of Mercury with the separation of
the plant soup into a solid and a liquid part by filtration . We squeeze
the solid parts firmly by hand so as to obtain the greatest possibleamount of liquid . We then dry the remaining plant residue on acloth or a fine net in a warm spot . We can also dry them in the sun,since the volatile constituents of the plants are gone . When theplant parts are dry, we keep them in a suitable container for later
incineration and calcination, by means of which we obtain the
Philosophical Salt (see page 93) . We put the filtered alcoholic
liquid in a fractionating flask, which is then connected with thedistilling apparatus (see Figure 12) .
To achieve a particularly good separation of water and alcohol,
we also use specific columns . Among these we find simple glass
tubes that can be filled with small glass rings, as well as complicatedmodels (see Figure 19) .
As the escape of the vapor is retarded in these columns, thevapor of the liquid with the higher boiling point condenses before
reaching the condenser and falls back . Some columns have a vacuum

jacket to guarantee a specially uniform heating . With columns
without jackets, the results very much depend on the ambient
temperature .
Distillation in a water or oil bath is expedient, as in this way
the burning of the plants, or the forming of a ring in the flask, isprevented . When distilling combustible substances, an open flame
must be avoided for safety .
The boiling point of ethyl alcohol is 78° C at sea level ; in higher
altitudes it is somewhat lower .
At the first distilling off of our Mercury, the temperature
should not exceed 85° C . When nothing more comes over, thedistillation is completed .

72

73

Fig. 19

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

The liquid residue in the fractionating flask is preserved . We
shall later obtain the fixed Sulfur from it . (See page 86 .)An alcohol meter serves to determine the alcohol content of ourdistillate . It consists of a glass tube closed at both ends, one end ofwhich is weighed by a weight, while the other has a calibrated
scale. Some alcohol meters also have a built-in thermometer, since
the measuring must always be done at a specific temperature(= density). The alcohol meter floats vertically in mixtures ofalcohol and water . As it is calibrated to a specific temperature, thedistillate must be brought to this temperature (by heating or
cooling) .
So we put our distillate into a sufficiently large glass measuringcylinder and carefully dip our alcohol meter into it after previously
making sure of the right temperature .
The first distillate still contains a large amount of water as well
as a small part of other alcohols and impurities . These are removed in
the subsequent distillations. In so doing, the exact observation of andadherence to the temperature is of importance . First we discard theso-called first runnings that go over before the thermometer at thefractionating column indicates the boiling point of the ethyl alcohol,that is, 78 C . The substances of the first runnings all boil at lower
temperatures than ethyl alcohol . As soon as the thermometer rises to
78° C (or shows the boiling point of ethyl alcohol corresponding to
the altitude of the laboratory), we replace the receiver and remove
the first runnings .
We also keep back both the remaining water and the so-calledfusel oils by a precise control of the temperature . Both water andfusel oils boil at a higher temperature than ethyl alcohol, and weregulate our equipment accordingly .
The use of proper columns facilitates fractionating, that is, theseparation of ethyl alcohol from the other substances . With every
distillation our distillate becomes purer . After about seven distillations we get a clean ethyl alcohol of high percentage, our Mercury .
In addition, some of the impurities can be removed with acharcoal filter . Continual purifying of Mercury through repeateddistillations is called rectification .

As alcohol is strongly hygroscopic, we shall hardly obtain a
100 percent concentration . Through the process of freezing we canfurther separate the remaining water, since water freezes at 0° but
ethyl alcohol only at -114° .
In chemistry still other processes are applied . The remaining
water is bound by the addition of a certain amount of calcium oxide(CaO) . Then we distill again . Likewise, sodium and magnesium areused in this way . In alchemy such techniques are not permitted
because they "mineralize" the alcohol . ("The tears of Diana[Mercury] are determined .")For our purposes the way of repeated distillations, possiblywith a column, such as a Vigereux column, is quite adequate . The
purified Mercury (approximately 95 percent alcohol) is preservedin a tightly closed bottle.
The classical masters already had a highly developed art ofdistillation . They distinguished, for instance, among the following :-7 A

A . Destillatio per ascensum (ascending distillation), which firstforced the vapors to rise before they condensed
B . Destillatio per descensum (descending distillation), which took
the vapors immediately down without high rising
C . Destillatio per lotus (lateral distillation), when the vapors
went through a lateral horizontally affixed beak before
they condensed
D . Destillatio per inclinationem (downward-inclined distillation),when the beak of a retort, for instance, was strongly inclined
downward
Special mention' is also made of the destillatio per alembicum(distillation over the alembic) . We shall now examine various
devices such as alembics .
Let us look at some classical distillation illustrations . The installation shown in Figure 20 is a classical fractionating installation,
consisting of a furnace with a water bath . Over the alembic with along beak the vapor reaches the first (uppermost) receiver, inwhich part of the liquid with the highest boiling point is already7r,

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

condensing . The remaining vapor goes into the second, somewhat
lower-lying receiver, in which part of the vapor again condenses .
During the descent the temperature decreases steadily . Finally, theliquid with the lowest boiling point is collected in the bottom

receiver . If we were to distill a water-alcohol mixture in this way,
the water content in the uppermost receiver would be highest andthe alcohol content lowest ; in the bottom receiver it would be thereverse . By adaptation to the conditions of the outdoor temperatureand by regulation of the distance between the receivers and thefurnace, the alchemical masters achieved very precise simultaneous
fractionating . The engraving in Figure 20 has been taken from
Johannes Isaac Hollandus' Opera Vegetabilia (Vienna, 1773) .
Of great significance in the classical distillation are the socalled alembics . In these heads the vapors could greatly expand
before their condensation . In the language of modern physics wewould say the distance between the molecules was maximum .
Let us now consider some of these alembics . The engraving
shown in Figure 21 is taken from Andreas Libavius' work Alchymia,
second edition (Frankfurt, 1606) . We can see some accipientia(receptacles or recipients) and tradentia (transition receptacles).
The various forms of the alembic with beak, also often simply
called Rostratus, are used for distilling and also for fractionating .
The Coecus (blind alembic) was also used in the rotation or distillation. We shall return to it later .
Let us now consider some collecting vessels (collectoria) (Figure22), which we can also call recipients or receptacles . The engraving
is taken from the above-quoted work of Libavius .
Now let us look at some distillation installations from Libavius'
Alchymia . Figure 23 shows a Cinerarium or Arenarium, which is an
ash-bath or sand-bath installation .
The alchemical masters distinguished between four fire grades:
Grade 1 is "Mary's bath" (water bath) ; grade 2 is the ash bath ;grade 3 is the sand bath ; grade 4 is the open fire . "Distill in thesecond grade" therefore means "Distill in the ash bath ." Thetemperatures of the ash bath are considerably higher than those of
the water bath . Because of its porosity, the ash bath permits low
but constant temperatures .
In Figure 23, (A) is the sand bath or ash bath proper, into which
the flasks are set . As ash easily flies about, it is covered, and half theflask projects . Long-beaked alembics have been put on them . The
cold air took care of the cooling . (B) is the Hypocausturn, the76

77

ILIIIIIIII ills~y~~Illi!11111III~IIIII tr~Ir ill

11IIIIII I'' ®®

l~

II! dill!
i ll'tCllili
ii!ij I11 ;IIIIG
iiII!PII :iIUin~u~air

II11111t1111114ir~JWl~' ilIIIIII'1111111/11 ;1=+iIIIIYIIp''
tIt UII''!ii 'I:IIIIP~j~., llihlh
r,4,; pglll°li ° u

iUli

iiUl

Fig. 20

The Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

Fig. 22(1) Flask for spirits, with beak . (2) Simple flask43) Excipuluseoecus (recipientwith blind apex). In such flasks vapors are collected that do not easily precipitate .
(4) Excipulus geminatus (twin recipient) . (5) Excipulus geminatus in oblong
form . (6) Excipulus getninatus in a somewhat different form (see figure 26) .
(7) Biventer continuus (double belly), a receiver with a greater surface for the
purpose of cooling . (8) Transmission receiver . (9) and (10) Bottle-shaped receivers .

Fig . 21(A) Alembicus rostri prolixi (Alembic with long beak or spout) . (B) Alembic
with short beak . (C) So-called blind alembic . (D) Alembicus reductus (reduced
alembic) . (F_) Pileus (hat) or campana (bell) with beak or spout . (F) and(G) Alembics for sublimation (dry sublimating) . (H) Alembicus reductus withhole. (1) Blind alembic with tubulus, which permits the addition or removal of
substances . (K) Campana (bell) without or with beak . (L) "Tiara" with connecting tube . (M) Cydaris. (N) Operculum cum syringa (alembic with connecting tube) . (0) Refrigerium (alembic with water cooling) . (P) Minuscoli(small alembics for small distillation vessels) . (Q) Beak-alembic with small integrally
cast blind Alembic . (R) Coecus triplex (triple alembic) . (S) Rostratus triplex(triple break alembic), a fractionating appliance . (T) Blind alembic similar to (I ),withthe tubus bent to the rear.

combustion chamber for the fuel . (C) is the ashpit in which the ashof the fuel is collected .
The graphic representation in Figure 24 is a Distillatorium
anguinum (distillation installation with coils or spiral tubes) .
It shows a water-bath distillation-installation whose first part isair-cooled, while the second part is air- and water-cooled .
The engraving in Figure 25 shows a stufa sicca (dry furnace) withparticularly large alembics . Such furnaces and alembics were also
used for dry sublimation when no special sublimatorium was available . The much-sought-after Sal Armoniac (Salt of the Wise) could

7R

79

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Fig . 23

The Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

Fig. 25(A) Ashpit. (B) Hypocaustum (combustion chamber) . (P) Airholes for regulating
the heat. (A) Rim of the patina. (E) Rim of the alembic . (Z) Alembic . (0) Patella .

Fig . 24
(A) Tube for the water supply . (B) Alembic with a connecting tube . (C) Neck of thewater flask (also caged water still). (D) Serpentinae semicirculares (semicircularcoils) . (E) Receptacle for the liquid with a high boiling point (watery liquid) .
(F) Entrance of the tube into the water tank . (G) Beak for Letting out the coolingwater. (H) Blind receptacle.
80

thus be collected . The furnace depicted to the right has no separate
ashpit .
In Figure 26 we have a so-called Pentathlum, a multipurpose
appliance .
In Figure 27 we have a simple fractionating installation that
could be installed in a proper furnace . The appliance has a double
kettle below .
Figure 28 is a so-called Abacus (actually, table): a distillationtable that allows for distilling with direct heating as well as withvarious baths. The beaks at the lowest places of the flasks provide
the watery distillates, the beaks of the alembics the subtler ones .
We recognize different kinds of alembics, among them one with abranched beak. In the first receiver the watery liquid condenses, inthe second the subtler .
All the installations just discussed represent fractionating equipment in one or another form . Not only were such installations used
for the separation of various liquids from each other, but thedecomposition of a liquid into different elements was thereby also
realized. Now a few words concerning this matter .
81

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

3R

11

Fig. 27

C(A) Lower part of the kettle for the water bath . (B) Rotatory tube for letting water inand out . (C) Flask with beak (E) . (D) Lower alembic with (E) beak for the lesssubtle water, (F) Upper alembic with beak (C) for the subtler water . (H) Inset for
the reception of the flask.

Fig . 26(A) Hypocaustum (combustion chamber for the fuel) . (B) Ashpit . (P) Flask (still)with the matter to be distilled. (A) Airholes for regulating the fire . (E) Head with fourbeaks at various heights . (A) Mounted alembic with "for the most spiritual (i,e., thesubtlest) waters . (Z), (H), (0), (K) Beaks at various heights . The uppermost
furnishes the subtler water, the lowest the least subtle . (M) Collecting retort for thecondensation of the volatile spirits, i .e., the hard-to-coagulate vapors . (N) Receptacle
for the collecting of the coagulated liquid . M and N together form an excipus
geminus . (M) Mounting supports for the receivers . (0) Rectificatoria (rectification
vessels ) .

Fig . 2882

83

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

According to the alchemists, there exist different kinds of
distilled water . During distillation the total quantity of the water
to be distilled is divided into four Elements . That is, distill
1,000 milliliters of water into four 250-ml batches . The first 25 percent of the total quantity that flows into the receiver are designatedas the "fire of the water ." This amount (250 ml) represents thesubtlest part of the water . In the case of a simultaneous distillation
with the above-described Pentathlum we would look for the fireof the water at the upper beak (K). The second 25 percent form the"air of the water," the third 25 percent are the "water of thewater," and the last 25 percent form the "earth of the water,"which we would look for at the lowest beak when using thePentathlum . An appliance like the Pentathlum permits simultaneous fractionating . But we can also decompose a quantity of waterby a successive separation of the Elements. To do this, slow distillation ("sweating over") is required, which allows the individual
Elements to come forth one after another . The .decomposition of
the water takes place automatically with right heating, provided theexact quantities are adhered to .
Decomposition can be continued further .
Each of the distilled Elements can now be decomposed into thethree Essentials, that is, into the three Philosophical Principles .
If we distill our 250 ml of "fire of the water," we first obtain
one-third (83 .33 ml) of Mercury, then one-third of Sulfur, andfinally one-third of Salt .
If we also continue the decomposition with the other Elements,
we finally obtain four different Mercuries (one from each Element),
four different Sulfurs, and four different Salia or Salts .
The Coagula (the joining of the separated constituents) of thiswork is now done in such a way that first all Mercuries are poured
together, then all Sulfurs, and finally all Salia . Finally the three
Essentials are again poured together, that is, first Mercury into Sal,
then Sulfur into this mixture .
The accompanying diagram shows the process once again . As
original material, thunderstorm water is recommended, for it"carries within itself the heavenly fire . "That is, rainwater collectedduring a thunderstorm with lightning . First, 0 is poured into 0,

then the ~ . (The 0 is enlivened and animated, or supplied with asoul .)
During the entire process we work exclusively with water . The
above-described work is the production of a so-called Archaeus 37
out of water, which is then used for specific purposes . The qualityof the fractions of the water differs somewhat from one to another .
This can be proved by a sensitive analysis .
Modern science smiles at such experiments . Water alchemy,
however, is a specialized field to which many of the alchemical
masters devoted a great deal of time . Knowledge of the qualities ofdifferent waters is indispensable far many magisteries . For some
May dew is prescribed, for others thunderstorm water . Lightningindeed transforms part of the nitrogen in the air into nitrogencompounds, which then reach the earth together with the rain . In
this way every field receives a certain amount of fertilizer free ofcharge .
The last engraving from Libavius shows the use of solar energy(Figure 29) . To the left we see a closed flask that is exposed to therays of the sun reflected by a concave miror . It is a matter ofcirculation or digestion caused by the reflection of the sunbeams .
To the right we see a similar container which is exposed to therays of the sun focused through a lens . Here an exaltation b ,refraction takes place . In the center we see a distillation by reflection of the sunbeams . If we bear in mind that the alchemical masterdid not even have the use of a thermometer, we must admire thei .
distilling art, because they achieved quite difficult magisteries wid
relatively simple equipment . By experience the ancients had developed a very precise sensitiveness . Intuition and precise observa

84

85

A. 1 LThunderstorm
water
fractionated
into:

B .1

B .2

B .3

B .4

C.
Poured together

250 ml A

250 ml * 250 ml V

250 ml *This inThis inThis in83.33 ml83.33 ml

This in83 .33 ml

83-33M1= 333 .33 ml

83.33 m14

= 333.33 ml

a 83.33 ml 9 83 .33 ml 9 83.33 ml 9

= 333.33 ml

83.33 ml ~ 83.33 ml'' 83 .33 ml
83.33 mi9

rKAL.IIcAL r1ANUISUUK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

I nt- Li.&&Fw

-

-.,

_-

To obtain fixed Sulfur, we must evaporate the plant soup thatremains after the distillation of Mercury . In this way we obtain aviscous mass reminiscent of honey or pitch, depending on the

degree of the evaporation . We shall call it honey in the following
comments . This honey is the fixed vegetable honey .
It is only seldom used in this form ; much more frequent is theuse of the salts of the Sulfur, simply called "salts of Sulfur ."The salts of Sulfur, of which some are water-soluble, others
insoluble in water, are obtained through incineration and subsequent calcination of the honey . Consequently, we put our honeyinto a suitable evaporating container such as a flameproof or heatresistant glass dish and slowly heat it on a gas flame or electric
hotplate
A process interesting to observe now begins : the honey graduallyturns darker and starts to throw bubbles and sputter . The contentsof the dish look like a volcanic mass . A strong formation of smokewith a pungent smell evolves, and yellowish vapors escape from the
bubbles bursting on the surface . The mass becomes ever moresubdued, until finally everything is black and hard . The whole
spectacle strongly reminds us of volcanic activity, and after observing this we can understand why the mass is called Sulfur . We
now increase the temperature of the heating, and gradually ourvegetable Sulfur carbonizes . When it becomes quite hard, we canalso grind it in a mortar . The carbonized fixed Sulfur is then calcined .
In the language of chemistry, calcination means the decomposition of a chemico-organic compound through heat, while driving
off carbon dioxide and water . In the language of alchemy, calcination means "making white like chalk ." The Greek word for calcination is titanosis from titanos, "chalk ."Right calcination requires much sensitiveness and experience .
A number of mistakes can be made . If the temperature is too low,
the calcination does not make headway ; with too-high temperatures, certain components of the material being calcined will fuse .
At the bottom of the flameproof dish we can then recognize ametallic-looking dark spot . A long calcination at relatively low
temperatures (400°-500° C) is always preferable to a brief violent
one . At approximately 900° C the water-soluble salts melt, which
would spoil the whole work . Frequently, calcining takes place
continuously for several days .

86

87

Fig . 29

tion replaced the measuring instruments . At that same time Stradivari and Guarneri built their masterly musical instruments withvery simple technical devices but with the greatest expertise . Their
instruments have remained unequaled even to this day .
Did the masters know vacuum distillation?
Basilius Valentinus writes in his Triumphal Chariot of Antimony:and from the bath of the holy chaste Virgin Mary distill the,vinegar down until a red-yellow, dry powder remains .738 And inanother passage : "But this I tell you, when such an extraction isdrawn out with the vinegar, and the vinegar is distilled off in the
Women's Bath, and thereafter the remaining powder is resolved inloco humido .
. "39
Could vinegar, whose boiling point is 118° C, be distilled in thewater bath at 100° C? It is only possible in a vacuum . (In regard tousing a vacuum, one must be careful not to draw out, through thepump, the essence sought for!)
Perhaps we now understand the significance of the fish bladderin the hand of the old man in Figure 6 . We have no further proof,
and it would serve no useful purpose to indulge in speculation . Let
us rather return to the continuation of our work .
3 . Fixed Sulfur and Its Salt-waa~ . a aa.aaa . a aa aa~yuvvas yr 1 LAl\ I L 1Lt .I1t U

Thus the black mass gradually changes into a grayish-white ash .
Alchemically viewed, calcination is a purification and pulverization by means of fire .
Should it happen that our calcination temperature inadvertently
gets too high and part of the salts melt, we can nevertheless savethe situation by a clever method . Let us listen to some pertinent
words by Johannes Isaac Hollandus :40
But should it happen that you heated too much through carelessness and the earth [in this text, the designation for the
calcining matter] began to melt and turned into glass, yourwork would nevertheless not be totally spoiled, but you would
have to take it out, grind it small in an iron mortar, andsubsequently grind it impalpably (quite fine) on stone with
distilled vinegar, put it in a stone pot, pour on it distilled
vinegar, and set it in the balneum [water bath] for one day andnight, then take it out, let it sink [let the solid parts settle],
filter, and again pour vinegar upon the Feces [the residue on
the filter], stir, and again put it for one day in the Balneum,
then remove and filter it, and put everything together into apot, and again set it in the Balneum, and draw off the vinegar[distill in the water bath under vacuum] until your earth is dry ;then you have your earth back out of the Fecibus, now dissolve itagain once or twice in your water [distilled water], should there
be more Feces in it .
The Feces are here the salts that are insoluble in water that are
eliminated simultaneously with the correction of the wrong calcination . We shall return later to the meaning of the word earth in
this context . As is evident, the correction just mentioned is not sosimple . It therefore pays to observe the right temperature .
The alchemical masters distinguished between open and closed
calcination (cakinatio aperta and calcinatio occlusa) . With open calcination some of the volatile components are lost, among them, forinstance, Sal Armoniacum, which is indispensable for some magisteries.41 With closed calcination the whole process goes on hermetically sealed .
The ancients performed the closed calcination within a thickclay ball, which had to be firm and leakproof on all sides . There88s na, u .n .r-J . •

were also specific furnaces in which a heated chamber could betightly sealed off. In these chambers the substances were calcinedwithout a clay cover . When the clay ball was used, it was put into
the open fire . It was to be surrounded on all sides by heat . (Thisprocedure is widely used in Judaic alchemical work .) Especiallyconvenient for this work were the so-called reverberating furnaces,in which the flames could also sweep over the substances fromabove . The heating up had to be done gradually, and both the clay
ball and its content had to be as dry as possible . We shall now
consider three classical calcining furnaces . The illustrations aretaken from the previously mentioned Akhymia by Andreas Libavius .
Figure 30 shows us two simple calcining furnaces . Model B has
a separate ash compartment under the heating chamber . Figure 31
pictures a round calcining furnace . Figure 32 shows a covered
calcining furnace .
In an electric enameling stove, closed calcination can easily be
carried out by enclosing the calcining material between two
identical, approximately hemispherical clay crucibles . The flatedges are cemented together with clay or loam, or else secured
with a strong clamp or wire .
For the open calcination we spread the carbonized substanceevenly over the bottom of the flameproof dish and heat frombelow. Slowly the contents of the container become grayish-white .
Calcination often lasts several days ; a slow oxidation process takes

Fig . 3089

RAI. t ~l.t1L

rIANUnOOK QF PLANT ALCHEMY

1 nC

A covered calcining furnace. (A) Front view. (B) side view
. (C) Ash pit . (D)Heating chamber. (E) Calcining space . (F) Access.

The two salts of Sulfur, the water-soluble one and that which is
insoluble in water, must be separated from each other . To do this,we pour approximately triple the quantity of distilled water over
the white ash and stir well . If necessary, we heat slightly, or we let
everything stand in moderate heat for a whole night . Subsequently,
we filter the solution . The filtrate is transparent and almost colorless . To obtain all water-soluble salts, we must wash the feces
several times with fresh distilled water, filtering each time . The
filtrate is always added to the previously extracted salt solution .
We can obtain a practically total extraction with the Soxhlet
process discussed further below .
Finally, the salts that are insoluble in water remain . They arealso called Caput Mortuum (death's-head) and are not further usedin many magisteries .
The filtrate containing the water-soluble salts is corrosive on
the tongue . It is strongly alkaline, and litmus paper is immediately
colored intensely blue when moistened with it .
To make the water-soluble salts visible, we now evaporate thesalt solution slowly at low temperatures, for example, in the sun oron a radiator . (Protect it from dust .) When all the water has
evaporated, we find a white salt at the bottom of the container . It is
the water-soluble salt of the Sulfur* also called the salt proper of
the Sulfur. The salt is strongly hygroscopic . In the open, humid air
it would liquefy in a short time, and we therefore put it in a tightly
closed glass for storage .
It happens occasionally that the salt solution extracted from thecalcined ash shows a yellowish-orange streak which can go as far asa brownish tint . In this case the duration of the calcination was notadequate, and we must calcine the salt once more after drying it
Then we dissolve it again in distilled water, filter, and then let thewater evaporate anew . We may have to repeat this process severa
times . Finally, we have a pure white salt .
If we wish also to purify the salts that are insoluble in water
we must wash them in distilled water until the litmus paper n.
longer shows any alkaline reaction ; that is, the litmus paper mu ,not indicate a higher pH-value than that of the water used fc
rinsing . The salt that is insoluble in water is now also driec

90,

91

Fig . 31

place . We leave the container safely on the stove and slowly
observe the discoloration . When the white color does not getbrighter, even after prolonged heating, the calcination is done. We
turn the heating off and let the matter cool down . We now have
before us the salts of the Sulfur .
Often we can speed up the whitening by a clever technique : wesprinkle the gray ash with distilled water, then we calcine again .

Fig . 32• •.. v++as=.. + an+~+invvn yr t 1611141 l1Ll.n1:MY
sputtering need not be feared, and that is why our temperature canbe higher . The melting point, too, is so high (about 1600° C) that
there is no danger of unintentional melting . At the end we have
before us a light gray powder which is not hygroscopic and has alimelike taste . We put it into a suitable glass for storage .
To separate the water-soluble salts from those that are insoluble
we can also use a Soxhlet Extractor (Figure 33) .
The white calcined ash is put into a paper thimble, which isthen set into the extraction chamber (A) of the Soxhlet Extractor .

I nr L ~1~uuwi. Vjr---

In the glass flask below there is distilled water . Upon the extractor
is mounted a condenser (it usually comes with the appliance),
through which the cooling water flows . Now we heat the flask .
When the temperature of the water reaches the boiling point, thevapor rises into the condenser through tube 13, where it condenses
at once and drips into the filled extraction thimble in the form ofwater . Slowly the surface of the liquid rises in the extraction
chamber A ; as soon as it reaches point D, a reflux of the salt
solution follows automatically into the flask over the siphon D, andthe whole process begins anew . As only the water evaporates, thecontent of the extraction thimble is continually washed, causing
the solution in the flask to become more concentrated with every
overflow . If the temperature and the flow of the cooling water
have once been regulated, we can leave the equipment to work
unattended for a longer period . Finally, we evaporate the concentrated solution in the flask, as mentioned before, and in this way
obtain our water-soluble salts of Sulfur . Those that are insoluble inwater remain in the extraction thimble . We remove the thimblefrom the extractor and dry the contents to a light gray powder,which we keep as the Caput Mortuum of the Sulfur .

4 . Salt

Fig . 33

We obtain the Salt proper, also called Sal Salis (salt of the Salt),
representing the third Philosophical Principle, from the remaining
solid plant residue . For this reason it is also called the Salt of theBody, while the Sal Sulphuris (Salt of Sulfur) is also designated as
Salt of the Soul.
Our now-dry plant residues are therefore first reduced to ash ina flameproof dish, and the ash is subsequently calcined . After this,the water-soluble salts are separated from those that are insoluble
in water through extraction with distilled water . (The solution isfiltered, and the water-soluble salts are prepared by careful evaporation of the water .) The process is the same as that described inconnection with the preparation of the salts of Sulfur : again we
obtain a white, strongly hygroscopic salt (the Salt proper), and a

92

93

161

---

heating

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Extraction of the Three Philosophical Principles from Plants

certain amount of light gray Caput Mortuum . We preserve bothsubstances in closed glasses .
Our separation of the plant into its three Philosophical Principles
is completed .
There they now stand in front of us, the three Essentials of ourplant, in their purified form . We store them in six different glasses .
What have we obtained?
1 . Mercury, a pure, high-proof plant spirit, an alcohol that isvolatile and colorless .
Mercury connects and mediates . Water as well as essential oils
are soluble in ethyl alcohol, while the essential oils float on top of
the water . As Mercury generates both, they all dissolve into one
another, just as metals (iron excepted) dissolve into quicksilver .
With quicksilver we can amalgamate metals . Ethyl alcohol "amalgamates" in the plant world and is therefore considered the Mercury
or the quicksilver of the plant kingdom.
2. Sulfur, which consists of a volatile and a fixed (solid) part .
Essential oil forms the volatile part of Sulfur . This oil has an
immediately recognizable intensive smell, characteristic of theplant from which it stems . The essential oil is, so to speak, theessence of the "personality" of the plant concerned . The volatileessential oil is combustible . It is heat-related, which can be recognized by the diathermy discussed on page 57 .
From the fixed Sulfur we have prepared the salts of Sulfur : awhite, water-soluble salt that is strongly hygroscopic and corrosiveon the tongue, and a salt that is insoluble in water and light gray,the Caput Mortuum of the fixed Sulfur, which is not hygroscopic
and has a limelike taste .
We could also have preserved the fixed Sulfur in the form ofevaporated "honey ." But this is only used in a few preparations . In
some magisteries it is important for the volatilization of the Sal
Salis. We shall return to it in the discussion of the Circulatum
Minus.
3. The bipartite Salt . As with the salt of Sulfur, we have gotten awater-soluble one, the Sal Salis, and one that is insoluble in water,
the Caput Mortuum of the Salt . The water-soluble one is white likethat of the Sulfur, is hygroscopic, and tastes corrosive ; the Caput

Mortuum of the Salt is light gray and tastes limelike, just like thatof the Sulfur.
If we have worked' correctly, we can obtain an idea of thequantities of the Philosophical Principles we can expect of a plantby weighing the substances accurately . We record these quantities
in writing, so as to compare them with the data from other plants .
Of course, we can only determine the quantity of Mercury to be
expected if we have fermented with sugar .
The exact keeping of a laboratory diary should be the duty of
every practicing spagyrist .
We have now effected the Solve . What about the Coagula? We
shall hear about it in chapter 11 . In the meantime, we will carefully
preserve our Philosophical Principles .

94

95

The Starsman, according to the original order, and what is the relation
between man, the earth, and the stars . [Hermetic Astronomy]

6

Astrology . This science teaches and interprets according to thewhole of the firmament, how its relations are to the earth andAstrology is closely linked with alchemy . Both sciences workwith common symbols . Thus, for instance, planetary signs are used
for metals in alchemistic texts : Q for gold, D for silver, 0 for
quicksilver, 9 for copper, $ for antimony, d' for iron, '4 for tin,
12 for lead .
Both sciences see the effect of archetypal forces behind thespirit-soul-material manifestation of the universe, which form thefoundation of the order (the "original order" of Paracelsus) . The
Solve of alchemy, which decomposes the Mixti (all things in theuniverse that are composed of more than one substance) into single
constituents, presents many parallels with analytical astrology . On
the other hand, the Coagula of alchemy is ever the great synthesis,
which fits the separate constituents back into the whole, just as in
the last analysis astrology represents a holistic view that considers
both the separate organs and forces in man in their reciprocal
action and the whole of man in connection with the cosmos .
Nobody can seriously doubt that there exists a connection
between all single things in the univei'ie . Astrology is studying
these connections to make them available to cognition and prediction . In this respect astrology has much in common with meteorology .
Here now are some examples .
A special sensation was created by the studies about the"moon punctuality" of the palolo worm which dwells in the coral
reefs of the Samoa, Fiji, Tonga, and Gilbert islands . The inhabitantsof these islands equip their boats twice a year to experience a
spectacle that is repeated with astronomical punctuality .
In the early-morning hours before daybreak, on the day before
the last quarter of the moon in October and November, the approximately 25-centimeter-long abdomens of the worms' bodies
become detached and swarm to the surface of the sea, where theevacuation and assimilation of germinal matters take place . The
enormous hordes of mollusks, considered delicacies, need only be
scooped up by the fishermen.

96

97

The Stars
The stars are healed by the stars .
-Paracelsus

1 . The Foundations
Paracelsus was of opinion that every physician should simultaneously
be an alchemist and an astrologer .
Therefore he must judge the medicine according to the stars,
in order to understand the higher and the lower stars . Medicine
is without value if it is not from Heaven ; it must be fromHeaven . . . .
For example, everything concerning the brain is brought
to the brain by the moon, everything concerning the heart isbrought to it by the sun . In this manner the kidneys are ruled
by Venus, the liver by Jupiter, the gall by Mars . [Paragranum]
What does Paracelsus consider to be astrology?

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

he .tars

J . Goldborough Mayer has observed that Eunice furcata, anothertype of mollusk in the Atlantic Ocean near Florida, reaches sexual
maturity in July, when the crisis occurs at the first or last quarter ofthe moon .
At the time of the full moon, the ovaries of the sea urchins of
the Mediterranean reach their maximum growth . During 1920-21,
Henry Monroe Fox devoted himself in Suez to the investigation of
the lunar periodicity in the reproduction of Centrechinus setosus . 42
Significant are also the experiments that L . Kolisko has carried out
in connection with seed germination as also with the capillardynamolitic examination of specific metallic salts and planetary
positions .43 The charts obtained by this method show marked
changes at the time of the conjunctions of the planet that rules thecorresponding salts when compared with the charts that did notarise during the conjunctions . The results of these examinations areof double importance : not only could the relation between planetsand metallic salts be proved, but the results are at the same timeevidence that the connection of metals with specific planets, as it
was taught by the ancients, is right ; because the change in thecharts during the conjunctions clarifies the connection between
lead and Saturn, between silver and the Moon, tin and Jupiter, gold
and the Sun .
About twenty-seven years ago, the French statistician Michel
Gauquelin began his collection of ten thousand astrological datafrom medical doctors, politicians, sportsmen, artists, and membersof the armed forces, with the aim of refuting astrological ideas . In
spite of his publicly admitted negative attitude toward astrology,
this investigation ended with a confession of positive, statistically
provable findings that support astrology .44 Gauquelin's investigations likewise support the view held by astrology that hereditary
factors can be recognized in a horoscope . He has discovered
statistically important connections between the astrological positions of parents and children .
Too high a valuation of statistics alone may be problematic inconnection with the stratification and the infinite possibilities ofvariation of the planetary positions . It would be presumptuous tobelieve that such a differentiated consideration as the astrologicalrests only on statistics, since every horoscope belongs to an individual personality. Nevertheless, statistical investigations in thisconnection have their worth, at least in part .
Dr . Eugen Jonas, director of the Institute for Birth Control,
supported by the Czechoslovak government, has proved that amethod of astrological birth control is 97 .7 percent reliable . Basedon the position of the moon at the time of conception, he has also
developed a method for predicting the sex of an unborn child .
John H . Nelson, electro-engineer at RCA, has discovered thatmagnetic storms harmful to health occur when planets stand atangles of 0°, 90°, and 180° to each other . In connection withmeasurements of radio interference, he has proved that interferencefree fields are produced when planets form angles of 60° and 120° .
Professor Helmut Berg at the University of Cologne has discovered that times of magnetic disturbances and solar eruptions are
periods when pulmonary diseases and hemorrhages are critical .
Professor H . Bertels of Berlin has discovered that microbiotic
reactions, changes in the weather, and chemical reactions areconnected with solar flares .
Professor A . L. Tchijensky at the University of Moscow, andlater Dr. Robert O . Becker of the Syracuse Veterans Hospital,
have discovered that historic epidemics of typhus, cholera, smallpox, and the plague occurred at the time of maximum sunspot
activity .
Dr . Maki Takata of Toho University, Tokyo, could prove thatthe composition of human blood changes with the eleven-year
sunspot rhythm . A change also occurs during the daily rotation of
the earth, for which sunrise is especially important . "Man is aliving sundial ."Dr . Abraham Hoffer of the University Clinic in Saskatchewan,
Canada, has discovered that neurotics have particularly intense
experiences in January and July ; depressives in March .
In 1970, Jan Gerhard Toonder and John Anthony West began
the attempt to critically examine astrology . Here now is theirverdict after the conclusion of their research . They say, "It is
becoming increasingly difficult to avoid the impression that Pythagoras, Plato, Plotinus, Ptolemy, Thomas Aquinas, Albertus Magnus,

98

99

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Stars

and Johannes Kepler were right in their assessment of astrology, atleast in principle, while all of modern science is wrong . "45
The situation of astrology is not unlike that of serious alchemy .
Many old views are now confirmed by modern research, whereby
old symbolic concepts are often replaced by modern ideas anddiscussed in a language adapted to those ideas. Whether this always
brings about a clarification is another question .
After all that has been said, it seems natural that spagyrics leansclosely on cosmic rhythms .
Astrology is consulted:

view . It is the same with sailing . Even with little wind one canmake headway by clever maneuvers, but things go better with amore favorable wind and the proper sail .
For all that, we should always listen to the view that says thatthe "plane above the stars"can be reached through absolute seriousness and devotion . Paracelsus says that the highest form of medicine
is love. In this case medicine can become free of karma . In thisconnection, we shall cite yet another sentence often quoted among
astrologers: "The wise rule the stars ."Let us now turn to the seven planets of the ancients, the signs of
the zodiac, and the corresponding order of the medicinal plants .
Beyond Saturn, the "Guardian of the Threshold," the "octaves"begin, to which belong Uranus, Neptune, Pluto, and not yet officially discovered planets .
The ancients divided the planets into "benefactors" and "malefactors ." They likewise spoke of "good" or "evil" aspects . Modern
astrology prefers the designations "synthetic" and "analytic"
aspects.
Before we turn to the rhythms, let us survey the planets andtheir zodiacal signs with the organs, plants, and works belonging tothem .

1 . For the diagnosis of the diseases to be treated . Medical
astrology is too wide a field to be dealt with here . The
reader is advised to refer to the works cited in the bibliography.
2 . For the classification of medicinal plants . Every medicinal
plant possesses the powers of specific planets to a more orless greater degree . As with certain organs in the human
body, certain parts of plants can come under the influence of
one specific planet, others under that of another planet,although one or two planets always rule the whole plant . A
species is therefore always classified according to thestrongest influence . In this connection alchemists speak of
the Doctrine of Signatures .46
3 . In the preparation of tinctures, essences, circulata, and so on,
especially at the beginning of the work, the spagyrist conforms to the planetary rhythms . Specific signs of the zodiac
and their ruling planets are connected with specific works .
In some cases, the positions of the moon are of significance(particularly in plant spagyrics) ; in others, the so-called
planetary hours are important ; for others again, the precise
horoscope of the moment is consulted .
4 . For the determination of the most favorable time for theadministration of the remedy .

2. Stars and Medicinal Plants

0

The SunEven if spagyric preparations are therapeutic per se, "goingwith the stars" can improve the results, according to the traditional

As the center of our solar system, the Sun contains the elements fromwhich plants were formed in a highly ionized form (plasma stage),that is, in the fourth state of aggregation of matter .
All life is sustained by the radiation of light and warmth fromthe Sun .
The Sun generates extraordinarily strong magnetic fields . According to the findings of the Pioneer (deep space probe) expeditions,
the Sun's magnetic field reaches the orbit of Pluto in the form of asolar wind .

100

101

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Depending on their size and elements, the individual planets
transform solar energy into specific energy flows which then reachthe earth .
For example, solar energy is partly manifested by electricity,which is solar power reflected by the planet Uranus .
The Sun rules the mind and willpower, energy, vitality, wholeness and self-integration, dominion, organization, power in general .
Physiologically, the Sun rules the heart, circulation, the vertebral column, health and vitality in general, and the heart meridianof acupuncture ; in addition, the distribution of heat in the body, thethymus gland, the pons Varolii (function : control of the breath), andthe eyes (especially the right eye of man and the left of woman) .
Together with Saturn and the signs of Virgo and Scorpio, the Sun
rules the spleen . The energies transformed by the spleen are carried
to the solar plexus, from where they spread over the whole body .
(Compare the significance and function of the spleen for energy
economy in Chinese medicine) .
The image of the Sun is masculine, conscious, and libidolike .
The diseases associated with the Sun are organic, constitutional,
and structural .
The Sun's metal is gold (in the Indian view also copper) . Itszodiacal sign is the Lion .
Its fragrance is olibanum incense, its precious stones are thecat's eye (chrysolith) and, in the Indian view, the ruby .
Plants That Come Especially under the Dominion of the Sun
Althaea officinalis : marshmallow (with Jupiter and Venus)
Anagallis arvensis : common scarlet pimpernel (with Jupiter)
Angelica archangelica: angelica, lingwort (with Venus)
Angelica silvestris : wild angelica (with Venus)
Anthemis nobilis: Roman chamomile
Calamus aromaticus (Acorus calamus): calamus
Calendula officinalis : marigold
Caryophyllus (Syzygium aromaticum) : clove tree
Chelidonium majus : celandine (with Jupiter)
Cinnamonum ceylanicum : cinnamon, Ceylon cinnamon
102

Citrus aurantium : orange tre,.
Citrus bergamium : bergamot
Citrus limonum : lemon tree
Dictamnus albus: dittany
Drosera rotundifolia : sundew
Echium valgare : viper's buglass, blueweed
Erythrea centaurium (Entaurium umbellatum) : lesser centaury
Euphrasia officinalis : eyebright
Fragaria vesca : wild strawberry (with Jupiter)
Fraxinus excelsior: ash (with Jupiter)
Gentian lutea : gentian (with Jupiter)
Glechoma hederacea : ground ivy (with Venus)
Helianthus anuus : sunflower
Hypericum perforatum Saint John's-wort
Inula helenium : elecampane

Juglans regia: walnut tree (with Mercury

Juniperus communis : juniper (with Jupiter and Mercury)
Laurus nobilis : laurel (with Jupiter)
Matricaria chamomilla : German chamomile
Melissa officinalis : lemon balm (with Jupiter)'>Olea europea : olive tree (with Jupiter ; often classified under
Jupiter)
Oryza sativa: rice
Paeonia offcinalis: peony
Passiflora incarnata : passionflower
Piper: pepper (white and black)
Plantago lanceolata : ribwort (with Mars)
Plantago major : plantain (with Mars)
Potentilla reptans: cinquefoil, five-leaf, finger-grass
Rosmarinus officinalis : rosemary
Ruta graveolens: common rue
Sinapis alba : white mustard
Sinapis nigra : black mustard
103

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

mistletoe (with juniper and moon)
Vitis vinifera: grapevine (with Jupiter and moon)
Zedoaria (Curcuma zedoaria) : zedoary
Zingiber officinale : ginger- Viscum album :The entire family of the labiates is heat- and Sun-related ;likewise, and especially, the essential oils that represent volatile
Sulfur (Apollo) .
Therapeutic affects of the solar plants are toning up, heating,and diaphoretic, affecting the circulation, heart, thymus, spleen,and eyes. .
D
The Moon

The Stars

Bright and dark traits are mixed, on the one hand benevolence andmotherliness, on the other wildness and raw instincts . The Moon
has a dark side .
Diseases associated with the Moon are periodically recurring
illnesses, irregular menses, as well as diseases of the lunar organs .
At the Full Moon epileptics, somnambulists, and hysterical or
nervous persons are influenced unfavorably .
Lunar metals and minerals are silver, moonstone (selenite),pearls, and amber .
Scents are melon, jasmine (according to another view, jasmine
has more Jovian qualities), hyssop, poppy . The zodiacal sign isCancer .
Plants That Come Especially under the Dominion of the Moon

The Moon is the only satellite of the Earth . It reflects the light andother energies of the Sun, which it gathers and carries through thetwelve signs of the zodiac during a synodical month .
The Moon influences the water on the Earth through high andlow tides . The new moon and the full moon cause high tide, while
the flood stays lower during the quarters of the moon .
At the Full Moon the chances for hemorrhages and births
increase . At the New Moon nocturnal activity is slight ; at the Full
Moon it is great .
The Moon influences growth, fertility, conception, the subconscious, the feelings, rhythms, instincts, reflection, passivity,
motherliness, family, and heritage .
Subject to the Moon are the stomach and the esophagus, thebreasts, the womb and the ovaries, menstruation, the-body fluids(e .g., the blood serum), the urinary bladder, the cerebellum, thepancreas, the memory .
The Moon is related to the eyes (to the left eye of man and theright eye of woman), the brain, saliva, glandular secretion, sensuality, the thyroid gland (with Mercury and the sign of Scorpio), thetonsils (with the sign of Taurus), the lachrymal mechanism, and thetransformation of fluids .
The Moon's image is feminine, changeable, motherly, familiar .
104

The whole plant world is especially subject to the moon .
Penetrating into the earth, I sustain all creatures by My strength;
By becoming the moon full of juices, I nourish all plants .

[Bhagavad Chi, 15:13]

Especially strongly lunar are :Acanthus mollis : acanthus
Agnus castus : monk's pepper
Atriplex silvestris : atriplex, orache, all-seed, notchweed
Bellis perennis : daisy
Brassicae : all kinds of cabbage, brassicaceous plants
Cardamine pratense : lady's smock, cuckoo flower-'' Carica papaya : papaya
Cheiranthus cheiri: wallflower
Cucumis sativus : cucumber
Cucurbita Pepo : pumpkin, gourd
Curcuma longa : turmericCalium aparine : galium, cleavers, goose grass
Hieracium pilosella : hawkweed, mouse-ear
Hyssopus officinalis : hyssop
105

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Florentine iris (with Saturn)
Iris germanica : German iris (with Saturn), dark blue flowers
Iris pallida : pale iris (with Saturn), pale blue flowers
Lactuca sativa : cabbage-lettuce
Lenticula palustris : duckweed
Ligustrum vulgare : privet
Lilium album : white lily
Lysimachia nummularia: moneywort
Myristica fragrans: nutmeg
Nasturtium officinale : watercress
Nymphaea alba : water lily
Papaver rhoeas: corn poppy (with Saturn)Papaver somniferum: opium poppy (with Saturn)
Ruta lunaria: moonwort
Salices: all kinds of willows
Saxifraga : saxifrage
Sedum acre: sharp stonecrop, wall-pepper
Sedum telephium: orpine
Stellaria media : chickweed
Telephium vulgare: sedum
Tilia: lime-tree (with Venus)
Trapa natans : water chestnut
Veronica officinalis : speedwell
Vinca minor: myrtle, periwinkle
Iris florentina :Therapeutic effect of the lunar plants : many food plants, alterative, cooling, moisturizing, enzymic, and promoting fermentation .

0

Mercury

Of all the planets, Mercury is nearest to the Sun . In horoscopes it cannever be farther than 28° from the Sun, and it is therefore only visible
as the morning or evening star . The magnetic field of Mercury
1 06

The Stars

resembles that of the Earth . The planet reflects the light of the Sun,
infrared rays, and radio waves, like the Moon .
Its period of revolution is 59 .65 days = two synodic months, its
time of rotation around the Sun = three synodic months .
Mercury is the mediator, the messenger of the gods ; the Romans
also considered Mercury the god of commerce .
As a hermaphrodite he stands between the polarized sexes,
ambivalent and unreliable, dry and cold if masculine, humid andcold if feminine .
As the Egyptian Hermes Trismegistus (Thoth), he invented
language and writing, and ranked as the patron of the medical art .
Under Mercury come the intellect, mediation, transmission,and translation, mental and nervous processes, speech and writing,dexterity, ambivalence, and the distribution of energies .
The planet rules the nervous system (with Uranus), the ears,
hearing, the tongue, speech, the vocal organs ; especially the nervesof the arms, the abdomen, the cerebrospinal nerves of the brain(with the Moon), the bronchia, respiration, coordination between
body and mind, reason, the feet, the nerves of the sex and urinaryorgans, the thyroid, the hands, the legs, ;,#nd the heart, the opticalnerve, the invisible "nerve fluids," the motor nerves, the larynx,
the lungs, the mental abilities (with the Moon, Uranus, and
Neptune), and the spinal cord . The Sun-like cerebrum and theMoon-like cerebellum are linked by the Mercurial pons .
Mercury has its image as the messenger of the gods, the healer
and mediator, but also as the planetary genius of magic and trickery .
Its symbols are the winged sandals and the caduceus .
The diseases associated with Mercury are mainly disturbancesthat are in each case connected with the organs ruled by thezodiacal signs in which the planet is at the time . As the planet iscapable of changing, the kind of disturbance greatly depends on theother planets with which Mercury is connected .
Metals and minerals of Mercury are quicksilver, topaz, opal,
tourmaline, peridot, and, in the view of the Indians and also of
Agrippa, the emerald .
Mercurial scents are all kinds of wormwood, narcissus, anise,and parsley . Its zodiacal signs are Gemini and Virgo .
107

The Stars

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Plants That Come Especially under the Dominion o Mercury
Adiantum capillus veneris :maidenhair

all kinds of acacias
Alliaria officinalis : garlic, hedge-mustard
Acacia :Anethum graveolens : dillcelerysouthernwood
Artemisia absinthium : wormwood (with Venus)
Avena saliva: oats (with Jupiter)
Azalea : azalea
Bryonia albs: bryony
Calamintha montana : calamint, mountain balm, wild basil
Calamintha arvensis : mint, calamint
Carum carvi: caraway
Chichorium endivia: endive, chicory
Convallaria majalis : lily-of-the-valley (with the Moon)
Corylus avella : hazel
Cynoglossum officinale : hound's tongue (with Jupiter)
Apium graveolens :Artemisia abrotanum:

Daucus carota : carrot

Digitalis purpurea: digitalis, red foxglove
Foeniculum vulgare :Glycyrrhiza glabra:fennellicorice

Typical effects of Mercurial medicinal plants are changes ofmind, effects on the brain and the nervou,%system, and menstruationregulating effects .

9

Venus

elecampane
Lavandula vera : lavender (with Jupiter and the Sun)
Lonicera caprifolium : honeysuckle, woodbine
Majorana hortensis : marjoram (with the Sun)
Mandragora: mandrake (with Saturn and the Moon)
Marrubium vulgare : horehound, white
Mercurialis annua: mercury, annual
Mercurialis perennis: perennial mercury
Morus alba: mulberry tree, whiteMorus nigra: mulberry tree, black
Inula helenium :myrtleOriganum vulgare: oregano, origanum
Parietaria officinalis : wall pellitory
Pastinaca sativa : parsnip
Petroselinum hortense : parsley
Pimpinella anisum: anise
Piper cubeba : cubeb pepper
Satureja hortensis : savory
Solanum dulcamara : bittersweet
Strychnos nux vomica : vomic or poison nut
Teucrium scordium : germander
Trifolium arvense : barefoot, hop trefoil, hopclover
Trifolium fibrinum: marsh trefoil, buckbean
Tussilago farfara: coltsfoot~l Valerian ofcinalis : valerian
Myrtus communis:

1 08

Venus is approximately as big as the Earth . Its longest distance fromthe sun is 47° . Through its dense carbon dioxide atmosphere it
reflects sunlight strongly . After the Sun and the Moon, it is thebrightest celestial body .
It is the only planet to rotate in reverse direction . On Venus the
Sun rises in the west and sets in the east . Venus is visible as themorning and the evening star . The Venusian surface proper ishidden under a thick coat of clouds . Venus is therefore considered
the ruler of occult intelligence .
As Ishtar or Ashtaroth, Venus was the goddess of sexual love in
Babylon, as Aphrodite in Greece . The Greeks distinguished be109

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

tween the ordinary and the celestial Aphrodite . The first ruled overlove between man and woman, the second over homosexual love .
With the Hebrews, the Phoenicians, the Egyptians, and theIndians, Venus was male . With the Indians Venus (Sanskrit Sukra)
is the teacher and physician of the Titans . According to the
Mahdbhdrata epic poem, Sukra possessed the elixir of immortality,with which he could raise the dead to new life . Among those who
received the elixir were his mother and Kaca, a son of Brhaspati(Jupiter), who had fallen in love with Sukra's daughter Jayanti .
According to Indian tradition, the planet Sukra has sixteen rays .
Venus is strongly related to alchemy .
This planet rules the arts, harmony, proportion, affection, andthe ability to integrate separate things into a whole and to mediate
between opposites (sign of Libra) . The tendency of Venus is toward
cozy relaxation . Venus is likewise strongly related to music .
Venus rules over the metamorphosis of the cells, the reproduction and enrichment of the substances, the formation of tissue, theselection and transformation of substances in the cells, the preservation of the body, the complexion, the relaxation of tissue, theface, the cheeks, the chin, the upper lip, the abdomen, the throat,
the kidneys, and the parathyroid glands (whichactasintermediaries
and stabilizers for the muscles, the formation of nerves, and nervous
energy, and decisively influence the calcium metabolism by theirhormone), the thymus gland, the stomach veins, the appetite, thebreasts, germination, the chyle (chylus) in the intestines, the diureticand emetic processes, the eustachian tube, exosmosis, fermentation,
fertilization, the inner sexual organs, the harmony within thesystems, the umbilicus, the neck, the nose, the sense of smell, thepalate, and the spine (with the Sun, Mercury, Neptune, and the signof Leo) .
Something has already been said above about the image ofVenus (Ishtar-Aphrodite-Sukra) . No influence of Venus or Jupiter
could in any way promote disease, which is only promoted throughcritical aspects of other planets . A badly configured Venus promotes
diseases of the uterus and the sexual organs as well as of thekidneys . Diseases promoted by intemperance and excesses are
Venusian .
110

I

ne OW13Venusian metals and minerals are copper, pink corals, jade, and,according to the Indian tradition, diamonds .
The zodiacal signs are Taurus and Libra .
Venusian scents are sandalwood, storax (Taurus), and galbanum(Libra) .

Plants That Come Especially under the Dominion of Venus
Achillea millefolium: yarrow
Ajuga reptans : bugle
Akhemilla vulgaris : lady's mantle
Alkanna tinctoria : dyer's alkanet
Althaea officinalis : marshmallow
Aquilegia vulgaris : columbine
Arctium lappa : burdock, burr fruit
Artemisia absinthium : wormwood (with Mercury and Mars)
Artemisia vulgaris : mugwort
Betula pendula (= verrucosa) : a kind of birch
Betula pubescens (= alba) : a kind of birch
Castanea sativa : chestnut (with Jupiter)
Cicer arietinum : chick-pea
Cotyledon umbilicus : navelwort, cotyledon

Cynara scolymus: artichoke
Digitalis purpurea : digitalis, red foxglove (with Mercury andSaturn)Dipsacus sativus : teasel, fuller's thistle or weed
Fragaria vesca : wood strawberry, wild strawberry (with the Sun
and Jupiter)
Geranium robertianum: geranium, herb Robert (with Mars)
Glechoma hedera : ground ivy (with the Sun)
Leonurus cardiaca : motherwort
Lithospermum minus : gromwell
Menthae : all kinds of mint
Meum athamanthicum : spicknel

111

a a..wa •y ALA

aAPILnuuit Vr rLANT ALCHEMY

catnipOrchis : all kinds of orchids
Oxalis acetosella : wood sorrel, clover sorrel
Persica vulgaris: peach
Nepeta cataria:

The effect of Mars is violent, accelerating, and intensifying,
Mars is the active principle, dynamic energy . If well applied, theMartian forces are constructive ; if uncontrolled, they result in
destruction.
Physiologically, Mars rules the muscular system, the red corpuscles, the body heat, and the combustion processes in the body,the sexual organs, the suprarenal capsules, and, together with the
Sun and Jupiter, the formation of blood . From food it absorbs theiron which it transmits to the blood .
The Sun and Mars together bring vitality, initiative, andcourage . Mars also shares in the vital processes (with Jupiter andthe signs of Leo, Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius, and Virgo) .
Mars also influences the motor nerves, the left half of the brain,
the gall, the fibrin in the blood, the rectum, and the astral body .
According to Paracelsus, Mars rules over the polarity between
the brain pole (Aries) and the sexual organs (Scorpio), that is, thebeginning and end of the serpent power .
Mars further rules over the diaphragm, the left ear, the purging
processes, the head and head injuries, inflammations, and surgicaltreatments .
The image of Mars is male, aggressive, warlike (martial), andintensely sexual, with the so-called ani' nal magnetism .
Diseases associated with Mars are inflammations of all kinds,
smallpox, scarlet fever, typhus, high blood pressure, acute pains,
rapidly developing fever processes, and hemorrhages .
Martian metals and minerals are iron, steel, cinnabar, ruby, anddark red corals . Martian scents are mustard, garlic, cypress, andsulfur.

Phaseolus Pulgaris:

dwarf bean, running bean (with the Moon)
primrose
Prunus cerasus : morello cherry, sour cherry
Pyrus communis : pear
Pyrus malus: apple (with the Sun)-'>Rosa damascena : rose (with Jupiter)
Rubus fructicosus: blackberry
Rumex acetosa : sorrel
Primula officinalis:

Sambucus nigra :elder (with Saturn and Mercury)
sanicleSaponaria officinalis: soapwort, soap plant, soapweed
Senecio jacobaea : tansy ragwort
Senecio vulgaris : groundsel
Solidago virga aurea: goldenrod
Thymus serpyllum: wild thyme (with the Sun)Thymus vulgaris : garden thyme (with the Sun)
Triticum sativum : wheat (with Jupiter)
Verbena offi'cinalis : vervain
Viola odorata : violet (with the Moon)
Sanicula europaea :Therapeutic effects of Venusian plants are alterative, diuretic,
antinephritic, emollient, emetic, and harmonizing .

Plants That Come Especially under the Dominion of Mars
Allium cepa : common onion
Allium sativum : garlic
Aloe : all kinds of aloe (with Saturn)Ananas sativus: pineapple
Anemone : anemone
Artemisia absinthium : wormwood with Venus and Mercury)dMars

Mars, the first of the outer planets, has two moons, Daimos andPhobos . The red-orange surface of the planet consists mainly ofiron and aluminum . In 687 days Mars revolves around the Sun; in
780 days it runs through the zodiac .
1 12

I

113

The Stars

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

cuckoopint, wake-robin
Bellis perennis : daisy (with the Moon)
Berberis vulgaris : barberry (with Uranus)
Buxus sempervirens : box
Bryonia dioica : bryony
Cassia obovata : senna
Capsicum : paprika, red pepper, various kinds
Carduus benedictus : avens, blessed thistle
Cochlearia armoracia: horseradish
Coriandrum sativum: coriander (with Venus))Crataegus oxyacantha: hawthorn (with Saturn)
Genista tinctoria: dyer's broom
Gentiana: gentian (yellow)
Geranium robertianum : geranium, herb Robert (with Venus)
Gratiola officinalis : hedge hyssop
Helichrysum arenarium : everlasting flower, immortelle, goldflower
Humulus lupulus : hop
Lamium album: dead nettle, blind nettle, lamium
Linum usatissimum : flax (with Jupiter and Saturn)Lonicera caprifolium : honeysuckle, woodbine (with Mercury)
Mezereum : spurge-laurel, mezereon
Nepeta cataria catnip
Nicotiana tabacum : tobacco
Ocimum basilicum : basil (with Jupiter)
Ononis spinosa : restharrow, thorny harrow
Pinus : pine, all kinds
Plantago major: plantain (with the Sun)
Quercus robur: oak (with Jupiter)
Ranunculus sceleratus : cursed crowfoot, marsh crowfoot (with
Venus)
Raphanus sativus : black radish
Rheum palmatum : Chinese rhubarb (with Jupiter)
Rosa canina : dogrose (with Jupiter)Arum maculatum :114

madder (with Jupiter)
Sabina: savin, red cedar
Sambucus ebulus: dwarf elder
Scilla maritima sea onion, squill (with Saturn)
Scrophularia nodosa : common figwort, knotty brownwort
Smilax utilis sarsaparilla
Sinapis : all kinds of mustard
Strychnus nux vomica : poison nut, emetic nut
Tormentilla : tormentil, bloodwort, rootwort (with the Sun)
Urtica dioica: common nettle, stinging nettle (with Pluto)
Urtica urens : small stinging nettle (with Pluto)
Rubia tinctorum :The therapeutic effects of Martian plants are aphrodisiac,
stimulating, tonic, blood-forming, acting upon the blood vessels .

Jupiter

The orbit of Jupiter lies beyond the asteroid belt . The biggest
planet of our solar system consists chiefly of hydrogen and helium,
and it contains the major part of the matter in the solar system thatwas not used for the formation of the Sun . This planet has a verystrong magnetic field . Jupiter's thirteen moons make the planet
appear like a small solar system .
Jupiter gives energy to the Earth . Especially during a conjunction with the Earth (every 399 days), the solar wind brings energies
from the magnetic field of the planet . Jupiter circles around the Sun
in 11 years and 315 days . In less than 10 hours it rotates around its
own axis .
Physiologically, Jupiter rules the liver, the arteries and thecirculation, especially the arteries of the abdomen and the legs, theenrichment of the blood through food intake, the fibrin in the blood(with Mars and the sign of Pisces), the subcutaneous fatty tissues,
the suprarenal capsules, food intake and assimilation, the spleen andthe kidneys, the body's powers of resistance, the carbohydrates, thesupply of oxygen to the blood, the formation and reproduction of115

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

cells, the conservation of energy, the digestive organs, the feet, thesex organs and their veins, the thighs and the buttocks, the lungs,
the ribs, the right ear, the sanguine temperament, the semen, thebody's sugar economy, the maintenance of the tissues, and theteeth . Jupiter's influence on the occipital lobe of the hypophysis(pituitary body) regulates the fluid circulation and the growth of
the body .
Jupiter has its image as the king of the gods, the religious
teacher (its Indian name is Guru), the father, the benefactor disbursing riches, but also as the bon vivant very much out for his own
desires and gratifications .
Jovian diseases are all diseases due to immoderation in eating
and drinking, bad digestion, too much congestion, impure blood .
By itself, Jupiter does not cause any sicknesses, except diseases ofthe blood, the lungs, the liver, and indirectly also of the heart,caused by bad aspects with other planets . A badly aspected Jupiteralso promotes strokes, abcesses, convulsions, as .well as cancerous
processes in certain cases on account of its hyperexpansivity .
Jovian metals and minerals are tin, lapis lazuli, amethyst, blue
sapphire, and, according to Indian tradition, yellow sapphire .
Jovian scents are benzoin, carnations, hyacinth, mastic, violet .
Plants That Come Especially under the Dominion of JupiterAcer : maple, sycamore
Aesculus hippocastanum: horse chestnut
Agrimonia eupatoria : agrimony
Agropyron cannium: couch grass, dog grass

Althaea officinalis : marshmallow (with the Sun and Venus
Amygdalum : almond (with the Sun)
Anagallis arvensis : scarlet pimpernel
Anthriscus cerefolium : garden chervil
Arnica montana : arnica
Asparagus off cinalis: asparagus
Avena sativa : oats (with Mercury)

1 16

i ne .o[ar3Betonica officinalis : hedge-nettle, stachys, woundwort
Borrago officinalis : borage
Castanea sativa : edible chestnut (with Venus)

Centaurium umbellatum : centaury
Cetraria islandica : Carrageen or Irish moss
Chelidonium majus: celandine (with the Sun)
Cichorium endivia: endive
Cichoriurn intybus : chicory
Dianthus cariophyllus : carnation
Ficus carica : fig (with Vpnus)
Foeniculum vulgare : fennel (with Mercury)
Fraxinus excelsior: ash (with the Sun)
Fraxinus ornus : manna, flowering ash
Fumaria officinalis : fumitory
Gentiana lutea : gentian, yellow (with the Sun)
Hepaticae: liverwort, different kinds
Hyoscyamus niger: henbane (with Saturn and Neptune)
Hyssopus officinalis : hyssop (with the Moon and Mars)"'
Imperatoria : masterwort
Inula campana: elecampane
Jasminum : jasmine
f Juniperus communis : juniper (with the Sun and Mercury)
Laurus nobilis : laurel (with the Sun), bay
Lavandula vera : lavender (with the Sun and Mercury)
Linum usitatissimum : flax (with Saturn and Mars)
Liquiritia officinalis (Glycyrrhiza glabra) : licorice (with Mercury)
Marchantia polymorpha : a kind of Irish moss, liverwort
Melilotus officinalis : melilot, sweet clover
Melissa officinalis : balm (with the Sun)
Mentha piperita : peppermint (with Venus)
Myristica fragrans: nutmeg (with the Moon) or nutmeg tree
Myrrha: myrrh (with the Sun)117

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Ocimum basilicum: basil (with Mars)
Olea europaea : olive (with the Sun) or olive tree
Panax ginseng : ginseng
Pimpinella anisum : anise (with Mercury)
Pirus malus : apple tree
Polypodium vulgare: polypody
Populus: all kinds of poplars (with Saturn and the Sun)
Potentilla reptans : cinquefoil
Prunus armeniaca : apricot tree
Pulmonaria officinalis : lungwort (with Mercury)
Quercus robur: oak (with Mars)
Rosa canina: dogrose (with Mars)
Rosa damascena : rose (with Venus)
Rubia tinctorum : madderRubus idaeus : raspberry
Rumex acetosa : sorrel
Saccharum officinalis : sugarcane
Salvia officinalis : sage
Santalum album : white sandalwood (with Venus)
Santalum rubrum : red sandalwood (with Venus)
Sempervivurn tectorum : sempervivum, houseleek
Smyrnium olusatrum : Alexandrian parsley
Solanurn lycopersicurn : tomato
Symphytum officinale : comfrey
Tanacetum vulgare: tansy
Taraxacum officinale : dandelion
Tilia europaea : lime tree (with Venus)
Tussilago farfara : coltsfoot (with Mercury)
Vaccinium myrtillus: bilberry
Verbascum thapsiforme : mullein
Viscum album : mistletoe (with the Sun and Moon)
Vitis vinifera: grapewine (with the Sun)
1 18

The Stars
The therapeutic effect of Jovian plants is chiefly stimulating,antispasmodic, soothing, emollient, anthelmintic, hepatic, and influencing the circulation .

SaturnSaturn, almost as big as Jupiter, differs from the other planets
because of its rings of thin layers of ice particles . Saturn is cold anddry . Ten moons circle around the planet . In 29 years and 167 days
Saturn revolves around the Sun .
As the planet of restriction, limitation, and contraction, it is the
opponent of Jupiter, whose expansivity it counterbalances . In theancient tradition, Saturn has the image of a "bad-luck" planet .
Saturn is considered the planet of fate, of karma ; it is the cosmic
bookkeeper . Its influence is "hostile" only for individuals lacking
self-control . Self-knowledge and discipline are prerequisites for the
positive Saturn influences . Undisciplined persons experience Saturn
as a punishing teacher .
Saturn is the sage and the guardian of the threshold to thesupernatural . Mythologically, he was the god of time among the
Greeks : Chronos, the old man with the sickle . Saturn is also linked
with agriculture .
Saturn rules over age and all slow and chronic processes .
Physiologically, it dominates all aging processes, the bone structure,
the teeth, the spine (with the Sun, Neptune and the sign of Leo), allhardening processes, the anterior lobe of the pituitary body (which
restricts the processes of growth and glandular secretion), crystallization processes, the auditory organs, the left auricle (if Saturn isin Leo), the endocardium, sterility, the bladder, the composition of
the blood (with the Sun, Jupiter, Venus, Mars, and the signs of Leo
and Aquarius), blood circulation in the tissues, the joints, thecalves, the cervical vertebrae (Saturn in Taurus), absorption andassimilation of intestinal fluids, the vagus nerve, minerals in the
blood, the gall (with Mars, Mercury, the Moon, and the signs of
Leo and Scorpio), the knees, memory, the spleen (with the Sun and119

I'he Jtars

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

the signs of Scorpio and Virgo) and their defensive regulation(diathesis), as well as all contracting processes .
Diseases associated with Saturn are rheumatism, hardenings,
calcification, melancholy and depression, chronic diseases, lethargy,
frigidity, eccentricity, crankiness, and diseases of the Saturnineorgans .
Saturnine metals and minerals are lead, onyx, chalcedony,black corals, the lodestone .
Saturnine scents are benzoin, cypress, poppy, resins, and quince .
Plants That Come Especially under the Dominion of Saturn
Aconitum napellus : aconite, monkshood (with Mars)
Aegopodium podagraria : ashweed, wild masterwort, goatweed,
bishop's weed, or herb gerard
Aloe : aloe (with Mars)
Allium cepa: kitchen onion (with Mars and the Moon)
Amaranthus : amaranth
Arctium lappa : bur, burdock (with Venus)
Asplenium: spleenwort
Atropa belladonna: belladonna, deadly nightshade (with Mars)
Auricularia judae : jew's ear
Beta vulgaris : beetroot
Beta rubra : beet, mangel-wurzel, stock beet, silver beet
Cannabis saliva: hemp (with Neptune)
Capsella bursa pastoris : shepherd's purse
Carvurn carvi: caraway (with Mercury)
Carvurn cari: caraway (with Mercury)
Centaurea cyanus: cornflower, bluebottle, knapweed, bullweed
Centaurea nigra : centaury
Cicuta virosa: cowbane, water hemlock
Conium maculatum : hemlock (with Neptune and Uranus)
Crataegus oxyacantha : hawthorn (with Mars)
Cydonia vulgaris : quince
120

Digitalis pupurea : digitalis, foxglove (with Mercury and Venus)
Epilobium angustifolium: willow herb

horsetail
Eryngium maritimum : eryngium, sea holly
Eryngium campestre: eryngo (common)
Eryngium planum : flatleaved eryngo
Fagus silvatica : beech tree
Filix mas (Aspidium filix mas): male fern
Foenum graecum: fenugreek
Fumaria officinalis: fumitory
Gaultheria procumbens : wintergreen
Hedera helix : ivy
Helleborus niger. hellebore, Christmas rose
Hieracium pilosella : hawkweed
Hordeum : barleyHyoscyamus niger: henbane (with Jupiter and Neptune)
Ilex aquifolium: holly
Iris florentina: Florentine iris (with the Moon)
Iris germanica : German iris (with t* Moon), dark blue flowers
Iris pallida: pale iris (with the Moon), dark blue flowers
Linum usitatissimum : flax (with Jupiter and Mars)
Listera ovata: twayblade
Lolium temulentum : bearded darnel, cockle weed
Mandragora officinarum : mandrake (with Mercury and the Moon)
Mespilus germanica: medlar
Osmunda regalis : royal fern (with the Moon)
Papaver rhoeas: corn poppy (with the Moon)
Papaver somniferum: opium poppy (with the Moon)
Pinus sylvestris: Scotch pine
Plantago coronopus: plantain
Plantago psyllium: fleawort
Polygonatum officinale: Solomon's seal
Equisetum arvense :121

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Polygonum vulgare: polypody root
Populus : all kinds of poplars (with Jupiter and the Sun)
Prunus spinosa: sloe, white plum, blackthorn
Rhamnus frangula: alder buckthorn
Sambucus nigra : black elder (with Mercury and Venus)
Scilla maritima : squill, sea onion, (with Mars)
Secale cereale : rye
Senna : senna
Solanum dulcamara : bittersweet nightshade
Sorbus domestica : service or sorb tree
Stellaria media: chickweed
Symphytum officinale : comfrey (with Jupiter)
Tamarindus indica : tamarind
Taxus baccata : yew
Ulmus campestris: elm (with Mercury)
Veratrum album : white hellebore
Verbascum phlomoides: mullein
Verbascum thapsiforme: common (great) mullein
Vinca minor: periwinkle (with the Moon)
Viola tricolor: pansy
Zea mays : maize, Indian corn

The chief effects of Saturnine plants are stimulating, contrastive, sedative, coagulant, mineralizing, and bone-forming .

3 . Days, Hours, and Rhythms of the Planets
Every day of the week is ruled by a planet:
Sunday by the Sun
Monday by the Moon
Tuesday by Mars
Wednesday by Mercury
12 2

Thursday by JupiterFriday by Venus
Saturday by Saturn
According to our calendar, every day begins at midnight(0 hour) and ends 24 hours later at midnight .
In the astrological tradition, this is not necessarily so ; there arealso other systems . On these systems depends the calculation of theplanetary hours . Let us now consider some of these systems .
Practically all traditions agree on the sequence of the planetary
hours . The following sequence always applies:
Sun
Venus
Mercury
Moon
SaturnJupiter
Mars

The first hour of a day is in each case ruled by the planet of theday ; therefore, the first hour of Sunday by the Sun, the first of
Monday by the Moon, and so on . After this first hour the otherhours follow in the above-mentioned sequence . After the seventhhour the sequence is repeated . The eighth hour of Sunday is again
ruled by the Sun . Opinions agree on this .
The views differ, however, as to which hour is to be considered
the first of the day, and also how long a respective planetary hourlasts . We shall now briefly discuss several views .
According to the kabbalistic tradition, the day always begins at
dusk, or sunset . Consequently, Saturday begins on Friday evening
at sunset and ends on Saturday with sunset.
In the course of time, two systems developed, the fixed and theflexible .
1 . According to the kabbalistic system, every day begins at
6 :00 P .M . local time and ends the following day, after 24 hours, at
6:00 P .M . The accompanying tables represent this system : (Figures 34
and 34a) .
123

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYA IIG u .Mr ."local time on a Sunday, the time from 5 :22 to 6 :22 A.M. is the hour of

a

Hours

N

a

A
O
o

"

d

a

a

the moment of sunrise, followed by the Saturn hour, the Jupiterhour, the Mars hour, the Sun hour, the Venus hour, the Mercury

18-19
19.20

0

A

20.21
21-22
22-23
23-24

the sun, from 6 :22 to 7 :22 the hour of Venus, from 7 :22 to 8:22 thehour of Mercury, and so on . Monday begins with the Moon hour at

9'Shour, then again a Moon hour, and so on, in the usual sequence .
5 . A fifth system divides the day and night halves into 12

Q

9
/
2

Q

9

d'

"hours" each . As day and night have different lengths in different

1'seasons, the duration of the planetary hours of this movable systemdvaries . In winter, there are 12 short daytime "hours" and 12 long

y
1

i

24-1

Hours

1-2

3t

2-3
3-4

)

Q

d

'

Q

V

n
V
n

T
O
-d
p

-N

F

T

^o

Q
u

3

Pll

L

T
N

F

ii

"a
F

$

vi

-

6-7

(~

7-8

4-5

89

5-6

O
D

9.10

Fig. 34

11-12

2 . According to the flexible system, instead, the day always

12-13

begins with the moment of sunset and ends at sunset of the following
day . The exact time of the sunset must therefore be known . The

1sequence of the horary rulers, however, is always the same .

:4.15

In another view, the day begins, not at dusk, but with themorning hours . Here, too, there are two systems, a fixed and aflexible .
3 . According to the fixed system, the day always begins at
6:00 A .M . in the morning and ends 24 hours later .

TO 1) Cr
7

10.11

15-16

I

OA

9

`

16-17

'

17 .184 . According to the flexible system, the day begins with themoment of the sunrise . If, for instance, the sun rises at 5 :22 A.M.

Fig . 34a

1 24

125

i ne Jtars

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

night "hours ." The planetary hours of the day are therefore shorter,
those of the night longer than 60 minutes. In the summer it is thereverse .
6 . A sixth system divides the 24 hours of the day into seven
even periods and considers these the planetary hours . This way
results in planetary hours of approximately 3 hours and 25 minutes'
duration . The hour in which sunrise falls is the hour of the planetthat rules the respective day . The table in Figure 35 illustrates thissystem .
The last-discussed system is considered the best by many . The
calculations are simple and always the same ; we are dealing with afixed system . After this, the systems discussed under (3) and (4) areprobably the most popular . Thus, similar to the concept of thezodiac, there are also fixed and flexible systems for the calculationof the planetary hours . Indian astrology works more with the fixed(sidereal) zodiac, Western astrology schools more with the flexible(tropical) .
In conclusion, we shall mention the tattva vibrations .

1018-12 .44

17 .10-20 .36

cia

0

t)

,

/

d,

O

D

O
'

20 .36 .24 .00

.
6

0

#

0

.d

/

0

#
`

Vayu

Mercury

Tejas

Sun/Mars

Apasa

Moon/Venus

Plthivi

Jupiter

Fig . 36

127

`°
T

a

.

12 .44.17 .10

Saturn1 26

0052-10 .18

Ak"aiaFig . 35du

0 .00-3 .26
3 .26-6 .52

Planets

These are vibrations of the great world ether which oscillate at
the rhythm of 24 minutes . Four different tattvas follow each other,every two hours a complete tattva circle ends . Every tattva period is
ruled by one or two planets . The cycle begins at sunrise . Figure 36
is a representation of this .
Calculations of the planetary houq are always done according
to local time, not according to the zone time nationally in effect .
How do we find the exact local time? The process is simple .
First we calculate the corresponding Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) .
It is one hour behind Middle European Time (MET) . Thus, 10 :00 A .M .
in Switzerland corresponds to 9 :00 A .M . GMT . Countries withsummer time must deduct that too . For example, 10 :00 A .M . inwinter in Germany corresponds to 9 :00 A.M. GMT, while during
summer time it is 8 :00 A .M . GMT, since clocks are set one hourahead in the summer .
After we have found Greenwich time, we must calculate theexact local time . To do this, we must know the exact geographic
longitude of the place . For every degree east of Greenwich wemust add four minutes to Greenwich time, while for every degreewest we must deduct four minutes .
Suppose we wish to calculate the exact local time of Bern,
Switzerland, for Tuesday, November 10, 1981, 11 :30 MET .

m
n

Hours

Tattva_PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYFirst we reduce to Greenwich time, which would be 10 :30
GMT . Bern is located 7°25' east of Greenwich . 7 x 4 = 28 ; 25 x 4 = 100.
= 29 minutes 40 seconds, if we change the 100 seconds into minutes:
This time is now added to the Greenwich time we have found10 hours 30 minutes 00 seconds+
29minutes 40 seconds
10 hours 59 minutes 40 seconds
We have found the true local time, which is 30 minutes and1 second behind the official time .
Because of the geographic longitude of Bern, the added factor
remains constant . For a laboratory in Bern the true local time istherefore always 30 minutes and 20 seconds behind the official time .
Consequently, the cycle of the planetary hours begins fully half anhour later .
The time of 11 :30 MET, Tuesday, November 10, 1981 (truelocal time 10 hours 59 minutes 40 seconds) comes under the hour ofVenus, if we calculate by the system discussed in paragraph 5, since
the Venus hour runs from 10 hours 16 minutes (10 :16 A .M .) to 1 hour
36 minutes (1 :36 P .M .), in round figures .
Why then the knowledge of planetary hours?
The processing of plants takes place on the days and at the hours
corresponding to them . Strictly speaking, the work already begins
with the gathering of the plants . If, for instance, solar plants are to
be processed, Sunday from 3 hours 26 minutes (3 :26 A.M .) to 6:51 A .M .
(in round figures) would be especially favorable for the beginningand execution of all important works .
A further method for finding the most favorable time in eachcase is the consideration of the positions of the Moon in thezodiacal signs .
Each zodiacal sign is viewed in connection with a corresponding
alchemical workT Aries with calcination
8 Taurus with congelation
128

11 Gemini with fixation
Cancer with dissolution
S Leo with digestion
mi Virgo with distillation= Libra with sublimation
m, Scorpio with separation~' Sagittarius with incinerationtCapricorn with fermentation»» Aquarius with multiplication)E Pisces with projection
The position of the Moon for each day can be seen in an
ephemeris .
If a mixture of plants ruled by different planets is to be processed,
the regent of the organ or system for which the medicine is to be
especially helpful will be given preference . Thus, for instance, thehour of Saturn for mineralizing medicines for the bone system, thehour of the Sun for cardiac and ciz ulatory remedies, the hour of
Mercury for nerve medicaments, and so forth .
Now a few more words about two lunar houses, especially
important in alchemy . They play a special role in Oriental alchemy .
According to Figure 37, the whole zodiac consists of two
halves, a Sun-like or solar half and a Moon-like or lunar half . As wehave set the ruling planets in the respective zodiacal signs, thesymmetry can easily be recognized : the signs ruled by the sameplanet face each other .
The path from the sign of Leo to the sign of Capricorn is solar .
It is also called the "Dry way ." From the Fire sign Leo it leads tc
the Earth sign Capricorn, which is ruled by Saturn .
Every sign of the zodiac has three decanates of 10 degrees each .
The lord of the first decanate is always the lord of the whole sign .
Thus Saturn in Capricorn, the Sun in Leo . The second decanatt
129

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

an

0.9

X07`

a d

e

,"w

(degrees 11-20) is ruled by that planet which rules the next zodiacal
sign of the same Element . The Elements of the zodiac are distributed
as follows:
Aries, Leo, Sagittarius
Fire:
Earth: Taurus, Virgo, Capricorn
Gemini, Libra, Aquarius
Air:
Water : Cancer, Libra, Pisces
After Capricorn, the next Earth sign is Taurus, ruled by Venus .
Therefore the second decanate of Capricorn is ruled together with
Venus . The third decanate of Capricorn, instead, has a tinge of
Mercury, since Virgo is the Earth sign corresponding to Mercury .
By this diagram we recognize that the first ten degrees ofCapricorn are doubly ruled by Saturn, since both the whole ofCapricorn and the first decanate are Saturnine .
What is the meaning of all this?
The first ten degrees of Capricorn correspond to doubly
Saturnine qualities ; consequently, extreme condensation, concretization, crystallization . The position of the Moon in this sign of thezodiac is favorable to the preparation of solid substances, especiallythe "Stones" so called in alchemy, for which the 22nd "Moonhouse" (0°-12 ° 5'26" Capricorn) is promising .
130

It

nc asuwa

Arabian alchemy and astrology call this Moon house al-Sa'ad
al-Dhabid (roughly translatable as "the murder or murderer blessedby good luck") . In other texts this Moon house is also called
Caaldalbala or Caalbeba . According to tradition, it is considered
propitious for all kinds of healing and for changing enmity into
friendship . To pray for the necessary blessing, the Arab alchemist
turns to God at this time by revering the divine name of al-Karim(the Gracious one) .
How about the other Moon house?
The degrees 21°25'45" to 4°17'10" of Pisces form the 26th Moonhouse . It is in this Moon house that the transition from the Saturn
sign of Aquarius to the Water sign of Pisces falls, which is ruled by
Jupiter (and Neptune) . What is solid is volatilized ; what is hard
becomes subtle and volatile . The whole path from Aquarius to
Cancer is called the "Wet way ." it begins in the Element Air andends in the Element Water . This way, and especially the 26th Moonhouse, are favorable to the preparation of liquid and volatile
substances, that is, the so-called Circulata or Alkahests, which arealso called volatile Stones .
The Arabic name of this Moon house is al-Fargh al-Mukdim(upper hole of the udder or tube) . O,Qher names are Algafarmuth,
Algafarbuchor, Algazaldi, or Alm . According to tradition, thisMoon house is favorable for marriage, agriculture, and trade . The
corresponding Muslim name of God is al-Latif (the extremely
Subtle One), in whose sphere the jinns of the Elements have theirtasks .
Finally, we will here mention that Indian alchemy considers thesixth night of the decreasing moon especially favorable for the
preparation of alchemical medicines.
The diversity of the horary systems may confuse the reader .
Which view is best? That is for each to find out for himself . The
views seem to contradict each other, but it is possible that several
systems overlap . All systems discussed have their representatives . I
am most inclined toward the system discussed in paragraph 6, since
it continues the natural septenary division of the chronologicalorder . Seven is in a special way the number of chronological time,131

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY
just as twelve is the number of space . Next to this system, those
discussed in paragraph 3 and 4 seem to me the most convincing .
A method beyond this controversy consists in establishing theactual planetary positions in each case, hence the precise horoscopeof a point in time, calculated for a certain place . Here now aresome explanations concerning this .

4 . The Exact Horoscope as the Basis for the Works
To obtain a complete picture of the stellar influences at a specificmoment, it is necessary to cast an exact horoscope, that is, to. To do this, a knowledge
pinpoint the actual position of the planets.
of astrology is required

Of course, the spagyrist cannot move the planets in conformity
with his wishes, but he can await favorable positions ; in addition,
he can "move" the houses of the horoscope by computing the
moment of a specific ascendant, as well as the Medium Coeli . For
this purpose he requires the ephemeris of the year under consideration and a table of houses for the latitude' concerned .
First the position of the planets is calculated ; the exact positionof the Moon is later corrected after determining the ascendant . Assoon as the position of the planets for the day in question has beenmarked in, the most favorable ascendant and the Medium Coeli aresought . These should stand in good angles to the planets . First thedesired ascendant is entered, then the time is computed according
to the table of houses .
In various ways we can now allow the planets concerned
stronger influences . For example :1 . The planet is placed in the first house close to the ascendantor the Medium Coeli, due attention being paid to all signs
and aspects .

2 . The sign (domicile) ruled by the planet or the sign in which
the planet is exalted, or at least one of the decanates ruledby him, is chosen as the ascendant . After working out thefavorable aspects, the exact degree of ascendancy is determined .
132

The Stars
3. The so-called "negative" aspects (squares, oppositions) areavoided, especially those of Saturn .

4 . The ascendant, or the Medium Coeli, is calculated in sucha way that Saturn is in the eleventh house ("choosing Saturn
as a friend") .
5 . Special attention is to be given to the most favorable aspects
between Sun and Moon, the "negative" ones being avoided .
To compute the most favorable position for a certain work,
experience is required . The exact horoscope allows a complete
survey of all simultaneous planetary influences .
Experience and experiments have proved that there exists
indeed a strong influence by the planetary position in effect . To
convince himself, the reader is advised to study the results of theresearch of L . Kolisko and A . Fyfe .
For important works I prefer to cast an exact horoscope and,like Paracelsus, I would advise every spagyrist seriously to take up
the study of astrology .
Two examples now follow concerning the application of an
exact horoscope for spagyric works .
In January 1978, a nerve tincture had to be prepared on the basisof valerian . Valerian is essentially a Mercurial plant, and Mercury(with Uranus) very strongly rules the nervous system . A favorable
influence of Mercury was therefore desirable . I was in Cosenza,
Italy, at the time, and after drawing and examining several possibilities, I decided on January 16, 1978, 5 hours 39 minutes (4 hours
39 minutes Greenwich time)-5 hours 44 minutes true local time in
Cosenza, since the eastern longitude of the town is 16 .15 degrees .
Why this choice?
Let us consider the corresponding horoscope (Figure 38) .
In the first house, near the ascendant of 0 .39° Capricorn, isMercury . The planet receives three "positive" aspects : a trine of
Saturn from the sign of Leo and the eighth house, a trine of themoon from Aries and the fourth house, to which is added aquincunx aspect of Mars in Leo from the eighth house .
In opposition to Mercury we find Jupiter, but Jupiter receives
three favorable aspects : a sextile of the Moon, a sextile of Saturn,133

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY"P

The .tars

Yet another example . The objective was to find the mostfavorable moment for a longer and important alchemical work, amagistery requiring several months .
Traditionally, the alchemist starts important works at the timeof the New Moon . In the case to be discussed, it was the first New
Moon of the natural new year, which begins when the Sun enters
Aries .
Here is the horoscope of Saturday, April 8, 1978, 5 :22 A .M. in
Cosenza (Figure 39) .
In the first house we see the Sun, Mercury, and the Moon inAries . In conjunction with the Sun (but not too close) is Venus in
Taurus, thus in its own sign . The Sun forms a trine with Saturn and
Neptune . The last two also form a trine between themselves . In

Fig. 38

and a trigon of Pluto . Uranus is in the eleventh house in a double
semisextile aspect to Pluto and Neptune . The three stars MercurySaturn-Moon, which form a continuous trine among themselves,
irradiate the ascendant intensively .
This is a decidedly strong position .
The situation would be even better without the square between
Moon and Sun/Venus and the square of the latter two to theMedium Coeli . Squares have a slowing-down, blocking effect ; but
we cannot move the stars as we wish . What matters is to make thebest of a given situation .
On January 16, 1978, at 5 hours 39 minutes, the 70 percent spiritof wine was poured on the herbs, with which the preparation of thetincture began .

Fig . 39

1 34

135

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT t1LCHEMY

i ne .'tars

addition, a quincunx aspect of Uranus falls on the Sun, and an
opposition of Pluto.
The conjunction between Mercury' and the Moon receives atrine of Saturn, a sextile of Jupiter, and a square of Mars . The latterforms an exact semisextile with Jupiter .
Venus throws a trine on the Medium Coeli . Uranus and Pluto
form a semisextile between themselves.
Sum total : an extremely potent moment at the beginning of the
New Moon cycle . Several important works were started simultaneously during this constellation .
In concluding this chapter, let us listen to some advice byCornelius Agrippa (1486-1535) :Every natural force acts in reality still more wonderfully if,
aside from the right physical proportions, it is stimulated andaccompanied by attention to celestial things, because lower
things must be subordinated to higher things, as woman toman, in order to become fertile .
With every magical operation we must therefore observe
the proportions, movements, and aspects of the stars and theplanets in their respective signs and degrees, and in what
dispositions all these things are in regard to the latitude andlongitude of the place, for all that modifies the angles that fallupon the appearance of things with the rays of the celestialbodies. Angles according to which the celestial forces change .
Thus, when working with things that stand in relation to aplanet, the latter must be exalted, placed and considered in a
lucky position and power, to make it lord of the day, the hour,
and the aspects of heaven . And not only should the significatorof the work be considered, but also how the Moon is turned
toward the significator, as nothing can succeed without afavorably positioned moon . If the work requires the ruling ofseveral planets, the stronger ones are chosen, and care has tobe taken that they be in favorable aspects ; if there are none,
the aspects in corner houses are to be chosen . The moment has
also to be considered when the Moon has two [aspects], or is inconjunction with one and irradiated by another, or moves
from the conjunction or aspect with one [star] into the conjunction or aspect with another . Besides, in the practice of
136

Fig . 40

The Moon in Scorpio during a distillation.

magic Mercury must not be left unheeded, because it is thedivine messenger in heaven and on earth, and joined with thegood planets, it increases their goodness ; joined with the bad,it causes the influence of bad luck to grow . A sign or a planet
is unfavorable through Saturn or Mars aspects, especially
opposition or square, which are inimical aspects, but the
conjunction, the trine, and the sextile are favorable aspects .
Among these, the conjunction is the most effective, and if theplanet is discovered when scrutinizing the trine, it is considered
as if it were already in conjunction . All planets, however, fear
the conjunction of the Sun and rejoice at its trine or sextile
aspects.

137

We know already that plant tinctures are macerations of plants (orparts thereof) in a dissolving liquid . For the most part, a mixture ofwater and alcohol is used as a solvent . During maceration the liquid
gradually takes on a dark color, hence the designation "tincture,"from the Latin lingo, "I color ." The proportion of dry plants to theliquid varies between 1 :5 and 1 :10 . Frequently, a proportion of 1 :8
is used . In all cases we are dealing with proportions by weight .
It is advisable to conform to the regulations in force in eachcountry, and always to keep the proportions constant .
Thus, in the ratio 1 :5, for example, 200 grams of dry plants are
set to macerate in 1,000 grams of a water-alcohol mixture .
Tinctures can also be extracted from fresh plants . Because of
the high water content of the plants used, the alcohol percentage
must then be higher, as the water contained in the plants will thin
the alcohol . Depending on the amount of the alcohol of the plants
used in each case, the exact water-alcohol ratio for the extraction of
the tincture must be calculated in advance .
Most of the tinctures are extracted cold or in moderate heat .
The temperature must be kept low, especially when using plants
containing alkaloids sensitive to heat . On the other hand, tincturesfrom strongly aromatic plant parts, such as nutmeg, cloves, :or
cinnamon, are frequently extracted at quite high temperatures,
although good tinctures can also be obtained from these throughcold-extraction with a sufficiently long time of maceration . Maceration at higher temperatures, for instance at 60° C, are also called
digestions .
Percolation and the Soxhlet process represent special extraction
techniques . During percolation the solvent is sent slowly, hot or
cold, through the plant parts, as in the percolation of coffee . The
Soxhlet process is a cyclic percolation, since the extractions arerepeated rhythmically .
Most spagyrists work with cold-extractions, or moderate heat(body heat), in the preparation of tinctures . The ancients often
macerated in horse dung, which had a gentle, even temperature .
The Soxhlet process, which is extraordinarily practical for alchemical work in the mineral world, has but a limited place in plant
spagyrics . For the complete extraction of the soluble salts from thecalcined plant ash, however, the Soxhlet is very handy, especiallyas the temperature is then no longer critical .
The Australerba Laboratory in Adelaide extracts part of thetinctures with the help of solar heat . The hermetically sealed

138

139

7
Preparation of Spagyric Tincturesand Essences

The methods of preparation of spagyric tinctures and essences arevaried, although the fundamental principles are always the same .
W e shall now deal with the most important of these methods .
All spagyric preparations are vehicles of the curative powers of
the plants from which they are prepared . Spagyric tinctures andessences are manufactured both as single remedies (simplex remedies) from one plant in each case and as complex remedies fromplant mixtures .

1 . Tinctures

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Preparation oj 3pagyric i incrures ana cssencrs

extraction tanks are exposed to the heat of the sun for a long time .
If the lower part of the tank or the ground on which it stands is of adark color, it grows much warmer, and a steady rotation of thesolvent takes place . In the strong sun of Australia, a dark stone
floor that absorbs heat well is sufficient . When the extracts areready, the tincture thus obtained is separated from the solid parts,
after which the tinctures are sedimented in special tanks, but not
percolated . In this way the maximum of valuable components ispreserved . With a small spotlight the progressive precipitation of
the nonsoluble residue can be controlled from time to time . As thesynergistic effect is important with -spagyric tinctures, one always
tries to take the maximum out of the plants . Maceration times are
therefore relatively long . Let us now turn to the processing
techniques .

If we are not in a great hurry, we can also free the tincturefrom the solid components through sedimentation . To do this, we
put the tincture into a high glass cylinder that can be closed, or ahigh flask, and let the solid parts precipitate .
Frequent filtering keeps part of the valuable components back .
In addition, part of the essential oils are lost in the process . Therefore, care has to be taken not to "overfilter" the tinctures, which
would be equivalent to a fragmentation . Tinctures from resinousoily plants in particular filter very slowly, although no really
impure, solid residue, such as dust, can be recognized .
If we apply the sedimentation process, we finally pour the
relatively clear tincture off on top. The precipitated "mud" is thenput into a paper filter, and the solid components are thus separated
from the rest of the liquid . The rest of the clear liquid obtained inthis way is added to the already decanted tincture, and the residue
on the filter is added to the solid parts . The tincture is poured into adark bottle and provisionally put away, well closed . We now haveto extract the salts from the solid plant parts . To do this, theremaining plant residues are first completely dried . As our volatilecomponents have already been removed, drying in the sun can now
take place . When the plant residues ark: completely dry, they areburnt to ashes . Well suited for this purpose are the popular flameproof glassware and electric hotplates, or a camping gas burner .
Because of the strong formation of smoke, it is better to effect theincineration outdoors . The remaining plant parts cannot simply be
set on fire, as they smolder more than burn, and incineration in aflameproof pot has stood the test . The subsequent calcination canthen take place in the same container .
Especially well suited for incineration and calcination are theclassical wind-furnaces of the ancients . Today, bigger laboratories
are using heated combustion furnaces or, as Australerba uses,
modern incinerators . They have the advantage that plant residues
burn completely without anything added, and a possible chemical
contamination by the open gas flame is ruled out . Only at the startof the incineration is a small amount of ethyl alcohol added in order
to set the incineration going . The ethyl alcohol burns completely,A . Spagyric Tinctures through Cold-Maceration

In a mixture of water and alcohol-60-70 percent alcohol isconsidered the average rule-the plants are set to macerate according to the selected proportion by weight, for example, 100 grams ofplants in 500 grams of 60 percent alcohol . Well suited for maceration
is a sufficiently large preserving jar . Its wide neck allows for easily
putting in and taking out the herbs, and the rubber ring seals theglass hermetically . The closed glass is now exposed to moderate
heat--a place near the radiator or in the sun is well suited . The
contents are vigorously shaken at least once every day . Slowly theliquid takes on a dark color . For an ordinary tincture about ten daysof maceration are enough .
For spagyric tinctures, we usually extract longer, if necessary
up to nine weeks . The tincture then has quite a dark color and arich, astringent taste .
With a suitable filter we now separate the solid plant parts
from the liquid . The plants are thereupon well pressed out once
more to obtain the rest of the liquid . This rest is added to the liquidalready obtained . The tincture is now filtered through paper, andthe residue in the filter paper added to the solid plant parts .
140

141

PRACTICAL 1-1ANDBOOK OF PLAN! ALCHEMY

the draft then does the rest, and the plants smolder slowly to a purewhite ash .*When the formation of smoke in our flameproof container
stops, we have at first some black ash before us-everything hasturned to charcoal . We now simply heat further toward calcination, and slowly the black ash calcines, gradually changing into
white ash . We heat until the ash no longer gets any whiter . There
must not be any more black particles of charcoal . Temperatures of
400° to 450° are sufficient for the calcination . A slow calcination at
low temperatures is preferable to a short, violent one at hightemperatures .
The white ash now contains the soluble salts by which the
spagyric tincture is completed . We can add the salts to the tincture
in various ways . One way is to add all the ash to the tincture
already obtained, shake well, and let the liquid thus extract thesoluble salts, while the nonsoluble ones, our Caput Mortuum, sinkto the bottom . Shaking daily, we continue extracting in this way up
to one week, after which we sediment and pour off the liquid thatstands over the precipitate of the Caput Mortuum . The rest isfiltered through paper .
Another way consists in extracting the soluble salts from theash with distilled water, whereby we pour about three times theamount of water on the ash . While stirring, we heat the water justa little . The whole is filtered, and the salt solution thus obtained isthen evaporated to dryness . In this way the white salts become
visible, and we add them to the tincture .
A third technique consists in extracting the salts with only partof the previously obtained tincture . The tincture containing thesalts is then filtered . In this process there is no need to filter all thetincture, which of course means saving time when larger quantities
are involved .
After the addition of the salts, the tincture changes color evenmore . In addition, a change in the aroma can be noticed .
If necessary, the Caput Mortuum can be calcined once again
and then added to the tincture so as to extract the rest of the re'Small crucible furnaces are also practical . -Ed . of German edition .
1 42

i-reparation of

pagyricc l inctures and Essences

maining salts . After this, the Caput Mortuum is again precipitatedor filtered . Finally, the calcination and extraction of the Caput
Mortuum can be repeated yet a third time .
Some spagyrists leave the Caput Mortuum in the tincture, but
this method is extremely rare .
We keep the spagyric tincture thus prepared in a dark bottle ina cool place .
To take it, a few drops up to a teaspoonful are diluted in wateror wine ; a cup of lukewarm chamomile tea is also suitable .
If we use a big enough container for the extraction of theplants, good circulation will develop during maceration . The circulation becomes especially intensive if a partial vacuum has beencreated in the container . To do this, we need a thick-walled flaskthat can be closed by a rubber stopper with a glass stopcock . We
produce the vacuum with a proper pump . Vacuum maceration isgentle but intensive, especially in the sun . (See Figure 41 .)B. Spagyric Tinctures by Soxklet Extraction

We already know how the Soxhlet Extractor works . With thisapparatus we can prepare concentratied tinctures in small amounts
in a short time . The dry plants are put into the extraction thimble
and slightly pressed against it . The thimble must not be too full if

404

-Am

Fig . 41

143

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Preparation of Spagyric Tinctures and Essences

we are to prevent the plants from being washed out during theextraction . We now place the thimble in the extraction chamber of
the Soxhlet apparatus and assemble the equipment . On top of theextractor we mount the reflux condenser, through which flows thecooling water . At the bottom of the extractor we attach the flaskthat contains the solvent . During the first half of the total durationof the extraction process the flask contains nothing but water ; thealcohol is added only later . The ratio between the amount ofsolvent and the plants can be 1 :2 or 1 :3. In this way we obtain ahighly concentrated tincture .
We heat the flask in the sand bath with an electric jacket or
directly over a low gas flame . After a short time, the first drops fall
into the extraction thimble from the reflux condenser . As long as
we continue heating (and cooling the condenser), the surface of theliquid rises steadily until the moment of overflowing . After threeor four further overflows, the tincture already has a dark color .
For the second half of the extraction, we now add the necessaryamount of alcohol through an appropriate funnel through the
tube-open on top-of the condenser . This is followed by three orfour alcoholic extractions .
On account of its lower boiling point, the alcohol always
evaporates sooner than the water . Consequently, there develops an
alcohol cycle . This is the reason we did not add the alcohol at the
beginning, as we would then have obtained a predominantly alcoholic extraction . If we wish to effect the extraction from the
beginning with a mixture of alcohol and water, the amount of
alcohol should not be more than 50 percent of the volume of theextraction chamber of the Soxhlet apparatus .
The alcohol, which at first falls cold into the extraction chamber
through the funnel, already starts to dissolve those principles of theplants that the water left behind . We can now clearly see how
limited a water extraction is in comparison with a water-alcohol
one . Only part of the active principles of the plants are watersoluble . By means of organic solvents, such as alcohol, we obtain
the rest of the valuable principles . That is the reason tinctures havebeen of such great importance from olden times . The ancients also
advise maceration in wine or brandy . As these represent a mixtureof alcohol and water (aside from other valuable components), theextraction is much more intensive and complete than a simple herb
tea or a decoction in water, which always utilizes the plants only
partly . An exception is the popular Integral Herbal Elixirs produced
by Australerba, which are offered in liquid form as practical herbteas . They are genuine spagyric products, containing the largest
possible amount of valuable, active substances . Because of this fact,
the teas prepared from them are complete in a special way, hence
the name integral Herbal Elixirs . The methods of production havebeen developed expressly by Australerba in the course of long
research .
For obvious reasons, herbal wines are also especially popular .
Already in antiquity we find valuable recipes, for instance thefamous cinnamon wine of Hippocrates . Later, the famous distillates
are added, which were often developed in monasteries, sinceknowledge of medicinal plants was particularly cultivated there .
But let us return to our Soxhlet apparatus .
After three or four overflows of the tincture, our extraction isfinished, and we switch the heater and cooler off. After the cooling,
we carefully disassemble everything . The plants are taken from theextraction thimble and dried . Thereafter, they are incinerated andcalcined, as previously indicated . Finally, we extract the salts fromthe ash and add them to the tincture . This process, too, has alreadybeen described .
The advantages of the Soxhlet extraction are the concentrationof the tincture and the saving of time . Less desirable are the hightemperatures, only a little below the boiling point of the solvent .
Extractors are also available that work by the cold process, butthey require considerably more time if a thick tincture is aimed at .
To work with the Soxhlet at low temperatures, we must produce a
vacuum at the upper end of the condenser by means of a pump . Allconnections are made tight with joint grease . Most pumps have abuilt-in valve and a vacuum meter ; if they are missing, we must
install them separately . After the extraction of the water is completed, the vacuum must be interrupted for a short time by opening
the valve to allow us to add the alcohol . This done, the vacuum isimmediately restored .

144

145

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Soxhlet process should not be applied too frequently inplant spagyrics . It is useless for plants with alkaloids sensitive toheat, as it simply causes too much loss of valuable principles . A
slowly ripening maceration at lower temperatures is preferable inmost cases . Not without good reason do the ancients warn us again
and again of too-high temperatures and the "vulgar fire ."All tinctures have a limited life span . In time, their therapeuticvalue diminishes . For at least one year, however, their curative
powers remain active, after which their powers decrease slowly .
Every spagyric tincture contains considerable curative powers .
With sufficient knowledge of botanic medicine we can in this way
prepare valuable single and complex remedies .
The prepared tinctures can also be further processed into
homeopathic remedies by potentizing them . As their effect thereby
turns into a specifically different one, a precise knowledge of
homeopathy and spagyrics is therefore necessary . In the meantime,
it is advisable to rely on the quality and experience of leading
spagyric laboratories . Homeopathic remedies belong in the handsof experienced naturopaths and physicians.

L- rcpurursvrivi"E"grr .a < .. .~~drinks, and they, too, belong in the hands of experienced naturopaths
and physicians .
By the processes of potentizing, they can also be turned into
highly effective homeopathic medicines . Such medicines are available in pharmacies .
Spagyric essences have a much longer life span-according toexperience, a virtually unlimited life span . In many cases the effecteven seems to become stronger in the course of time . They ripen
like a good wine . For their preparation much experience is requiredin the art of distilling .
For the preparation of spagyric essences, there are several
methods, which we shall now consider separately .
C. Spagyric Essences Prepared from Tinctures

Essences contain only the volatile constituents of the plants fromwhich they are prepared, since they are always distilled . All solid,
nonvolatile components stay behind, except part of the watersoluble salts which are added to the essence at a specific time .
Further below, however, we shall see in Glauber's method of
preparation that in some cases only the "volatile salts" go into theessences, while the nonvolatile salts stay behind . To word it precisely ; the soluble but fixed salts are volatilized in the course of the
distillation .
The nature of spagyric essences is subtler than that of spagyrictinctures. They are less "corporeal," more "dematerialized," andtheir effect is more penetrating, but very subtle . Everything is
subtler than with the tinctures . Spagyric essences are therefore
considered pure medicines . They are not suitable as household

First we prepare a simple maceration of dry or fresh plants in thenormal way in a mixture of water and alcohol as the solvent . Sixty
to seventy percent of alcohol is a good average for the solvent .
If the tincture has attained a good color and density after about
ten days or more, the whole is carefully distilled . The total content
of the maceration container is put as is into a fractionating flask,
and a condenser and receiver are attached . It is best to use slow
distillation under vacuum at a low temperature in an installationthat increases the "expansion factor" (see Figure 42) .
The empty flask with two joint-connections, inserted between
the fractionating flask and the condenser, replaces the classicalalembic . It allows for maximum expansion of the vapors, thedistance between the molecules becomes great, and the matter is"loosened" (in the alchemistic view) . Distillation is finished when
the distillate has no more taste . The distillate thus obtained is thenstored in a suitable, tightly closed bottle .
Now the total residue in the fractionating flask, including theliquid, is evaporated, or dried, incinerated, and calcined . The solid
plant parts can be first separated from the liquid, dried, incinerated,
and finally calcined, then the remaining liquid evaporated, theresulting thick condensate carbonized and finally also calcined ; orelse we can evaporate, carbonize, and calcine the entire residue in a

146

147

2 . EssencesPreparation of Spagyric Tinctures and Essences

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

proper flameproof pot without previously separating the solid fromthe liquid . Now the salts are extracted from the ash with distilledwater in the customary manner . The salt solution is then filteredand evaporated, and the salts that have become visible are added tothe essence .
As already described above, the white ash can also be directly
added to the essence after calcination . Thereafter, the essence isshaken every day until it has dissolved almost all the salts out of theash . After a week, we filter, and the Caput Mortuum that is to bediscarded remains in the paper . As indicated before, the Caput
Mortuum can be calcined once more and then again added to theessence . After a further week of extracting by daily shaking, we
filter again . This process can be repeated a third time . On accountof the salts, the otherwise almost colorless essence is coloredslightly yellowish . It is stored in a tightly closed bottle . Time will
let it ripen further .
Should we prefer fresh or dry plants for the preparation of
spagyric remedies? This is a question that cannot be answered as
unreservedly as it appears at first .
As we have presumably heard a great deal about the advantage
of fresh vegetables and fruit, most of us will probably immediately
point to the virtues of fresh plants . On the other hand, the differencein the aroma of a tea infusion of fresh plants and another of dry
plants would probably surprise us in many instances . ("Is that reallychamomile tea? That has a really grasslike taste, not like thechamomile I know .
. ")With other plants, the difference will be even greater, forinstance, with valerian . During the drying, subtle changes takeplace in the species, especially in some plants, but those changes are
not always to be considered negative .
To be sure, what always matters greatly is the right drying .
Good works on botanic medicine provide us with the necessary
directions . Mostly, we dry the plants in the shade in an airy place,but many species, and particularly their parts, such as roots, fruits,
and so on, can also be dried in the sun or in the stove .
We should not overlook the fact that the great treasure ofexperience of the botanic medicine has been acquired precisely
through the use of dry' plants .
Most plants have their "balmy period" in certain seasons, when
their curative powers are especially active . Medicinal plants, however, are used the whole year round . The ancients therefore always
gathered their plants in the respective seasons . In addition, theyalso considered the position of the moon and the planets, often also
the planetary hours . The plants were then gingerly dried andproperly stored, so that they were Aat all times at hand whenneeded.
Of course, the use of fresh plants depended strongly on the
climate of each country . All "exotic" spices were in any case only
available dried . Besides, it was not at all a question of only a few
species of plants . If we look through an important classical orbaroque herbal, we will be surprised at the precise description andknowledge of "foreign" medicinal plants . How many species of themost distant lands are exactly described there in regard to theircurative effects, and how many proven recipes contain "foreign"
herbs!
Even today, we buy our herbs mostly in the dried state from thefamous herb houses. Herbs gathered at the right time and professionally dried are better than fresh ones gathered at unfavorable
times .
On the other hand, fresh plants also have their special advantages because of their own juices, which are still the vehicle of

148

149

r

1

40

condenser
alembic

receiver-adapter

ractionating flask
tincture

Fig . 42

'
., &

A

vacuumpump

YRAC i ICAL r1ANUnvvn yr r LA14 a I1L% .nrra

the fullness of the essential vital forces-provided we pick them at theright moment . A mere chemical analysis will hardly suffice to "prove"
all their active forces . There are energies involved which are onquite different planes . Someone whose consciousness and perception are sufficiently developed to perceive these forces directly canrely on this insight ; but not many can do this!
Many distinguished spagyrists, and spagyric manufacturingfirms, frequently work with fresh plants, and we also find special
directions for the preparation of spagyric essences from fresh plants
in the corresponding classical literature . We shall now turn to thesemethods.
D. Spagyric Essences from Fresh Plants through Fermentation

results in two parts of distillate . To the distillate 15 percent of purealcohol, preferably pure spirit of wine, is then added .
The entire residue, including the liquid (plant soup) remaining
in the fractionating flask, is now evaporated, incinerated, andcalcined ; we already know the process. From the white ash the salts
are extracted as usual . This is done either by adding the ash directly
to the essence, filtering the Caput Mortuum off afterward, or by
extracting the salts with distilled water . After this, the salt solution
is filtered, the salts are made visible by evaporating the water, andthey are finally added to the essence . We can repeat the calcinationof the Caput Mortuum and the renewed extraction of the salts onceor twice . If fresh plants are not available, which can especiallyhappen with exotic plants, the essence can also be prepared fromdry plants . In this case, the ratio between dry plants and thequantity of the distillate to be expected is 1 :10 ; that is, 100 grams ofdry plants result in one quart of distillate .

As soon as possible after they are gathered, the plants are chopped
up and put into a large container . A big preserving jar or a stone
pot is well suited . The container must be big enough to prevent any
overflowing during the subsequent fermentation . Now a fairly
large amoung of good, fresh water-spring water is very good-is
poured on the plants, and some yeast is added . We cover thecontainer loosely with a lid, and everything is now left to ferment .
The time of fermentation differs with the individual plants . The
process is complete when the formation of gas ceases .
During fermentation, the alcohol that is forming (Mercurius instatu nascendi, i .e ., Mercurius in the state of birth) now dissolves themost important principles out of the plants in a very gentle way,while the water absorbs the rest .
After the fermentation is completed, everything is gently distilled, preferably at low temperatures (vacuum!) and in an installation with good possibilities of expansion for the vapors . (See Figure42.)
The ratio between the quantity of the distillate to be expected
and the quantity of the medicinal plants used depends on thepractice of the individual spagyrist, since no standard regulation
exists. As an average practical rule regarding the above-describedmethod, the following may hold good : one part of fresh flowers

Some spagyrists prefer to add a certain amount of fermentablesugar to the plants to be fermented . In this case, only a small
amount of alcohol need be added to the finished essence, as thealcohol content of the distillate is higher . The final alcohol content
of the finished essence, however, should never be below 15 percent .
Some plants contain only very little sugar . The quantity of alcohol
forming can therefore be only quite slight if no sugar is added
before fermentation . For the rest, the method of preparation is thesame as that already described . As a rule, for the added quantity ofsugar the following can be considered valid : 500 grams for 2-3
kilograms of fresh plants .
The plants are chopped up and put into a sufficiently large
container . Water, sugar, and yeast are then added, and everythings left to ferment . After the fermentation is completed, the solid isseparated from the liquid, and the liquid is filtered and subsequently
slowly distilled at low temperatures (possibly under vacuum) . When

150

151

E. Spagyric Essences from Fresh Plants through Fermentation
after Addition of Fermentable Sugars

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

rrcpurur+vro vj .jywgr",»

In the course of fermentation, heat is released . This leads to acertain loss (though only a small one) of essential oils of the plants
used : the oils volatilize . For this reason some spagyrists prefer toseparate the essential oils prior to fermentation . We already know
how to carry out this separation in the best possible way . (Seepage 66 .) The oils thus obtained are then provisionally kept in atightly closed bottle .
Drawing off the essential oils at the start of the preparation has
still another advantage : the water-plant mixture is sterilized . This
will prevent a sudden change in the subsequent fermentation due toundesirable microorganisms .

After separating the oils, the entire residue is fermented withyeast in the fractionating flask . Of course, we wait until the liquid
has cooled down to room temperature . After fermentation, we
distill gently . The distillation is stopped when the distillate becomesinsipid.
We now proceed as usual .
The plant residue is incinerated and calcined, and the salts are
extracted with distilled water in the usual manner . The filtered salt
solution is then evaporated, and the salts become visible . We store
them in a tightly closed glass jar .
In like manner, we now prepare the salts of the fixed Sulfur
from the liquid remaining in the fractionating flask . The liquid isevaporated, the residue incinerated and calcined . We extract thesalts with distilled water, and the solution is filtered and subsequently evaporated . The salts become visible .
These two salts are now added to the distillate previously
obtained . They immediately dissolve in it, and the solution is once
again vigorously shaken .
Finally, we still add the essential oils previously extracted, andthe whole is once more shaken .
If we wish to work entirely in the classical tradition, we firstpour the distillate upon the salts and then let the oil flow into thismixture .
The ancients would say : "The salts are first enlivened (thealcoholic distillate is mercurial = vital principle) and then ensouled(the essential oils of the plants represent the alchemical Sulfur = thesoul).
There exists still another variation of the method just described .
After the salts have been dissolved in the distillate, this mixture isvery slowly dissolved at low temperatures . The essential oils arethen added to the second distillate . (See also the explanations at theend of this chapter and compare Glauber's instructions below .)If dry herbs are used instead of fresh ones, they are first
chopped up and then macerated for three days in about a sixfold
quantity of water .
I prefer maceration in the cold, to prevent possible fermenta-

152

153

the distillate that has come over becomes insipid, we end thedistillation .
The plant residue is dried, incinerated, and calcined . The soluble
salts of the calcining material are now extracted with distilledwater . We imbibe the ash with about three times the amount ofdistilled water (estimated spatially in the glass), and heat slightly
while stirring . Subsequently, the solution is filtered . The liquidremaining in the fractionating flask is evaporated, the residue isincinerated and calcined, and finally the soluble salts are extractedwith distilled water, when three parts of water are taken to one
part of ash . After this, the solution is filtered .
The two salt solutions are now poured together and added tothe distillate . In so doing, two parts of distillate are taken for one
part of the mixed salt solution . If the quantity of the mixed salt
solution is greater than half of the distillate obtained, we must
reduce it to the desired quantity through evaporation . Nothing
must be lost of the salts .
Whoever wishes to obtain the greatest possible quantity of salt
can also extract the calcining matter with the Soxhlet Extractor .
Since the salts react in an alkaline manner, we can ascertain withlitmus paper how far the extraction has progressed .
F. Spagyric Essences from Fresh Plants with Separation of the
Etheric Oils and Subsequent Fermentation of the Residue

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Preparation of Spagyric Tinctures and Essencestion . Thereupon, we proceed as described above and begin with theextraction of the essential oils .
Anyone who has carefully read the mode of operation describedunder section F will have recognized that here an almost complete
separation into the alchemical Essentials or Philosophical Principles
takes place, since they are made visible individually . For an altogether complete separation, only the rectification of Mercury is
missing, that is, the fractionating of the watery-alcoholic distillate .

Take plants with their roots, stalks, leaves, and seed, cleanedof all dirt, at least 50 pounds, as less does not easily ferment,chop it up small, pour water over it, put it into a copper
alembic up to a good hand's width, and heat it rather strongly .
Now a clear, strongly smelling water goes over with some oil,which is separated in the separator and preserved .
The residue is now taken from the alembic, and fresh herbs
are put into it and distilled as before . [The water is distilled
together with the essential oil .]The herbs remaining after the distillation are now imbibedwith the distilled water [from which the oil has been removedby the separator], and one or two spoonfuls of young brewer's
yeast are added .
Let it ferment in a wooden, covered container for three tofour days, until the plants sink to the bottom . In this way it cangive off its pure Salt and its volatile Sulfur through distillation .
Now stir the contents of the container well, put everything
into the alembic, and distill gently through a condenser, sothat the plants do not burn, until a tasteless phlegma comesover ; then stop [the distillation] .
When now everything spiritual has come over, it is dephlegmatized three times in a row in the water bath with thehelp of the alembic . [Rectified three times in a row in thewater bath with an alembic . See page 72 . The alembic allows

for a good expansion of the vapors and simultaneously causes afractionation . To rectify, a fractionating column can also be
used . To dephlegmatize means to limit the watery part of the
distillate through fractionating, i .e., to rectify the distilled
spirit .]Now the plants are made into bales, which are dried in thesun or near the fire, then burnt to ashes, and from that the Salt
is extracted with its phlegma . [The phlegma is the water thatremains after the rectification of the spirit .]The Salt is made visible through evaporation, then dissolved
once more in fresh water, and again made visible ; then it ispure .
On one part of the Salt two parts of rectified spirit arepoured, and everything is gently distilled in the water bath .
Now the spirit attracts to itself as much of the fixed Salt as isnecessary, and takes it over with itself, while the fixed Salt
retains the phlegma . [Part of the fixed Salt becomes volatileand goes over with the spirit in a gentle distillation, the rest of
the Salts retains the rest of the remaining wateriness in thefractionating flask .] The Salt calcined .ynew [in the fractionating flask] is as good as before . [After evaporating the wateriness, the Salt that stays back in the fractionating flask can bemade visible . This Salt is as good as the previous one . The
process can be repeated .]To the quite subtly concentrated spirit [the spirit is simultaneously subtle and concentrated], now pour half of a third of
the previously separated oil, shake well, and the spirit immediately dissolves it, and it thereby turns into a clear, strong,and delicious essence, in which the volatile Sulfur of the plants
is united with the fixed Salt . [This sentence proves that theSalt that remained in the fractionating flask and which did not
become volatile, goes into the essence . We are therefore
adding it . The essence contains both the volatile and the fixed
Salt . Other masters propose to volatilize part of the Salt
through circulation . We shall return to this technique in thefollowing chapter .]This essence mixes well with all liquids . Because of theirsubtle purity, a few drops have a rapid effect on all diseases
against which the plant [used] is helpful .

154

155

G. The Method ofjohann Rudolf Glauber

In the second chapter of his famous Pharmacopoea Spagyrica, Glauber(1604-1668) describes the preparation of plant essences as follows :47

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Preparation of Spagyric Tinctures and Essences

For dry plants Galuber recommends a digestion' (maceration inheat) of three or four days . The quantitative relation between dry
plants and water is 1 :6.
1 prefer a cold maceration, to prevent possible fermentation . In
the event that alcohol should form, the essential oils can no longer
be extracted pure, since they are soluble in alcohol .
It is strange that Glauber does not mention the Salts of the fixed
Sulfur in his method . Presumably, so little liquid remains after
distillation that it is completely absorbed by the plants . The specialreference to the burning seems to indicate it . It is also possible,
however, that Glauber deliberately withholds the preparation of theSalt of the fixed Sulfur . Such deliberate omissions, as often alsodeliberate misrepresentations, are not at all rare in the alchemistic
literature .
Leaving out the Salts of the fixed Sulfur seems to me to be a sinof omission . One has but to realize how many valuable components
the liquid in the fractionating flask contains after the distillation .
Technically, we are indeed dealing with a decoction of the plants .
For a true, integral preparation, pouring off this decoction is notadvisable .
Finally, we would still mention that distillations are best carriedout in the water bath, as it totally excludes burning .
The attentive reader will have noticed that Glauber's mode ofoperation is closely related to the method described under section F .
What then have all the methods described in common?
All preparations always contain the three Philosophical Principles, Mercury, Sulfur, and Salt . These Principles were extracted,
purified, and then reassembled.
In some instances, Mercury and volatile Sulfur are not separated
from each other ; only the Salts are first separated and then purified
through slow calcination, as, for instance, in the case of tincturesand essences described under sections C, D, and E . In other cases,
all three Essentials are separated from each other, for example, by
the methods described in sections F and G, which begin with theextraction of the essential oils, that is, the volatile Sulfur .
Now a brief remark concerning the second distillation of the"mineralized" Mercury . We have seen by the methods F and G

that the Salts are added to the distillate and that this mineralized
spirit is then once again gently distilled . Glauber explains that thespirit absorbs "as much as is necessary" of the fixed Salt and carries
it over in the distillation . This at first mineralized and then distilled
spirit is also called "Glauber essence ."The distillation of the Salts is of the greatest importance inadvanced alchemical works . The so-called volatilization of certain
normally nondistillable Salts is one of the secrets that form part of
the Great Work . Here, too, several ways lead to the goal ; frequentcohobations probably represent the simplest method . (See chapter
10, on the Circulatum Minus.)
Cohobation consists in the renewed distillation of a liquid thathas been poured back over the same substance from which it has
been extracted through distillation . These distillations are often
repeated twenty or fifty times and more! In the alchemistic view,
the substance is thus "loosened," "opened," or "exalted ." In asimilar sense, the circulation is used, also called rotation . We shalldeal with it in the following chapter .

156

157

Circulation

8
Circulation

heated (Figure 43A) . After some time, the volatilizing vapors arecondensed in the condenser and fall back into the flask as drops .
This rotation remains constant as long as the flask is heated and thecooling water flows . An intensive condenser is best suited for thisoperation .
We can also put an expansion flask (alembic) between the flask
and the condenser . (See Figure 43B .)Circulation can also be carried out under a vacuum, in whichcase the temperatures remain low . Rotation should always proceed
gently and not too violently . If we wish to apply the technique ofrhythmic circulation, we switch the heating off after a few hours+n

Circulation, also called rotation or pelicanization, is a specificallyalchemistic technique . It represents a form of elevation (exaltatio),which, in the alchemical view, increases the curative power of theessence considerably.
Exaltation is a process whereby a preparation is brought to ahigher (subtler) plane of the matter and to a higher energy . (SeeFigures 1 and 2.)
The principle of circulation consists either in a continuous
evaporation with a reflux system or in a rhythmization of theessence . In this process a period of expansion and reflux throughheating alternates with a period of concentration and calm throughcooling . We can therefore speak of a continuous circulation and arhythmic circulation .
How are these techniques applied?
On the flask containing the essence, we mount a reflux condenser through which the cooling water flows ; the flask is then

~i'
`A

J'
Y
i
A.
Fig. 43
159

and let the matter cool ; after a few more hours, we heat again .
Frequently, circulation is done during the day, while cooling isdone at night . This process is repeated seven times, therefore
extended over a week . It would then be called a sevenfold circulation. The two side arms of the pelican (Figure 44) allow the refluxof the condensate into the lower belly of the vessel, while the upper
belly provides space for the expansion of the vapors .
In warm countries, the rotation can easily be done in the sun . If
we wish to rhythmize, we put the circulation vessel in the refrigerator overnight .
With a pump over a suitable glass tube with a stopcock, avacuum can be produced, which also results in a good rotation at
low temperatures . Figure 45 presents some proposals for fabricating
modern circulation containers . Of course, we can also have aclassical pelican made by a glassblower .
Until today science has been unable to explain why circulation,
especially rhythmic circulation, causes an exaltation of the product.
It is similar with homeopathic potencies. Experience proves theirvalidity again and again, but an explanation is beyond the present
state of official science . Homeopathy, too, applies rhythmization in

A

B
Fig. 45

its own way, for instance in succussion and also the successive stepof potentizing .
With potentizing, the matter proper decreases while the energ,
increases ; by contrast, with circulation, the quantity of the matteremains constant . For some preparations circulation is a must, fo
without its application certain preparations would be incomplete

Fig . 44
The pelican. The ancients often used the pelican for circulation .
160

C

161

The Plant Magistery of Paracelsus

9
The Plant Magistery of Paracelsus

In his Book of the Archidoxes, under the chapter "De Magisteriis,"
Paracelsus (1493-1541) gives the following directions :But the herbs and their likes are to be taken first and mixed
with burnt wine and putrefied therewith for one month . After
that, distill per balneum, and again add more and proceed as
before, until there is four times less burnt wine than juice ofthe herbs . Distill this per balneum for one month with newadditives ; after that separate it, and you will have the magisteryof any herb you wish .
This extremely brief text is by no means unambiguous . We
should therefore not be surprised that it has been very differently
interpreted . Many spagyrists refer to this passage . Let us examine it
closely .
The plants are first to be mixed with "burnt wine," whichindicates brandy (or spirits), and then "putrefied" therein for one
month .
162

The word putrefied here means extracted with alcohol, and does
not at all refer to decaying, as alcohol makes putrefaction impossible. Through extraction the plants are mutilated in their
being ; only their "body" remains after extraction . Hence the term
putrefied implies decomposition, as valuable principles are dissolved .
Paracelsus gives us no quantitative data . Moreover, he does
not say whether "month" here refers to a calendar month, that is,
30 days, or a Philosophical Month of 40 days . In the alchemical
practice, in connection with maceration over a longer period oftime, the period of 40 days, the Philosophical Month, is frequently
applied . Forty is related to darkness ; it is the number of waiting andpreparation, and hence characteristic of natural processes of disintegration . (For 40 days it was raining at the Flood, 40 days was
the time Jacob's embalming lasted, for 40 years Moses led theIsraelites through the desert, for 40 days Jesus remained in thedesert before appearing to the people, and for an additional 40 days
between Easter and Ascension Day he stayed with his disciples . For
40 days Moses stayed on Mount Sinai in order to receive theCommandments . Indian musicians occasionally undergo a strict
yogalike training period during which 4ey impose certain restrictions upon themselves . The longest of these periods lasts 40 days .
During this time the musician is not allowed to see the sun .)After this, everything is to be distilled in the water bath . The
distillate contains alcohol, the essential oils, and the water of theplants, together with other volatile components .
"Again add more and proceed as before" means that we add
more plants to the distillate obtained and again extract for one
month . Subsequently, the liquid is once more distilled in the water
bath .
As the plants added to the distillate contain juice, the alcohol
content is already thinned in the second distillation, because themajor part of the plants' wateriness goes over in the distillation .
We repeat the process of the extraction of new, fresh plants inthe distillate, which steadily increases in volume till the alcohol
content is one-fifth of the total distilled liquid, that is four times
less than the juice of the plants .
163

If, for instance, we have used 100 milliliters of alcohol for our
extraction, fresh plants are successively distilled in the single rounds
until the water distilled from the plants amounts to 400 ml and thedistillate as a whole amounts to 500 ml . Supposing we used plants
with an 85 percent water content, we would then need at least 460
grams of fresh plants for 100 ml of highly rectified alcohol (vinum
ardens) ; but as a total distillation of the water from the plants istechnically very difficult, we would require up to 600 grams offresh plants . The one-fifth of alcohol in the final distillate is enoughto stabilize it .
Such distilled herb waters were quite in use in the classicalpharmacology . Many old works deal thoroughly with both their
preparation and their application 48
Our distillate now contains all the components of the total
quantity of the plants . We are now to circulate (continuously
distill) this distillate for one month with "newen additamentis . "What additives are meant by these newen additamentis? Here now
we have a parting of the ways . This so-often-quoted, vague passageof the Paracelsus text has already sparked many a dispute among
spagyrists . Everyone knows of it, no one seems to be quite sure ofits meaning, and all seem to refer to it . That is how it is with many
passages in the classical alchemical literature .
I shall now try to explain my understanding of the famous text,
without, however, intending to raise it to a dogma . Presumably,
here, too, several ways will lead to the goal .
Anyone who studies the sixth book of the Archidoxes attentively
can find the way . In it, Paracelsus speaks several times of the socalled Circulata . These Circulata, of which there are higher andlower ones, have the power to extract magisteries from fundamental substances . If now we add an appropriate Circulatum to our
distillate, the latter will separate an oily substance which is themagistery proper .
Paracelsus says that one part of this magistery has the same
effect as the two-hundredfold quantity of corresponding dry plants(the plant body) . (One-half ounce corresponds to 100 ounces .)According to the specific weight of the fluids, the magisteryfinally either floats on the surface of the liquids or collects at thebottom of the vessel . Depending on the kind of Circulatum uses
the separation proceeds faster or more slowly . At first, a milk
cloudiness usually forms, the sign of an emulsion . Later, the droplet
collect into an oily mass, and the liquid becomes clear .
In the following chapter we shall speak about a particularl
fast-working Circulatum, the famous Circulatum Minus of Ur
bigerus, which separates within a few minutes . The Circulat
mentioned in the Archidoxes work more slowly . Because of theiability to separate, the Circulata are also called "liquid Stones" o"the Wet Work ." The preparation of the Circulata belongs to th
most interesting and surely also the most impressive experiments c
alchemy . Therefore, every earnest student should first make a
attempt at mastering this difficult "Lesser Work ."After the addition of the Circulatum, Paracelsus now proposea one-month circulation .' The magistery that develops is theseparated, for example, with a pipette .
Let us now turn to the Circulatum of Urbigerus .

1 64

165

The Circulatum Minus of Urbigerus

In the year 1690, there appeared a remarkable publication on the
Circulatum Minus by Baron Urbigerus, which was printed in
London by Henry Fairborne . In 1691, a German edition followed,
printed by Johann Caspar Birckner in Erfurt . This edition was
followed in 1705 by a reprint in Hamburg by Benjamin Schiller .
The original English title reads : "Circulatum Minus Urbigeranum,or the Philosophical Elixir of Vegetables with the Three Certain
Ways of Preparing It, Fully and Clearly Set Forth in One and Thirty
Aphorisms by Baron Urbigerus, a Servant of God in the Kingdom of
Nature ."The German title mentions, "Still Three Other Ways of Preparing the Vegetable Elixir Based on Personal Experience . By
Baron Urbigerus, God's Faithful Servant in the Temple of Nature ."The linking of his own name with the Circulatum Minus proves thatthe Baron considered the three ways of preparation described asoriginal and entirely his own contributions .

The actual text consists of a dedication to all serious souls andlovers of hermetic philosophy, a copper plate, the thirty-one
aphorisms, and an appendix which is a commentary on the copper
plate .
What is a Circulatum?
According to the German alchemist Andreas Libavius (15551610), Circulatum means "the Exaltation of a pure liquor [liquid]
through a circulating [continuous] dissolution and coagulation in
the pelican with heat as the agent . "q9
In the preceding chapter, we said that circulation is an improvement of liquid substances . The liquids are continuously, overa longer time, brought from the liquid to the gaseous state, only toreturn immediately to the liquid state . Several techniques areunited in the art of circulation, which can interconnect digestion,
sublimation, distillation, and cohobation .
Digestion means a ripening in mild "digestive" heat by which asubstance releases and yields its inner forces . Maceration in warm
temperatures is also called digestion . Through digestion thick liquids
become subtler, their crude state is modified, and what had been
opaque becomes transparent . The impurities, which settle at thebottom, can then be separated . In warmer zones, digestion in thesun is also possible . The ancients often digested in horse dung,which also has a warm, constant temperature in winter . The
duration of the digestion is quite variable ; it may be a few days, a
Philosophical Month, and even longer .
In the course of a sublimation, a substance is driven into the upper
part of a container by heat and precipitated there .
Distillation separates volatile, or liquid, substances from nonvolatile (solid or fixed) ones, and also different liquids from eachother if they have different boiling points and the temperature canbe controlled exactly . Continued separation through repeateddistillations is called rectification.
Rotation and cohobation are related to circulation . The term
rotation is also used in the same sense as circulation . Rhythmic circulation in particular is called rotation .
Cohobation consists of a series of repeated distillations of asolvent over the same substance or the same substances that had

1 66

167

10
The Circulatum Minus of Urbigerus

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Circulatum Minus of Urbigerus

been dissolved in it . After each distillation, the distillate is poured
back over the residue in the fractionating flask and again distilled,which, according to alchemical concepts, leads to a "loosening"and volatilization of certain materials . To the alchemist it is lessimportant that in this process certain chemical changes occur, since"the same" substances can appear in various forms . (See the remarks
about the volatilization of tartar on page 50ff .)The technique of cohobation is very frequently used in alchemy,and Urbigerus also proposes it for his Circulatum Minus as theactual circulation . (See aphorisms XIV and XV .)Finally, we should also know that the term Circulatum Minus inalchemy can simply mean the alchemical work in the plant world .
In a wider sense, Circulata may also stand for the "Aqua Solvens"of Paracelsus, the "Secret Spiritus Vini" of Raymundus Lullus andthe Adepts, of "Aqua Mercurialis," the "Spiritus Mercurii Universalis," and others .
Let us now turn to the preparation of the Circulatum Minus of
Urbigerus* .

Circulatum Minus Urbigeranum or the
Philosophical Elixir from the Vegetable Kingdom,
Prepared in Three Different WaysI
Our Circulatum minus is only a specificated Elixir, belonging to the Vegetable Kingdom, by which without any Fire, or
further Preparation of the Vegetables, we can in a Moment
extract their true Essence, containing their Virtue, Quality,
and Property : which is a great Chymical Curiosity, performing
Wonders in the Practice of Physick, and in demonstratingsome Works of Nature .
'The translations of Urbigerus' aphorisms are from Frater Albertus, Golden

Manuscripts (Salt Lake City, Utah: Para Publishing Co ., 1973). -Ed. of English

edition .

168

Fig. 46

II
We call it Circulatum, because, tho ever so often used in
any Extraction, or Chymical Experiment what-ever, it loses
nothing of its Quality, or Property : which is a Prerogative,
pertaining to the Universal Elixir, called also the Circulatum
majus, because it commands in all the three Kingdoms of
Nature ; whilst this, being restrained to one only Kingdom, isfor that reason called Minus .
In alchemy, a difference is made between the Circulatum Minusand the Circulatum Majus . The first is an elixir that can effect in
the plant world what the Circulatum Majus can effect in all three
kingdoms (plant, mineral, and animal worlds) : the separation .
169

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Circulatum Minus, provided it is prepared in the rightway, loses nothing of its vigor even after frequent use . A Circulatum
Minus which I prepared in my Italian laboratory many years ago
still separates today within a few minutes . After every separation
the Circulatum Minus can be recovered through a gentle distillation . We shall see further below how to do it .
111

Out of Diana's undetermined Tears, when Appollo has appeared, after the Separation of the three Elements, Determination, Digestion and glorious Resurrection, we can, without the Addition of any other created thing, prepare this ourdetermined Elixir : Which is the first, noblest, and secretest
way of the Philosophers .
The "Tears of Diana" are the pure Mercury, the ethyl alcohol
not yet specified by any kind of additives . Later it is determined by
the addition of the Salts and essential oils .
"When Apollo has appeared" means after the volatile Sulfurthat is, the essential oils-has been distilled from the plants . The
appearance of Apollo, which is the separation of the essential oils,
is always the first step in separation .
Urbigerus writes that the separation of a species into its three
Essentials or Philosophical Principles (here called the Elements) isalways a prerequisite for the work . The Mercury is then "determined" by the addition of the other purified Principles, that is,
the Salts, the fixed and the volatile Sulfur . This is followed by adigestion with subsequent distillations (cohobations) . In this way
we can prepare the Circulatum Minus from a species without any
additives . Urbigerus considers this the noblest way .

I f{C V{I{.N{t4iiii f aru,ffsa vJ v

Urbigerus explains clearly what he means by the determinationof Diana's Tears . -But the Salt (fixed vegetable earth) obtained
from the plant body (the plant residue) through calcination must be
prepared "philosophically," that is, in the proper alchemical way,
therefore correctly calcined, purified, and spiritualized (volatilized) . In the course of this treatment, the nature of the Salt ischanged .
V
Our second way of preparing this our Vegetable Elixir isby a right Manipulation of a Plant of the noblest Degree,
standing by itself, or supported by others : after the Preparation of which, and its Putrefaction, Reduction into an Oil,
Separation of the three Principles, with their Purification,
Union, and Spiritualization, the whole into be turned into aspiritual ever-living Fountain, renewing every Plant, that shallbe plunged into it .
Urbigerus here refers to the wine . During the alchemical workwith wine, known as Opus Vini, the moment comes when thealchemist can choose between the preparation of a volatile liquid ora solid result, a so-called "Stone ." In alchemistic parlance, wewould say he can choose the "Wet Way" or the "Dry Way ." To
understand the term "to become oil,' a passage from Glauber isquoted here :IV
The Determination of our Diana's Tears consists only intheir perfect and indissoluble Union with the fixt Vegetable
Earth, philosophically prepared, purified, and spiritualized :for the love of which they are forced to leave their first
universal undetermined Property, and be clothed with a determined particular one, which is required to this our Circulatum Minus .

The process of preparing one's oil from wine and of bringing it
to a cordial and delicious essence through its own Sal fix andvolat . Here I do not refer to the evil-smelling distilled* from
9or dregs of wine, but a delicious, pleasant, light, and clear
one .
In the fall, when the grapes are pressed, do not let any
separate impurities of grape skins or anything else get into themust . Let it ferment in a barrel until it is white, still halfsweet, and most of the feces have settled : N .B. : If you do it
earlier or later, then something goes wrong with the .,; either
the must has not yet let go of it or the„ has already fallen to
the bottom with the dregs . Therefore, watch the time . Thendistill the-rout of a '2t-plated 9 alembic ; there will not bemuch of it . When no more Spirit goes over, remove the cap

170

171

PRACTICAL HANDBOOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Circulatum Minus of Urbigerus

and pour the residue into clean glasses . Let it stand several
days ; then a white ;.will form on top and sometimes precipitate, which should be separated from the must and used forthe above-mentioned essence . The must, from which the .**and-n- have been separated, is added to other must, fermented
anew, and it again turns into wine . If you do not know what to
do with it, make ++ of it . N . B . : There will not be much,'„which, however, is the best part, just as in all plants . Thisessence is an antidote, because no venomous animal can stay inthe grapes during the time when the vine is in blossom . N . B . :The Essences must be preserved with double bladders and notwith wax, which would melt . Put 1, 2, 3, or more fluidrams ofherb essence into a jar of wine, shake well, and you will thus
obtain a clear, delicious herb wine, so that various wines canbe drawn from a barrel by means of various essences . And
herewith this First Part is finished . Honor be to God alone!

The conjunction of a fixed plant salt, which we obtain from theplant body through calcination and subsequent extraction of the ash
and purification through repeated dissolution and evaporation,with its own sulfurous spirit leads to our Circulatum . The "volatilesulphureous Spirit" is an alcoholic essence distilled from a plant
species. "Sulphureous Spirit" always means an alcoholic distillatethat contains the essential oil (i.e., the volatile Sulfur) of the plantin question .
These aromatic essences were also frequently made by common"chymicis," that is, by ordinary pharmacists who did not masterthe spagyric art . The latter are also considered "chymici hermetici"
in contrast to the "common chymicis ." Examples of the abovementioned aromatic essences are the well known "Carmelite
Water," even today popular under the name Klosterfrau Melissengeist, and the "Hungarian Water" or "Water of Elizabeth of
Hungary," which was also sold as a cosmetic .
These waters of sulfurous spirits are distillates . They do notcontain the fixed part of the Sulfur or its Salt, as they did not goover in distilling because of their fixed nature and were therefore
discarded . From the alchemical viewpoint, this fractionating is
unphilosophical, since the fixed Sulfur contains the other part ofthe soul . We shall see later that the organic acids that the fixed
Sulfur contains are the key to the secret of the volatilization of the
Salts . Since the organic acids contained in the distillate called
sulfurous spirit do not suffice, others have to be added fromoutside . Then they act as catalysts and bring body (Salt) and spirit(Mercury) together.
In the following aphorism Urbigerus tells us what this sulfurous
matter is and where we can obtain it .

For the Opus Vini, we would also mention two texts :1 . Tractatus de Quinta Essentia Vini, in Eroffnete Geheimnisse desSteins der Weisen oder Schatzkammer der Alchymie (Graz, 1976),

pp . 322-335 .
2 . Johannes Isaaci Hollandi Opera Vegetabilia, in Sammlung unterschiedlich bewahrter Chyrnischer Schrifien (Vienna, 1773), pp .
197-304 .
The whole process is too long to be described here . We shalllater hear something about the so-called Stones . But first to continue
with the Circulatum Minus, we shall concentrate on the first andthe third ways .
VI
The third and common way is only a Conjunction of a fixt
Vegetable Salt with its own volatil sulphureous Spirit, both tobe found ready prepared by any vulgar Chymist, and since intheir Preparation the purest Sulphur, containing the Soul, has
suffered some Detriment by their not being philosophicallymanipulated, they cannot be inseparably joined without asulphureous Medium, by which the Soul being strengthened,
the Body and Spirit are also through it made capable of aperfect Union.
172

VII
The proper Medium, requisite for the indissoluble Unionof these two Subjects, is only a sulphureous and bituminous
Matter, issuing out of a plant, living or dead, which is to befound in several parts of the World, and is known to all mannerof sea fishermen (the Copavian we find to be the best, andafter that the Italian), by which, after it has been separated
from its feculent parts through our Universal Menstruum, all
173

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

the Pores and Atoms of the fixt Vegetable Salt, which isextremely fortified by it, being dilated, it is made capable ofreceiving its own Spirit, and uniting itself with it .
Urbigerus here- clearly refers to resins . These are complex
mixtures mainly of aromatic substances with properties of acids,
besides alcohols, phenols, strongly unsaturated substances . Resins
are closely related to terpenes . We obtain resins by injuring certain
trees, especially pines (spruce), firs, larches, and other exotic trees .
A special resin is amber . Urbigerus' text contains a decisive
pointer : "and is known to all manner of sea fishermen ." Thisobvious reference to amber put the author on the right track .
Succinic acid (acid of amber) is an excellent catalyst .
But Urbigerus himself tells us which kind of resins he considers
particularly suitable for the work .
First he mentions the Copavian, which is Copaiva balsam obtained from Copaiva balsama . He considers this best . Next he recommends Italian resin . This is either the resin from the pines
widespread in Italy, which give the landscape its characteristic
look, or of the cypresses which are also typical of the Italianlandscape . Pines are often mentioned in Italian poetry, and Ottorino
Respighi even wrote a musical piece about them, "The Pines ofRome ." On the other hand, I would like to mention that in Italy I
was successful with a particularly high-grade Circulatum Minus
from cypress . On whichever resin we may decide, it must first be
purified of its feculant parts . Distillation would be the best method .
In his Chymischer Handleiter the seventeenth-century spagyric pharmacist Le Febure describes this process as follows :How to Distill the Resin Elerni

The Circulatum Minus of Urbigerus
closed reverberating furnace on a reversed earthenware standwith sand ; a good receiver is put in front, the furnace iscovered, then heated per gradus till nothing rises any longer .
Part of this oil can be preserved without rectification, while
the other must be mixed with three times as much common
salt. This mixture is to be put into a glass retort, and the oil is
rectified in sand or distilled once more .
For us it is simplest to buy readily clarified resin, be it Copaiva
balsam or Canada balsam . Balsams are mixtures of resins andessential oils, partly with aromatic acids . Canada balsam is obtained from the North American balsam fir (Abies balsamea) . Strictly
speaking, Canada balsam is a turpentine . It contains about 24
percent essential oil, 60 percent resin soluble in alcohol, and 16 percent resin soluble in ether .
I experimented with several kinds of resins when making my
Circulata . Since I obtained especially good results with Canadabalsam, I would like to recommend it in particular . Even today
Canada balsam is used in microscopy and is available in an alreadyfiltered, pure form, although it is not exactly the cheapest kind ofresin . In Australia, I also had good results with cedarwood oil . If
you look carefully at the copper plate in Figure 46, you will noticea hole in the tree from which resin flows . The river into which
Apollo and Diana step is resinous . On the other side of the tree
Diana comes out of the river . She now holds Apollo's sun in her left
(receiving) hand-Apollo and Diana have become one being .
Vlll
To fortify the Sulphur, and open the Pores of the Salt, noother Method is to be used, but to imbibe the same with thebituminous Matter in a moderate digestive Heat, as if one
would hatch Chickens, and as the Salt grows dry, the Imbibitions are to be repeated, until you find it so fully saturated thatit refuses to imbibe any more of the Matter .

What is called Gum-Elemi (olive-tree resin) by grocers is
resin that comes from a kind of cedar which grows in North
Africa . The best kind is whitish, clear, and mixed with somesmall yellowish parts . Formed into a mass or lump, it gives off
a not unpleasant smell when lighted . Some elemi must be
pulverized, mixed with three parts of crushed bricks and one
part of common salt previously completely dried by heating .
Everything is put together into a retort, which is put in a

"To fortify the Sulphur" indicates that the Salt and part of the
Sulfur have already been put together, as one could otherwise notspeak of a fortification . Only that which is already present can be
fortified . Only the fixed part of the Sulfur is missing, that part

1 74

175

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Circulatum Minus of Urbigerus

which was lost through unphilosophical manipulation . (See aphorism VI .) The volatile part of the Sulfur, that is, the essential oils,
are already together with the Salt . We now add the resinous
matter, imbibing our mixture of Sal and volatile Sulfur with it . The
mixture is then placed in moderate heat, about 40 0 . Whenever thematter becomes dry, we repeat the imbibition .

the Salt or of the real sulphureous Medium, or in the Management of the Imbibitions .

IX
In the Course of Imbibitions the whole Mass is at least nineor ten times a day to be stirr'd with a Spatula, or some other
Instrument of dry Wood, by which reiterated Motion, thebituminous Matter receives a better ingress into the Body, andperfects its Operation the sooner .
X
Great care is to be taken, that in the performance of the Imbibitions, no kind of Soil or Dust fall into your Matter, forthe prevention of which your Vessel may be kept covered witha Paper, prickt full of holes, or any other suitable Covering,and that nothing come near it, which has its own internal
Sulphur : for the Pores of the Salt being very much dilated andopened, it may easily determine itself to any other Subject,and so spoil your Undertaking.
Since at this stage we already work with highly purified substances, we must take care not to spoil the work with impurities .
On the other hand, the fear of foreign Sulfur seems somewhat
exaggerated, because the resinous matter also contains foreign
Sulfur . The imbibition can also be done in a glass flask, which isthen closed with a glass stopper . Occasionally the flask is opened
to allow for fresh air, then closed again . In this way I have obtained
very workable results, but the flask must be quite large and containmuch air . The danger of contamination is also greatly reduced byworking in a closed oven (incubator) .

Xll
When your Imbibitions are fully performed, your Salt willthen be in a convenient readiness to receive its own Spirit, bywhich it is made volatil, spiritual, transparent, and wonderfully penetrating, entring on a sudden into the Pores andParticles of every Vegetable, and separating in a moment theirtrue Essence or Elements .
If everything has gone well, we can now pour on our Mercury,that is, our rectified ethyl alcohol .
XIII
Altho the Salt is fully prepared for the Reception of its own
Spirit, yet unless you well observe the right Proportion ofthem (which is, that the volatil always predominate over thefixt) you will never be able to make any perfect Union between these two Subjects, contrary in Quality, though not in
Nature .
The mixture must be well covered by the alcohol . Even with aproportion of 6 :1 or even 8:1 1 have achieved good results . It isdecisive for the whole work that we should have a sufficiently
large quantity of proper essential oil . Like the anonymous Mercury
in the plant world, alcohol is at any time easily available fromoutside sources .
XIV
Before you begin your Distillations and Cohobations, after
the Addition of the Vegetable Spirit to its own Salt, a Putrefaction of eight to ten days is to precede, during which time,
the sulphureous Spirit, strengthened by the bituminous Matter,and finding its Salt fit for Conjunction with it, has the power
to enter into its Pores, to facilitate its Volatilization, andUnion .

XI
if in three, or four Weeks time at farthest, your fixt Vegetable Salt does not manifest its full Saturation, it will certainly be in vain for you to go on any further with it : foryou may assure yourself, that you either err in the Notion of

In the course of this putrefaction, which is nothing but a further
digestion, a change in color occurs and the fine Salt appears likeslime . The strengthened Sulfur and the Mercury now act upon the

1 76

177

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Circulatum Minus Qf Urbigerus

Salt and begin to make part of it volatile . After this, we begin withthe distillations .

Otherwise what may happen is what Urbigerus describes in thefollowing aphorism :xv

If after six or seven Distillations and Cohobations of the
distilled upon the Remainder, you do not find your Spirit to be
extremely sharp, and the Remainder in the bottom altogether
insipid, it will be an evident Sign, that you fail in the true
knowledge of the Vegetable Spirit, which, being exceeding
volatil, has in its Nature power to volatilize its own Body,
and unite itself inseparably with it, finding it capable of its
Reception .
The fractionating flask is best heated in the water bath . Between
the separate distillations, or cohobations-since the distillate isalways poured back-additional digestions are occasionally useful,but they are not prescribed . After six or seven distillations, or
cohobations, the distillate has a peculiar, very penetrating odor anda sharp corrosive taste .

xvi

It is to be observed, that in the Progress of your Distillations the sulphureous Medium does not in the least ascend : foras it is a real Medium, concurring to unite the Body with theSpirit, before the Spiritualization of the Body, and without theConcurrence of which no perfect Union of these two Subjects
is to be expected ; so on the contrary in the Progress of theWork its Concurrence would be highly disadvantageous tothem both, and totally subvert your Operation .
To avoid this, we make our distillations in the water bath . The
resinous matter must not be distilled over or burn . It has accomplished its function as an intensifier of the Sulfur, and we nolonger need the rest . Too-high temperatures would also rather
result in a fixation of the volatile parts of the fixed Salt instead ofits volatilization . We would then end with a solid substance insteadof a Circulatum . Careful and slow distillations are therefore necessary, just as they are in all attempts at volatilizing alkaline Salts . It
is here where the practicing alchemist can make many mistakes .
Much patience and experience are needed for these distillations .
178

XVII
The ascending of the sulphureous Medium, when the Spirit
begins to carry over its own Body, to unite itself inseparablywith it, evidently and certainly signifies, that you do not
regulate your Fire, as you should, and that, instead of giving agentle vaporous Heat to facilitate the Union, you give a violent
one to destroy it .
XVIII
When your Salt is brought to its perfect Spiritualization,and real Union with its own Volatile Spirit, then you will havein your power your Circulatum Minus, or Vegetable Elixir,
and Menstruum, with which you will be able to perform
wonders in the Vegetable Kingdom, separating in a momen
not only their Principles or Elements, but also at one and thesame Operation the Pure from the Impure .
If all works have been correctly carried out, the alchemist has
now prepared the Circulatum Minus according to the third way .
From all that has been said, the firrst way is now also easily
understandable, as everything has simply to be prepared from thesame plant species from which the resinous matter comes ; forinstance, you could make a Circulatum Minus from the North
American Abies balsamea . The resinous matter can be extracted
from small branches by steam distillation . In this way natural
turpentines are obtained . The remaining operations are then carriedout according to the methods already described .
In the following aphorisms Urbigerus now informs us about
everything the Circulatum Minus, thus prepared, can do .
XIX
If into this your Vegetable Elixir you put any green Vegetable, shred in pieces, it will in less than half a quarter ofan hour without any external Heat putrify, and precipitate
itself into the bottom quite dead, (which is nothing but thecursed Excremental Earth) and on the top will swim a yellow
Oil, containing the Salt and Sulphur, and the Elixir will be of179

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYThe Circulatum Minus of Urbigerus

the Color of the Plant, comprehending its Vegetable Spirit ;which if it does not, 'tis a sign, that your Operations have notbeen Philosophical.

its internal Spirit into the Menstruum, and sending its Soul andBody, like a blood-red Oil to the Top, will at last fall to the
Bottom like a greyish Excrement .

After immersing a finely cut green, that is, fresh, plant-for
instance, peppermint or rosemary leaves-there will at first, after
shaking, occur a strong turbidity . This turbidity is a sign of theemulsion now obtained . If we allow it to stand for some time, thetiny droplets of oil will rise to the surface, where they form ayellowish layer of oil . This oil contains the Salt and the Sulfur ofthe fresh plant or plants immersed in the Circulatum . In my
experience, the color of the oil varies according to the plants used .
Some produce a more yellowish oil, others a shining emerald one .
With other plants the oil is orange or reddish .
Depending on the specific weight of the Circulatum, also of theplants that we separate, the oil also occasionally settles at thebottom instead of floating on the surface . If we incline the vessel,
the pearls of oil then appear .

XXII
If Myrrh, Aloe, and Saffron, of each an equal Quantity, areput into this Menstruum, the truest Elixir Proprietatis (asParacelsus terms it) which is a most excellent Cordial, andalmost of as great Efficacy and Virtue, as the Universal Elixir
itself, and curing all curable Distempers, will presently swimon the Top, and its Caput Mortuum will separate itself into
the Bottom .

XX
Only one drop of this yellowish Oil, given in Distempers according to the Virtue and Quality, attributed to the Plant, every
Morning and Evening in a Glass of Wine, or any other convenient Vehicle, will infallibly and insensibly cure those Distempers, and corroborate the vital Spirits, if constantly
taken to purify the Blood in sickly and infectuous Times .
I would here like to warn the reader, however, not simply totrust all information . In the alchemistic literature fantastic effects
are often claimed, which are by no means always proven . Only
experience, in collaboration with qualified physicians and naturopaths, can prove the value of a preparation . The value, or theworthlessness, of a spagyric preparation must be honestly tested if
alchemy is to be taken seriously, and in this connection the laws inforce in each country must be considered .

XXIIIThis Vegetable Menstruum dissolves not only all sorts ofGums, or any other kind of Substance in the Vegetable
Kingdom, but also all sorts of Oils and Balsams, coming out ofTrees, separating their true Essence, by which you may
perform wonderful things both upon living Bodies, and deadones, the last of which it preserves forever without opening or
any further Preparation of them .
XXIV
Though this Menstruum is only specificated upon Vegetables,
it will nevertheless in a moment draw the Tincture out ofMetals and Minerals ; but it will not separate all their Principles, not being the appropriate Menstruum for such Operations ; and though such Sulphurs are highly balsamic for theLungs and Spleen, yet since our Elixir Proprietatis far exceeds
those praeter natural Preparations, we only give this as a
curious Chymical Experiment .

XXI
if you put Coral into this Menstruum, you will see an admirable Experiment : for although its Pores are compacter,than in any other Vegetable ; yet it will on a sudden transmit

Aphorisms XXI-XXIV give us further pointers for the use of
the Circulatum . Aphorism XXII is especially important in connection with the previous chapter on the plant magistery of Paracelsus .
An immersion of equal quantities of myrrh, aloe, and saffron
results in the famous Elixir Proprietatis of Paracelsus . If we use
the Circulatum Minus of Urbigerus, a simple immersion is enoughto bring about the separation, and we need then no longer rotate awhole month as with the "simple" Paracelsian magisteries . The

180

181

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK Of PLANT ALCHEMY

Circulatum Minus of Urbigerus is really a Circulatum "of highdegree," as the ancients would say . It also immediately dissolves
various lacs, oils, and balsams . Be careful : With a minute amount I
instantly ruined the finish of my desk!
In addition, the Circulatum extracts the tincture from certain
metals . These tinctures, however, do not represent true separations .
There is a great difference between the simple extraction of atincture and a genuine separation of the Philosophical Principles .
To separate metals higher Circulata are required, namely the highAlkahests, whose preparation does not concern us here .
Aphorism XXV now describes how we can regain our Circulatum after a separation .

11
Elixir-Clyssus- Vegetable Stone

XXV

Since this Vegetable Menstruum is eternal, you must observe, that you lose nothing of its Quantity or Quality inseparating it from the Oil, and Spirit of the Vegetable, which
is done by a gentle Distillation in Balneo vaporoso, the Vessel
being very well luted and dried before . The Menstruum,
coming over with the Flegm of the Vegetable, from which it isby a Distillation in Balneo to be separated for further uses,
leaves the Oil at the Bottom, united with its own Spirit, which
will easily go over in any common Heat, not leaving anything
behind it : which is a Mark of its Spiritualization, Purification,
and Regeneration, that it has received from the Menstruum .
With this we will end this chapter on the Circulatum Minus .

182

In chapter 5 we dealt with the Solve of the alchemistic work andlearned how to separate a plant into its Essentials or PhilosophicalPrinciples . We kept these Essentials for a later combination . The
Coagula is the reunion of the previously separated Principles . In theclassical spagyrico-medicinal literature, the terms Elixir, Clyssus,
and Lapis Vegetabilis (Vegetable or Plant Stone) often turn up . We
shall now deal with them .
In modern pharmacology the term elixir means a sweetened,aromatic solution, mostly on the basis of a water-alcohol mixture,
which has a specific effect on the organism . The significance of theterm elixir deteriorated in the course of time by designating as
elixirs even nonmedical solutions that were only used as vehicles
for flavors or other substances . In the spagyric tradition, an Elixir
is a pharmaceutical product prepared from several different speciesof plants . What is decisive is the formula for the composition inquantity and kind as well as the method of preparation . The
183

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir: Clyssus-Vegetable Stone

greatest importance is attached to the widest possible utilization of
the species . It is not a question of fragmented products such as
mixtures of essential oils, tinctures poured together, and the like .
The classical Elixirs always contain the Salts that are extracted
throu,h incineration and calcination of the plant residue . In thelater literature Elixir recipes also turn up that do not always
contain the calcined Salts . Often in later times certain herb andspice teas were also called Elixirs . In the strictly spagyric sense,
however, only those products are Elixirs that have been preparedin the philosophical manner, that is, spagyrically, from several
plants, and it is assumed that they contain the calcined Salts .
Depending on their composition, Elixirs have specific effects on
the organism: some stimulate the circulation, others help digestionor sleep, others again have a cathartic effect, and so forth . In
former times the so-called Life Elixirs or cordials were popular .
They were general tonic Elixirs .
The Integral Herbal Elixirs of Australerba in Australia are
genuine spagyric Elixirs in the sense just discussed . Elixirs are taken
either with a spoon or thinned with water or wine . The popular
Australerba Elixirs are thinned in hot water and taken as herb teas.
The Australerba Elixirs also contain some citrus pectin, which tones
the digestive tract up and helps metabolize toxic food residues,balance excessive gastric acidity, and lower cholesterol levels .
Pectins strengthen the resistance of the digestive organs . 51
Since pectin is hard to dissolve in cold liquids, however,Australerba also offers Elixirs without pectins . They are preferably
taken in sweet wines, which are thus transformed into pleasantherb wines .
As an example from the classical literature, here now follows therecipe for a Life Elixir (tonic) that Andreas Libavius has given us . 52
Macerate for one month in 2 or 3 pounds of good Greek wine[or, more quickly, one can boil for half a day in a diploma] : Of
each of the following 3 drams [c . 11 .6 grams] of wood of aloe,
sweet-smelling costus, white and yellow sandalwood ; of each
2 drams [c . 7 .8 g] of angelica root, lovage, burnet saxifrage,
masterwort, carline thistle, and spicknel ; half an ounce each[c . 15 .55 g] of valerian, white dittany, peony, oak mistletoe,

bloodwort, and lemon, orange, and lime peels ; 5 drams each[c. 19 .4 g] of lemon, avens seeds, laurels, juniper berries, andpeony seeds ; and 6 drams [c . 23.3 g] of Alpine colt's foot ;everything to be pulverized .
Now take 5 ounces [c. 155 .5 g] of mace, nutmeg, long
pepper, zedoary, and cloves ; 2 drams each [c . 7 .8 g] of seeds of
cardamom, marjoram, and basil ; 1 1 drams [5 .8 g] of saffron ;half a handful each of flowers of sage, rosemary, hedge-nettle[also known as woundwort, stachys], bugloss [Anchusa], andborage ; and one handful each of marjoram, basil, pennyroyal,mint, and sage .
First, after cutting and chopping them up, make an infusionof the aromatic herbs and the seeds in a sufficient quantity ofwater, and let it stand for ten days in moderate digestion .
After separation through a percolator and by pressing, the rest
is to be macerated in the liquid, chopped up in the same way,for five days .
Now the first infusion is also filtered and pressed and thenunited with the second. In the extracts poured together, dissolve 1 ounce [c . 31 .1 g] of mithridate [dogtooth violet], half
an ounce each [c . 15 .55 g] of treacle and Aurea Alexandrina, and6 drams each [c . 23.2 g] of Gallia musch a, and a preparation of
pokeberries . After three days of maceration, one should distill .
The collected residue is now burnt to ash by a reverberating
fire, and the alkali (the salts) are extracted with betony water .
Mix this with the distillate and add 2 pounds [c . 746 .5 g] ofsugar dissolved in the fourfold quantity of rosewater, and one
scruple [c .1 .3 g] of distillated oil of cloves, cinnamon, nutmeg,
and lemon peel .
In a specially preserved part, hang also half a scruple each[c. 0.64 g] of golden amber and musk . Thus the Elixir is to bemade.
Although not all Elixirs are as complicated to compound andprepare, their preparation nevertheless always requires several
fairly long operations . We are dealing with products in which
several kinds of extracts are combined together . Often several
extracts are made one after another . The plant residue is thendried, incinerated, and calcined ; the salts are extracted and added
to the Elixir . Frequently, still further additions follow, such as

184

185

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

spices, distilled oils, pectins, resins, and so on, including mineral
preparations for some Elixirs .
The separate times of maceration or digestion vary with theplants, as does the water-alcohol proportion . With plants with ahigh content of essential oils, the alcohol content of the solvent ishigher . Certain aromatic substances are also extracted under higher
temperatures in the reflex system . Because of the instability ofalkaloids, it is best to extract alkaloid-containing plants cold or with
only moderate heat .
The preparation of Elixirs requires a thorough knowledge andexperience, since an exchange of powers and substances takes place
among the species .
Anyone who wants good recipes should hunt for them bystudying old texts and manuscripts . Many of the Elixirs in themwere prepared with simple technical aids .
If the Elixirs are mixtures of extracts of various species ofplants, the Clyssus (also written Clissus) is a preparation of recombined extracts of only one plant . In his Magiae naturalis libri
viginti, Johannes Baptista Porta says, "The Clyssus is the extractionof the subtlety of all parts of the plant, which flows together into acommon being . "S3
A Clyssus is always prepared from the whole plant . The plant,
together with everything belonging to it, that is, root, blossoms,
stem, leaves, fruits, seed, and so on, is first separated in the classicalmanner, that is, separated into the three Essentials, Mercury, Sulfur(volatile and fixed), and Salt, after which the Essentials are recombined . In so doing, either the fixed.Sulfur is used as, resinous
matter, or it is incinerated and calcined, and the salts are extracted .
"These are then added to the Clyssus .
The reunion of Sulfur, Salt, and Mercury hardly gives trouble,
as everything can simply be recombined . The salts are imbibed with
Mercury, to which is added the volatile Sulfur, or the Sulfur is firstpoured on the salts, and then Mercury is added . The imbibition is tobe done gradually until the salt no longer absorbs anything . In thisstate the Clyssus thus prepared can be melted and poured into aform to cool . It is a kind of simple Plant Stone which contains, in aconcentrated form, certain curative powers of the plants from186

Elixir-Clyssus-Vegetable Stone

which it derives . Due to the strong concentration of the salts, it hasquite a diuretic and purging effect, nd it also improves digestion .
If we wish to make a more liquid Clyssus, it must contain one partof water to dissolve the salts . In this case, it is best to use water
extracted from the relevant plant by distillation, or, else residual
water from our Mercury rectification, or distilled water . We pouron the salt only as much water as is needed to dissolve it . Then we
add the volatile Sulfur and the Mercury . Without Mercury, thevolatile Sulfur would float on the water . Only Mercury can combine
the oily with the watery parts .
A Clyssus can be highly concentrated but also rather thinned, .
according to the individual practice of the spagyrist . In his
Chymischer Handleiter, Le Febure advises the following proportions :one part Salt, two parts Sulfur, and three parts Mercury . These
quantities result in a more solid Clyssus .
Among the classical recipes we also find pointers on how to
combine the Essentials by means of a simultaneous distilling apparatus . To this end, we put the three Essentials into three different
flasks, which then go under one alembic for distilling and are
distilled through a common condenser . Leonhardt Thurneysser zum
Thurn describes the process in his Histona .s4 He refers to a Clyssus
made of olysatrum (Macedonian parsley) .. The difficult original text
is here summarized in modern English on account of its importance :Paracelsus calls Clyssus not only the medicament described in
the following lines but also that other power which originallystems from one thing alone [a single species], after this species
has separated into different parts and finally recombines into
one thing .
if seed is put into the soil, the root system develops first,
then the plant grows, which then forms the flower, followed by
the fruit, and finally the seed .
Each of these individually formed morphological parts has
its special properties . That is why out of each its proper poweris extracted . The relevant individual powers are then combined
into a single power .
Such a preparation can be an oil, for instance, or an
Arcanum [a secret medicine, prepared in a higher way],187

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir-Clyssus-Vegetable Stone

furthermore a juice, a powder, a salt, etc ., which is then called
Clyssus .
An estate which a father bequeathes to his many children
and which then reverts to one child alone because of the deathof the brothers and sisters, can also be called a Clyssus .
We will here, however, understand the term in the abovedescribed sense . The preparation of a Clyssus is done as follows :From the three parts (roots, stem with leaves, and flowers,
fruit, and seed)-provided that at the right time the roots of the

The drawing at the beginning of the original text represents asimultaneous distilling apparatus . With this kind of preparation,

plants were dug up, the plants harvested, and the seeds
gathered, hence from the perfectly full-grown roots, plants,
flowers, fruits, and seeds-the power and subtlety of each areseparately extracted either through distillation, calcination,
putrefaction, or other methods, corresponding in each case to
the nature of the species used .
Since every plant has its specific shape and property, therelevant correct extraction process must be applied in eachcase, corresponding with the teaching and explanation of theproperties of things accessible to intelligent people .
After the subtle powers have been separated one by one,first as an oil, second as a salt, third as a liquid (or whatever
we may wish to call them) from the individual plant parts ofthe species, they are recombined in the following manner intoa single spiritual substance and an inseparable being :We put the previously extracted subtleties into threeequally large flasks, the lower part of which is coated withloam as protection from fire (see B, C, and D of the diagram),that is, the salt into flask B, the oil into flask C, and the liquid
into flask D . Now we attach a wide-necked alembic, which
covers the three openings of the flask simultaneously andequally well, and we seal well with Lutum [an adhesive paste
made of clay] . If the three flasks are now simultaneously
heated, the subtlety rises upward from each, at the same time
becoming volatile with the other two and ascending into thealembic .
The soul powers at first mingle as steam, which thenprecipitates as moisture (as "moist fruit") . The moisture isbrought out through the beak [of the alembic] and is born inthis way . The receiver E absorbs what is born as would anurse . This Clyssus is a very useful Arcanurn . .
1 88

problems arise from the fact that the Essentials have differently
high boiling points ; they do not rise at the same temperature .
When using this kind of apparatus, the salts are often dissolvedin water before the distillation . Then, during the distillation, they
are brought over the alembic partly volatilized . To achieve this,cohobations are frequently required . The Clyssus prepared in thisway is in a thin liquid state .
Now follows another recipe from the Chymischer Handleiter of Le
Febure .55 It refers to a Clyssus of angelica ; strictly speaking, Le
Febure describes a Clyssus made with the roots of angelica .
The rest is preserved so that, if one wishes to reunite or
combine in one body all volatile as well as all fixed parts of theangelica root in order to make a Clyssus of them (which, like asummary, comprises in itself all the virtues of the Mirti, all theparts of which have separated and purified), one can unite therectified spirit and the heavenly oil by means of the fixed Salt,
for without it, the two above-mentioned could never be
brought together into one body, because they have different
natures and one is always floating on*top of the other . But
when the subtle and rectified spirit is united with its own Sal
alkali, the oil can be mixed with it inseparably, from which awonderful substance arises . As far as the Clyssus is concerned,
however, it does not require so much effort . Only one part of
the fixed purified Salt is to be put together with two parts ofthe distilled oil and three parts of the subtle spirit, and these
are to be digested in a circulating vessel in B .V ., until
everything is quite exactly combined, which usually takes
place in a philosophical month, which has 40 days . This
Refuedium, if it is prepared as indicated, can rightly be administered instead of the spirit-oil, extract, and Salt, because
it contains the powers of these four things . The dose varies
between six grains and one scruple in all diseases when otherwise the angelica root from which it is prepared is used .
Here we recognize a somewhat different conception, the making ofa Clyssus from the root instead of the whole plant .
189

a i~atyl£V&AY a*aaa .YYYV+~A ttt4 S

SSA.Vt •Cnxir-t_iyssus- v egeravie crone

On the other hand, there are Clyssus recipes that prescribe thecomplete utilization of all plant parts, even if they are only available in different seasons . This is proven by the following recipe fora juniper Clyssus by Andreas Libavius .56
One is to be distilled from the green berries, a second from theblack ones, a third from the bark, a fourth from the wood andthe root. From the shoots the viscus (thick juice) is to beprepared; from the wood and the bark, the oil from one, theresin from the other ; from the residue, the salt (throughincinerating, calcining, leaching, and evaporating) ; from thewhole plant, the alkali .57 The four waters are to be poured
together and the salts dissolved in them . Then the viscus andthe resin are to be distilled into a balm . The balm mixed withthe oil is to be brought into the waters and united with themthrough shaking and digesting, or at least it is to be given
together with the oil when administered . The substances canalso be turned into a form of electuary (confection] by forming
the coarser ones into a paste which is to be imbibed by and by
with the waters .

Fig . 47

1-1

Technically seen, this Clyssus is an emulsion, since no Mercury isadded in the form of alcohol which combines the oils with thewaters . On the other hand,. an attempt is here made to extract the
maximum from the juniper plant .
A special technique is proposed by Porta in his Magiae naturalis
libri viginti . Should the Clyssus require the simultaneous distillationof resinous substances, for instance of the fixed Sulfur, he proposes
the apparatus shown in Figure 47 .
The resins are put at the bottom of the flask, the waters areabove them in a cup . As the heat is stronger under the resinous
matter, the balsam of the resin is driven over faster, so that it canunite with the watery vapors during distillation, as Porta expresses
it, "in the manner of spirits . "5 B
Let us now turn to the preparation of a solid Vegetable Stone,
also called Plant Stone . We have just seen that there are different
views about the concept of Clyssus . It is similar with the Stones .
We have already made the acquaintance of the liquid Plant

Stone in connection with the Circulatum Minus . It has the ability
to separate .
Although in alchemical circles it is often said that the fixed
Plant Stone can also separate, I am skeptical about this assertion, as I
do not find it confirmed in the majority of the texts on this subject
or in practice . The tiny "small membrane" that appears on top
when a fixed Plant Stone is brought into maceration does not
represent a real separation, in my view . Anyone who has experienced a genuine separation with the Circulatum will never confuse
it with the effect of the Plant Stone on fresh plants in water . For aseparation the liquid Plant Stone is used, the Circulatum . The
medicinal value of the Plant Stone, however, is always greatly
stressed in the relevant works . Conversely, the Circulatum Minus
itself is not a medicine ; it serves only to separate the oils andmagisteries which then have great medicinal value .
In alchemy, there are Stones and Stones . Texts and practice,
however, make it plain that a genuine Lapis Vegetabilis, in the true
sense of the word, is more than a Clyssus, insofar as in the last partof its preparation it must always go through the slow process offixation in the fixing glass . Later, the glass is broken and the Stonetaken out, or it is cast while still hot . Fixation takes place in a

190

191

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir- Clyssus- Vegetable Stone

hermetically sealed glass through prolonged heating in a hot-air
furnace, the Athanor . This applies to Stones from fresh plants, dry
plants, honey, and also from wine .
Nonfixed compounds of Salts, Sulfur, and Mercury are stonelike compounds and certainly true spagyric preparations, but they
are not Plant Stones in the higher and real sense .
Let us now consider some directions for the preparation of
Plant Stones.
In the year 1659, the Opus Vegetabile of Johannes Isaac Hollandus
was published in Amsterdam. 59 This text will now serve as the basis
for three works .
The first concerns the preparation of the Plant Stone from dry
herbs, the second its preparation from fresh herbs, the third its
preparation from honey . In Hollandus' work, the Plant Stone is also
designated as Quinta Essentia .
First, the unabridged original text is given in translation,
followed each time by a brief summary of the necessary processes
in modern language .

Now my child should further know that I have said in theprevious chapter that one should kill the herbs and let themdie, and make a powder or ash of them . This is to be understood as follows : one should draw off the impure wateriness or
let it dry of itself, which is best, or else draw it off in Balneo
Mariae, because the bad moisture is what hinders the spirit
most and keeps it imprisoned so that it cannot prove in man orin metals the power that is in # . The miserable simpletons
work with the moisture, and if it should happen by chance thatsomething good were done or discovered by them, the evilmoisture would take from them what they were looking for .
They set the herbs to putrefy, distill them afterward, andoperate with the putrefied distillate . They take much trouble,
but at the end everything the poor wretches have done is lost .
Thus the Art seems impossible to them, and they begin todespise and slander it . Why have I said this? So that you shouldor might know where their mistake arises and what they arelacking . You might well believe that they separate the four
Elements and wonder what the reason is that the spirits do not
exercise their power . That, however, is because of the evilwateriness with which the herbs have been putrefied and withwhich they have worked. This is the reason and explanation;
therefore guard against the evil wateriness . An accident known
beforehand is more easily dealt with and prevented, and that is
why I have told you about it .
Furthermore, when you now have distilled the evil moistureand the herbs are dry, distill the spirit per descensum, as I willteach you later, and calcine the Corpus till it is as white assnow . Now you have two natures, namely, body and spirit,and you can dissolve the spirit in very good Aqua Vitae, or ingood distilled wine vinegar that is pure, and that is the liquidwith which you should work . Dissolve also the Corpus in thesame way as I have just taught regarding the spirit . Thus
coagulated, you have two substances with which to work
separately . But you still have no perfectly glorified Corpus,
since the spirit is not yet united with the body and they are notyet married and combined . That is also why they do not yet
have their perfect power, although 4hey are clean and pure ;and although they had been ash and water and have now again
come alive, they still differ in as much as each is by itself .
Nevertheless, each has a special power that it bestows, each inits own vehicle .
To better understand what I have said, you should knowthat there are two different kinds of diseases in man, andlikewise in 0 . In man is a disease called spiritual sickness, andstill another disease called accidental sickness. However, I do
not mean troubles of the soul when I speak of spiritual diseases,
but I am of the opinion that men may well have different
dispositions in their bodies. What I call spiritual sicknesses,
however, are those that come upon man accidentally or bychance, such as are due to anger, fantasies, regrets, or grief, or
to unexpected misfortunes, or losses, or too much studying, or
too much stress on the senses, or anxiety, or afflictions of thesenses, or fear and fright which befall men or are caused them,and too many other things that would take too long to describe
here, all spiritual diseases from which severe sicknesses can

192

193

The Opus Vegetabile of M. Johannes Isaac Hollandus

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir-Clyssus-Vegetable Stone

result for man, that is, bad fevers, bad inflammatory diseases,
and others too many to enumerate here . All those infirmities
must be treated with the spirit of plants, provided they havebeen prepared by themselves, meaning that the spirit will
purge them .
In addition, there are still other diseases in man which arecalled accidental, and these spring from too much eating anddrinking, or from ingesting bad food and drink, or from overindulgence in eating and drinking after suffering great hunger
and thirst . This results in bad diseases, abcesses, bad watergalls on the liver and spleen . The lungs are damaged throughharmful cold and heat . In addition, the kidneys are injured
through excessive feeding and too much incontinence, bywhich the blood of the loins is lost . These and similar diseases,of which there is a great number, are called accidental sicknesses, and they are cured with the body of the herbs, provided
they are prepared in this way, and that is the plant body's
power and effect . But when body and spirit are united, they
have such a wonderful effect that no pen can describe howmuch power and virtue they have, and there is no master inthe world who could completely fathom the power andcapability that the Lord God has conferred upon them . Thus,
the spirit of all plants, trees, and species is so noble that all the
doctors in the world could not comprehend the "ancientness"of a single Spirit, even if it belonged to the very meanest little
herb that God has created in the world . How could they know
the powers of all plants, trees, and species, since every species
has a particular nature and spirit? One spirit is always nobler
than another .
1 am well aware, however, that among all insensitive
spirits none is as noble and efficacious as the excellent spirit of
the noble vine, because God Almighty has provided from the
beginning of time that the noble grape should grow on it, later
to be changed into God's blood and body . Consequently, thewise know well that the spirit of wine surpasses all otherspirits . This is the reason why the philosophers of old havefound in no plants, trees, or species greater powers than in thespirit extracted from wine . That is why I may well state thatthe noble spirit of the vine is the noblest and best of all things .
Accordingly, some spirits are nobler than others, but no one

can measure or find their extreme power except God alone .
The fattest plants, however, which carry seed, are best for,making Salarmeniac [sal ammoniacus, r ammonia] . After these,
the best are the hottest herbs, from which the most powerfuland strongest Salarmeniac is made .
If now you wish to prepare a medicine that is to act upon
metals and Mercury, you must take some hot and healthy
plants or roots that neither human beings nor animals can use,
and make Salmiac and an Elixir of them, as I will teach you
later . But if you wish to make a medicine or Elixir for humanbeings, take nice, good plants that are helpful to people andwhich they can use . Make a medicine or Elixir of them withwhich you can operate inside man . Then you will achieve
wonderful cures in man, so that the whole world will be
surprised at you and everybody will wish to see you . Enoughof this, but do understand me rightly as to what matter I haveindicated to you by all possible means .
My child should also be aware that I have said and taught
in the previous chapters how to recognize the nature of plants
and how to separate their spirits from their bodies, and what is
to be done with them . I will now explain and teach this better .
Know that there is still another spirit of*Salarmeniac, that is,
one extracted from saline things, which is also Salarmeniac,
because the spirits of all insensitive things are called Salarmeniac when they are separated from their bodies, so that thespirit of all salts is called Salarmeniac . But it is not the Salmiac
that the Philosophi mean, the Salarmeniac extracted fromplants, which contains the four Elements . That is the Salmiac
which the Philosophi mean, and from the Salmiac they makeElixiria, but one cannot make Elixirs from the other kind .
That is the philosophers' soap and washing water with which
they clean the Corpora . With it they dry the evil moisture of
the Elements, with it they also dissolve the Corpora, and withit they conjoin the things that are contrary or antagonistic toeach other. It is a flying spirit, one that comes and goes, and if
it were not present, the Elixir would not succeed . i n thisSalmiac there are many hidden things that cannot all be
described, because wonderful things can be accomplished with
it if it has previously been fixed . But that is not necessary forthis work . However, everything the Salmiac from the salts

194

195

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

achieves is also done by the Salmiac from the plants . And fromthe Salmiac extracted from the plants an Elixir can be madewithout the addition of other species-which cannot be donewith the Salarmeniac from the salts . But that Salarmeniac canwell be prepared with other species, so that with it the Mercury
can be dissolved in water, likewise all other metals and allthings, provided one proceeds with them as I have taught
elsewhere . For now, enough of it .
Now I will teach my child further and describe the powers
and virtues that plants have when the Elements have been
purified, cleansed, calcined, distilled, and afterward recombined and made fixed, and a glorified Corpus has resulted
from all this . Neither I myself nor all the doctors in the world
can sufficiently understand the powers and nature that I haveseen in them and tested, and of which the journeymen withwhom I worked and other masters have told me . For no one
but God can understand them when they have thus been
prepared and turned into a perfect Corpus ; no one can know it
but God alone . He knows, and no one else .
In addition, you should know that there are many errors
among those who work in this Art, which errors 1 havepreviously touched upon when I spoke of the evil waterinessthat plants contain, with which they work and putrefy . Afterward, when they have distilled that wateriness off the plants,
they call it the Element Water, but in the end they cannot
achieve any perfection with it, of which I shall write morelater . Here, however, I will teach how to separate the Elements . You should know that there are many kinds of separations, since there have been many artists who wished to learn
the way of separating, because of which the Elements can thenbe separated in many different ways, but one separation isbetter than another, though both are good . We also find many
simpletons among scholars and the illiterate who would also
dare to undertake these works . They begin to work in thelaboratory and imagine that they also have an understandingof the art of separation of the four Elements . Then they saythat they have separated the four Elements one from another,each separately . And then they imagine that they have performed great wonders . They say, "We have made the Quinta
Essentia ." True, with it they drive away many diseases in
1 96

Elixir- Clyssus-Vegetable Stone
man, because it has in itself much power and good virtue ; thatis certain, more than they themselves know . But that themiserable fools imagine that they have made the Quinta
Essentia and separated the Elements one from the other, that is
nothing but sheer deception . They may well have a great
medicine, moreso than they realize . But that they pretend andsay, "We have the Quinta Essentia," is far from true . You
poor simpletons, you have no Quinta Essentia . Quinta Essentia
is quite another thing than you believe . It is a glorified Corpusthat has been brought to perfection and is fixed and lasts
eternally . Whoever has that can say he has the Quinta Essentia .
Such a person has an earthly treasure that is better than akingdom, and it is a gift of God which He bestows especiallyupon His friends . Happy is the person who has attained it andknows how to use it well for the salvation of his soul and thebenefit of the poor . He will fare well in this world and in theother . Instead, those who use these gifts of God differently
shall have their troubles in this world and afterward suffer
infinite torture in the eternal hellfire . Therefore, take carethat you use this Art to the honor of Goo and the salvation ofyour soul . For I swear by the living God Who has createdheaven and earth that, if you use this gift differently, you shallnot live long and shall be tortured here in this world withtemporal and afterward with eternal pain . Therefore, watch
out what you are doing. It would be better for you never tohave been born than to have the Art and misuse it . Therefore,
you yourself must take great care . Enough said to those who
understand .

Summary of the Processes
First, extract the "evil" wateriness from the plants, which is best
done by drying them normally in a place sheltered from the sun,otherwise in a flask heated in a water bath.
When the plants are dry, the "spirit" is drawn off by a dry
distillation (Descensum) . Heat for 12 hours, draw the steam over,slowly increase the heat, then for 20 hours increase the heat evenmore, until finally the barrel (container) is red-hot ; then the red oil
197

Elixir-Clyssus- Vegetable Stone

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

will also go over. In my experience, the Descensum can easily be
performed in a strong flask with gas heating . The receiver now
contains some distilled water, on top of which floats the evilsmelling oil . It is removed with a feather, as it will not become partof the work. The oil can be stored separately for other purposes . It
is quite a dangerous substance and, in the view of Hollandus, cancause cancer . It is true that this oil, if rightly applied, has great
curative powers .
The distillate thus obtained is again distilled (in the water bath),then poured back on the residue (cohobation) . The precipitating
feces are filtered, and the distillate is once more distilled in thewater bath . This process is repeated until everything is pure without feces.
The calcined residue (Earth) is now treated in like fashion . The
Earth is calcined for 3 days, then ground with alcohol or distilledwine, again put in the water bath, the feces are filtered, again new
alcohol is poured on, then again set in the wafer bath, then theliquid is filtered and poured back on that drawn off first . This
process is repeated until everything is extracted from the fecibus .
Now the alcohol is extracted through distillation, a white Corpus
stays behind . By cohobating with alcohol, the Earth can be considerably fortified, especially by cohobating four times .
The purified Earth and the purified spirit are ground together,dissolved in water (according to other instructions, in the water ofwine or alcohol), and digested for 15 days in the water bath .
Now we distill again . Only water is allowed to go over ; theMercury combines . If spirits go over, we pour back (cohobate)after every distillation and again distill, until only a watery substance comes over .
We now put the residue into a flask and as much rectified water(alcohol or vinegar) as has been drawn off, until everything is
dissolved . Gently we now let the water evaporate ; we set everything into the athanor (laboratory furnace) for 40 days, at summer
temperature . Then the Stone can be cast .
Now follows Hollandus' text concerning the preparation of the
Plant Stone from fresh plants .
1 98

Treatise
How to make the Vegetable - Stone or
Quintam Essentiam from All Green Plants,
Seeds, Roots, and the Like, from Which the
Cloud-Water Goes Over First
Now you will learn another way of distilling plants, when thewater goes over first, by which are understood all kinds ofplants from which the cloud-water [ordinary water] rises overfirst [as steam] . For in connection with this operation andteaching everything that can be made from green plants androots will be understood . After this, the teaching will concern
all dry species, gums, woods, and everything that is dry, eachtaught separately .
Now my child should know that we wish to make the
Vegetable Stone from green plants from which the cloudwater goes over first, and my child must know above everything at what time the plants are to be gathered and stored ;when they have the greatest strength to prepare the Stone
from them . Know then, my child, that plants have three ages .
The first is when they are sprouting . Then they are like a
newborn child without strength and power, who is moist andwatery . Likewise with plants . The second age is like that of aman of twenty-five years . He is in the prime of life till his
fortieth year . Likewise with plants as they are growing, until
they begin to bloom and go to seed . Then they are in theirflowering time until the seed is ripe . The third age is like thatof a man from his fortieth to his eightieth year, when all his
strength begins to disappear . Likewise with plants . When theseed is ripe, the plants begin to die and wither gradually until
they are altogether gone .
Therefore my child should take the plants when they are
full-grown and begin to go to seed or to ripen, because allplants begin to seed and are sometimes blooming at the sametime . Accordingly, take the plants that you see have mostly
gone to seed, although many of them are still blooming and do
not yet bear seed . Pick them together with their leaves,
flowers, roots, and seed, on a clear day, when the sun shines199

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Cltxtr--wyssus-Vegetable atone

strongest . Clean them rapidly without washing them or adding
any moisture ; put them thus whole into ajar, packed as tightly
as you can, up to the neck, add the alembic gently, and set it in
the Balneum . Begin at once to distill so that you do not loose
the wild spirits that fly away invisibly, about which I shallteach you in the treatise on the wine . The spirits are thegreenness, the taste and the smell, and the life of the plants .
That is why the philosopher Dantin says, "See to it that you
carefully preserve your greenness, or you shall look in vain .
Now, my child, I have taught you at what time you should
gather the plants. We shall now see from what plant we shallmake this Vegetable Stone . To this end, we do not find a morecommon plant and one that is esteemed less than Chelidonia . I
am telling you for certain, my child, that there are three plantsthat have preference over all others . They are Chelidonia,
Solaria, and Lunaria . All are useful for the Art when they areprepared, and they congeal 0 into true (Q, about which I willteach you in the work on the Mineral Stone . I am telling you,my child, that the noblest of all three is Chelidonia, because
the other two die in winter, but Chelidonia always remains in
its greenness and flowers. All other plants in the world witherand dry when it is warm in the summer, but this Chelidonia
remains ever green, and even if it were lying under the snow
through the winter, it would still not perish, neither in heatnor cold, dryness nor humidity . It is the very best and strongestof the three plants, but is not much esteemed because it is foundin abundance . I am telling you, God has infused such an
influence into this plant that no one can express it sufficiently .
Therefore, my child, we will extract the other and second
Vegetable Stone from it, to cure all men from their days ofsickness and keep them healthy to the last hour of their lives ;
also to congeal 0 into fine Q . Accordingly, we will pick theplant when it is first flowering. Clean it and press it into threeor four clean jars, as much as you can, without chopping it up .
At once put an alembic on, set it in the Balneum to distill
everything, draw all the water off until it is dry enough to be
pulverized, then grind it on a stone with its water, so that one
could paint with it, and put it into a big stone jar . When you
have filled four or five jars with Chelidonia, put all the matter
together into a stone jar . You must start with many plants inorder to obtain much matter and much water . These plants,
since they are not chopped up, take up much room .
But my child might ask: Why do you not chop up theplants? Know then that if the plants were crushed, part of thethree spirits would fly away, namely, the greenness or color,and part of the air or taste, and part of the natural warmth,
since the three spirits are so volatile that they do not permit
any pounding or crushing . You would therefore lose the majorpart of them, and afterward your work would be spoiled . You
would only treat a dead Corpus, deprived of its soul and life,
because the plant is mortified by crushing it . Try it: pound agreen plant very small in a mortar . It will quickly lose its
green color and natural moisture, since the whole house where
the pounding is done is filled with the smell of the plant . The
smell, however, no longer comes back after the nature of theplant has been broken and is mortified, so that it is, so to speak,alienated from the nature and influence of heaven, whichcause its smell to grow. Also, heaven and the stars, which giveor radiate their influence into it, no longer help it because it isbroken, so that it no longer gets help from any source . Accordingly, immediately separate from it the three volatilespirits which are its Soul and Quinta Essentia . You understand,therefore, that plants cannot suffer any pounding or crushing,no more than a human being wants to be chopped to pieces,because the soul, which is his life, would at once escape fromhim. Consequently, my child, do not crush any green plant,
but do as is taught above, so that you do not work with a deadbody, which has been sufficiently proved before .
Now we go to our work. All that has been left over, youmust pulverize on a stone . Put everything together into a big
jar, place it into a lukewarm Balneum, pour its own water on
it, stir it well with a wooden spoon, put a small ground glasson the mouth, let it stand thus for two days and two nights, stir
it well every fourth or fifth hour, so that the water can drawout the Elements well . At the end of the two days, remove thecan, set it aside, let it settle for three or four days, then pourthe clear liquid from the fecibus into another jar, filter it, put
the liquid into another jar-it is a golden water-plug it up
well, and preserve it . Now again pour other water on the feces
and stir well .

200

201

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ttLCHEMY

Cttxtr-c .tyssus-veeetavIe stone

It would also be good if it were well dried before thewater is poured on it, etc . Set it again in the Balneum for twodays and two nights, stir it as before, cover it, etc . After this,let it cool, do as before, pour the water to the first, take once
again some water and pour it on the feces . Do this until thefeces no longer color the water ; then you have the Air and theFire out of the Earth, and the pouring has been sufficient . But
should it happen that you have not enough water from theplants, you can take common water that has been twice or
three times distilled per Balneum, and extract with it all
Vegetable works, provided it is well distilled so that it does
not leave any more feces . Then it is good for all green plants .
With dry plants, however, one cannot extract or distill with
common water, only with distilled aceto . When the water has
thus been distilled from the plants, take care of it, do your best,and extract the Elements with common water .
Now, my child, we will return to our work,, to rectify our
Air and Fire again together and to purify them of their fecibus .
Pour all the colored water into a clean dish . Then take thewhite of 40 or 50 eggs, beat them quite thin like water, thenbeat them for half an hour together with the water, so thateverything is well mixed . Now put the kettle over the fire, let
it gently get warm and finally boil, but do not stir it at all .
Then remove it from the fire . Have at hand a big whitewoolen Ypocras-bag . Pour all your water into it, let it percolate into a glass dish, and when it no longer drips, take distilledwater and pour it upon the coagulated egg white . Let it sinkthrough the feces in order to draw the Elements out of the
fecibus . Do this as long as the feces color the water . Then you
have extracted all the Elements . Dry the feces in a pan andkeep them . They must be put back into the Earth in the flask
to extract from them the combustible oil with the Salarmeniac,
because there are many feces in the water of the egg whites .
After this, take the liquid out of the bag, put it in the Balneum,stir it well, and let it stand for 24 hours in the warm Balneo,
occasionally stirring it with a spoon, and cover the mouth
again with some cut glass . Then take it out, let it settle forthree or four days, then tip it gently to one side and pour it off
gently per filtrum . See if you can find some feces at thebottom . If not, it is clarified enough; but if you find feces, it is
not clear and must again be clarified as before .
My child should know the following regarding all things in
the world : If one draws their water off dry per distillations, sothat they turn to powder, and then crushes and percolates
them, afterward pulverizes them on a stone, and if one again
pours on them the water that had been drawn off from them,or other common distilled water, and one sets it in the Balneum,
the water attracts to itself all Elemental Water, Air, and Fire .
It turns red, and the redness lies in the innermost of thegreenness that the plant has, and when it is congealed anddissolved with the water, it always precipitates its feces . If one
repeats the operation frequently, it will finally clean andpurify itself until no more feces precipitate . Yet this is a longway, and it takes less time with the white of eggs . But inregard to the green plants that have been dried in the sun andpulverized, even if you poured on them all the water in theworld, it would not extract or color anything-they must be
extracted with distilled vinegar . Further, the vinegar will notturn red but rather a bad yellow, since the plants have lost thegreenness which had been their life, soul, and Quinta Essentia .
The yellowness comes from the Elements that are still in it(the vinegar), but the three spirits are usutilly gone, and it is adead corpse . It may still contain something of the Elements, sothat it would like to do something, but it is not worth thetrouble to work on it . Therefore, mark well what I am saying .
Now we shall recapitulate . If you find no more feces at thebottom of the jar, you must pour all the liquids together into astone jar, set it in the Balneum, and distill off all the water, but
not totally, so that you can pour the feces from the jar into a
glass vessel, otherwise you will have to break the jar . After
this, set the glass into a basin of sand, and set this basin on topof a basin of water . Into that, put the glass with the matter ; let
the water boil and the matter evaporate to dryness . Then takeit out and break the glass, and your matter is clear, dry, andred ; thus you have the Elemental Water, Fire, and Air . As toyour three spirits, of which I have told you before, you haverectified and coagulated them to a Massa, but they are not
fixed . Put them in your dry room until we need them .

202

203

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir-Clyssus-Vegetable Stone

In this way, my child, the Elemental Fire, the Elemental
Water, and the Elemental Air, together with the three spirits,
must all six be extracted from the Earth, without distilling, inthe form of a Massa . They cannot be extracted from the Earthin any other way, since the three spirits, of which I havespoken before, rest in natural warmth and heat, that is, intaste, tincture, and smell . These three do not suffer any heatgiven by fire, for if one were to extract Water, Air, and Fire
from the Earth through distilling, it would have to be donewith the hot dryness from fire, ashes, or sand . If done in theBalneum, the Elemental Water, Air, and Fire will not rise,solely the cloud-water . If one wished to drive the Elemental
Water, Air, and Fire over through distilling, it would have to
be done by fire, while the three aforesaid Spirits cannot standthe heat given by fire . They would evanesce invisibly, andthen you would lose their life, soul, and Quinta Essentia, andyou would have instead a dead Corpus . Nevertheless, you
would have the four Elements together, but they would be
devoid of their Soul and their Quinta Essentia, which keep thefour Elements together and connect them . For when thesethree Spirits are separated, the four Elements cannot stay
together but must depart from each other and begin to decay
and die, each Element returning to its nature, such as Air toAir, Fire to Fire, Water to Water, Earth to Earth, etc . Take,for instance, a man who has died and his natural warmth isgone . Soon the color that was in the blood, his natural smell
and taste, all three are separated from man, which three are
the soul that keeps the body together in one being . Understandwell, my child, what it is when a child is conceived in its
mother's womb by natural means . Within forty days a humanbeing is formed ; all members are perfectly arranged throughthe warmth of nature that the mother has in her blood,
because the three spirits rest in the blood as in the natural
warmth, smell, and taste . From the woman's blood the members are formed with the help of nature, as it has pleased God,and thus these three spirits rest in the woman's blood, and thechild's members are formed with the aid of nature . Since thesethree spirits are in all the child's forms and members, when his
parts are formed, that is, within 40 days, they are at first so
tender and small as if they were threads, and he is like a little

seed . Therefore, there cannot be much of these three spirits in
him, and as slight as the little members are, God sends the soul
into them, which comes from His supreme Will, springing
from it in quite a miraculous manner, of which nothing will besaid here because it does not belong to the matter underdiscussion. The soul has an eternal Essence, without beginning,in God; that is why it comes out of God, and the little
members are not formed too small for the soul to come into
being and at once operate in the body . For if the Soul did notenter it immediately, the three spirits would escape from it .
That is why all three spirits must first be in the human being
before the soul flows into it, and the three spirits keep the soul
together in the body . As long as these three spirits are in thebody, the soul also remains, and when the body becomesbigger, older, and stronger, these three spirits also gradually
become bigger, older, and stronger . That is why they are calledgrowing spirits . And as fast as these three spirits leave the
Corpus, the soul must follow and vacate the body, because it
has no place where it can rest . Try this with a man as soon as
he is dead : cut, do what you want, you will not find any bloodin him, or warmth, or smell, only a stench . Nevertheless thefour Elements are in the corpse, namely,, the Elemental Fire,
Air, Water, and Earth, mixed with their stinking fecibus, but
the Quinta Essentia is gone . That is, the three spirits : thenatural warmth, the color, and the air . God has devised thesethree, and when these three spirits escape from the Elements,
they do not stay together any longer . Each withdraws towhere it came from ; nothing remains but stinking feces . If one
knew this, all works would proceed better, but they do notnotice that no Spirit will stay in the body without a medium,to keep the spirit together with the body . They do not knowthat the media must be spirits that are quite volatile and are in
the depth of matter . To the ignorant it is an unknown spirit .
More of it will be explained in the Mineral Stone .
Understand also, my child, what these three spirits are,because if you do not know these three spirits and their nature,
you will not succeed either in plant, animal, or mineral matters,
but you will treat a dead Corpus . Therefore, according to theabove-mentioned evidence, these three spirits can be drawn
over with fire and air, so that they congeal together into a

204

205

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Massa, but in no way different from the one we have justtaught . Do not look for any other media, or you will lose thethree spirits invisibly and will then have a dead Corpus .
Understand my words well-they are open words without any
hidden meaning-so that you should not fall into error .
Now we shall recapitulate . Take all the feces that haveremained in the jar and the white of the eggs with which you
have clarified and which also contain feces . Put everything
into a big earthenware retort, well sealed outside, as has beentaught in the Work of the Wine, set it in a furnace in such a
way that the fire and the flames can get at it on all sides .
Attach to the retort a big stone jar almost full of distilledwater and seal it quite tightly . First use a small . fire, increased
every three hours during 24 hours, then let it glow gradually,
becoming stronger by and by, until the vessel is red-hot all
around . Keep it standing thus for six hours . Within that time,
the combustible oil will go over together with the Salarmeniac .
Let it cool, then remove the jar and pour everything together
into a big earthenware well-glazed cupel . Let it stand forthree or four days, then the combustible oil will rise to the top .
Take it off carefully, as cleanly as possible . Put the wet stuff
that is in the cupel into a big stone can and preserve it until
you are ready to rectify by coagulating and dissolving . Now
take the combustible oil and put it into a small container,
about which instructions have been given in the Work of theWine . Pour boiling distilled water upon it, start clarifying as if
you were making butter, just as has been taught in the Workof the Wine, where the combustible oil is purified of the
Salarmeniac . It is all one operation . When the oil is pure, put
it into a clean glass ; use it for all sufferings that come fromcold and liquid diseases, to clean lame limbs, and for paralysis .
After this, take the water in which the combustible oil has
been purified and the water from which the combustible oil
has been taken off . Set everything together to coagulate in a
Balneum, then let the feces sink, draw them off per filtrum, as
has been taught in the Work of the Wine, to rectify it of the
Salarmeniac, and when your Salarmeniac is well rectified andquite dry, white as snow, store that also in a dry room .
After this, take all the feces that have remained in theretort, also those left in the rectification, set them all together
20 6

Elixir-Clyssus-Vegetable Stoneto reverberate, as has been taught in the Work of the Wine,
until they become snow-white . Then rectify them again bypouring distilled water upon them, and let the water standover them . After this, let the feces settle, then distill per
filtrum and congeal again . Do this as has been taught in theWork of the Wine until your Earth is as white as snow . Then
take the white Earth, dissolve it in your rectified water, put
your Salmiac into the same water, distill the water dry to
powder, then put it into the egg, calcine it in the secretfurnace, and proceed in everything just as has been taught in
the Work of the Wine . When you have calcined it in themanner taught in the said Work, etc ., the Salarmeniac is readyto make the Stone . Now take your Fire and Air and yourElemental Water, as also your Earth, dissolve them together
in Aqua rectificata, coagulate again, then put it in the egg, as
is taught in the Work of the Wine, hang it in the secretfurnace, and proceed as above . When everything is calcined,dissolve it in your Aqua rectificata, let the feces sink, draw it
per filtrum, coagulate, and do as before until no more feces areleft . Thereafter coagulate your Elemental Water, Fire, Air,and Earth once more ; then you have your Massa rectificata of
external and internal fecibus, in addition to your Salmiac, andthey are now ready for you to make of*them the Vegetable
Stone .
Now take a large Receptacul, as is taught in the Work of
the Wine . Put in it your Sal Armeniac, Elemental Water, Air,
Fire, and Earth, plus their three spirits . Pour upon them someof your Aqua rectificata which has been drawn off from them,enough to dissolve well, but no more . Now set it into a
crucible with sifted ashes, cover the glass with a small groundglass, not sealed but with a weight upon it. For 24 hours give if
fire as warm as midsummer sunshine, then let it cool, pour it
into the egg, and set it into a crucible with sifted ashes ; let it
evaporate with gentle heat until it is all quite dry, which you
should test with a whetted knife put on the mouth of the neckof the egg . See if it is covered with vapor . If no moistureappears, it is dry ; but to be more assured of it, let it stand in
the heat for three or four days . Following this, seal it wellwith luto Hermetis, and hang it in the secret furnace for 40days, with heat like the summer sun or somewhat warmer .
207

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Ctixir--c,tyssus-vegetable .tone

After the 40 days, let it cool, remove the powder, and break
the glass. Take the powder, put it into a crucible of Venetianglass, set it on burning coal, and the powder will melt likeglass . Pour it into a small glass form that has previously beencoated with oil . When it is cold, it is hard as stone, clear as
crystal, red like a ruby, and transparent . This is the second
Vegetable Stone which cures all diseases and infirmities in theworld. If you take of it, in wine, every day, the equivalent inweight of a grain of wheat, you will see wonders after wonders
in a few days .

Especially suitable for the work are celandine, solaria, and lunaria .
Whole, full-grown plants are cleaned but not washed . With these
we fill a flask to the rim. We distill to dryness (draw off the
moisture) . According to Hollandus, fresh herbs must not be ground,as it would lead to a loss of the spirits and the astrological influences .
Now the plants are pulverized . The triturated plants are thenground with the distilled water and are again put into the flask .
More distilled water is added . We let everything stand for twodays and two nights . Every four to five hours we stir with awooden spoon . Now we let the feces settle for three to four days,
then pour the water off on top and filter, the water has a goldencolor . We put it aside .
The residue in the flask is extracted in the same way with
distilled water, until there is no more coloring .
The feces are now dried in a pan and then added to the Earth inorder to extract from it the bad-smelling and combustible oil aswell as the Salarmeniac .
The filtered liquid which has been passed through the wool bag
is distilled to dryness in the water bath ; the water is then poured
back, and everything remains in the water bath for 24 hours . Now
we filter and observe whether any feces are precipitating . If somefeces appear, we clarify as before . If no feces fall out, we have done
enough .

If the work is done in this way, the water draws all the
Elemental Water, Elemental Air, and Elemental Fire out of theground plant powder . This extract is red . The redness lies hidden in
the greenness .
Purification can also be done by repeatedly distilling, dissolving,filtering, and renewed distilling ; but clarification with the white ofeggs is faster .
When no more feces precipitate, the water is distilled (in thewater bath) and the residue carefully evaporated . The matter thus
obtained is clear and red .
Now follows the preparation of the combustible oil and theSalarmeniac .
All former feces, including those of the white of eggs, are now
distilled with strong firing at increasing temperatures . There must
be some distilled v
in the receiver . After about 30 hours of
distillation, we use a feather to remove the bad-smelling oil floating
on top . The oil is purified in distilled water ; the water is added tothe distillate.
The remaining liquid with the washing water of the oil is now
distilled in the water bath, the distillate is poured upon the residue,
the feces are filtered, and we distill again gptil the Salarmeniac is aswhite as snow .
Then follows the purification and rectification of the Earth .
This, too, is done in the usual way through repeated distilling(coagulating), pouring back of the distillate, filtering of the feces,,and another new distillation, till the Earth is quite white .
The white Earth is then disolved in distilled water, the Salarmeniac is added to it, and the water is distilled to bone-dryness .
The residue is calcined in a flask in the laboratory furnace .
With its own distilled water the whole mixture is now once again
purified of the feces and coagulated. Now the Salarmeniac is readyto make the Stone .
Take the Fire, the Air, the Water and the Earth and dissolve
them in rectified water, coagulate again, put the matter once more
into a flask, again calcine in the laboratory furnace . After this, it isagain dissolved in distilled water, the feces are filtered, and wecoagulate again. This is repeated until no more feces precipitate .

208

209

Summary of the Processes

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Now we put everything into a flask and pour only just as muchwater over it as is required for the solution . We now digest for 24hours in the ash bath at summer temperature . Subsequently, we
evaporate carefully until everything is dry (testing with a knife or
mirror) . Following this, we leave everything in the heat for three orfour days .
Everything is now hermetically sealed and left for 40 days in
the athanor at a hot summer temperature .
After this, we let everything cool, remove the powder, put it
into a glass crucible, and melt it . We then pour the Stone into aform coated with oil . While cooling, it will become hard, red, andtransparent .
In this text Hollandus conceals certain things ; he does notalways express himself clearly . We must also read somewhat
between the lines . In the author's experience, for instance, Salarmenic goes over easily . To get it, we have to catch it in the tubes
during distillation and then quickly scratch it out .
because of its enormous volatility, it is also called "eagle" inalchemy . Accordingly, we must build an eagle's trap with the tubes,
in the hope that it gets stuck en route during distillation by
precipitating on the glass wall .
The directions quoted are in no way simple recipes in thesense of cookbook instructions . The interested laboratory worker
should first venture upon these works and remember that we learn
as much from mistakes as from success . The pleasure of achieving
will be twice as great if the Stone has been produced through one's
own know-how .
Now follows Hollandus' text concerning the preparation of theStone from honey .

Elixir-Clyssus-Vegetable Stone

Now 1 will reveal to you a great secret of the Vegetable
Work, namely, the wonderful nature of honey, which is thesubtlest and noblest of all plants and flowers, from whose
purer and noble part it is elicited by the bees . For the nature ofbees is such that they extract the best from them [plants andflowers], as has been reported in detail in the Animal-Work,
where instructions are given on how to extract the nature of
Animalia, especially described in chapter 84 of the Work . My
child should know that everything God has created is extremely
good, perfect, and imperishable, like heaven ; but all things
found here on earth, such as animals, fish, and whatever issentient, as well as herbs, plants, and whatever it may be, havea double nature, that is, a perfect and an imperfect one . The
perfect one is called Quinta Essentia ; the imperfect one, however, the feces or the poisonous combustible oil . You must
separate those feces and the combustible oil, and what thenremains is perfect and is called Quinta Essentia . It lasts eternallylike heaven and cannot be corrupted by anything, including
fire . For when God had created everything and beheld it,
everything was perfect and good, and nothing was lacking inanything . This I am telling you out of love : God has put asecret nature or influence into all created things, and a general
influence into all of nature, and also a particular influence orvirtue into every single species or genus, either regarding
medicine or other secret effects, which are partly brought tolight through natural art but are by far still more hidden than
is known to our senses . Do you believe that a plant determined
for this or that disease does not contain still other powers thanthose known to us? In truth, many more . I say, if the feces andthe combustible oil, which is a poison in everything, causing
death, are removed from this thing or that plant, and the
Elements are purified and made to rise together over the
alembic and are together united in one, it can afterward be ahelp and cure for all diseases, be it prepared from a plant,
animal, or poison, as is shown in the preface to this book inchapter 14 and also in the preface to the Animal-Work,
where instructions are given as to how to extract the Quinta
Essentia from all, including poisonous animals, birds, worms,
flies, and the like, and to bring them to a state where they canhelp the infirmities of all people . This can also especially beobtained from human blood, because with it it can best be
proved that a person or an animal does not require any farfetched medicine for an accidental disease, for every animal
has its own remedy for that disease . Without injuring a person

210

211

How to Prepare Quintam Essentiam from HoneyPRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir--Clyssus-Vegetable Stoneor an animal, a medicament can be elicited from him or it withwhich the disease can be wonderfully cured, of which both thetheory and the practice are taught there [in the two prefaces] .
I only wished to insert this so that my child might understandwhat great wonders are contained in honey, which is takenfrom all flowers and gathered into one . Therefore, it mustnecessarily comprise various powers . For if God has infused
into other things the power to heal, what will there be inhoney, which is extracted from countless flowers, since eachplant has its own gift? Truly, if one can bring it to its highest
potency, it will operate wonderfully . Therefore, take note ofwhat is hidden in this Quinta Essentia, so that you do notunderestimate it but keep it secret as the most excellent of thewhole Animal-Work . And when you have it, you do not
require anything else for removing from the body anything
bad befalling it .
Now I will pass to the practical work . Take 12 quarts ofthe best fresh virgin honey, put it into a big stone jar, put analembic on it, lute [seal] it twice, set it in the Balneum and lutea receiver on it, let the Balneum boil, and distill as long as
something rises . My child must know that there is no cloudwater in honey, only the Philosophical Elemental Water . The
Element Air will first go over, together with the Element
Fire, in which the Air is locked . The Air tastes like distilled
Aqua Vitae and first ascends from the honey . Nor can it bedistinguished from Aqua Vitae in looks or taste . Continue
distilling until nothing rises any more . After this, let the jar
with the alembic and receiver stay in the Balneum for 15
more days, the Balneum boiling all the time so that thematter may become quite dry, since the distillation of honeythrough the Balneum is very difficult on account of its fattiness . It must really stand in it for 15 or 20 days before it
becomes quite dry . Now let it cool and take it out, detach thereceptacle and alembic, and pour what is in the receptacle
upon the dry matter . Set it in the Balneum, put on it a stopperor a piece of ground glass that fits well into the mouth of thejar, and seal it as well as possible-but the Balneum must only
be lukewarm . In this way, my child, one could (and it would
be a good thing) extract the Fire with its own Air, if one werewilling to wait that long . It would also become much stronger,

and the ancients did it in this way, but it is to be feared that thewater would evaporate at the opening of the vessel, because itis subtle like wine, since the Air must each time it is drawn off
be poured on again, and both the receptacle and the alembic
must again be sealed on, and putrefaction must take place inthe lukewarm Balneo . In the aforesaid way, the distillationmust be repeated until all the Fire is out blood-red . However,in our times another way has been discovered, and that is asfollows .
When, as said above, you have extracted all the Air andhave completely dried the residual matter, take off the receptacle and stopper as well . Now have at hand rainwater
distilled two or three times, pour a good amount of it-asmuch as you deem sufficient-into the jar, cover it, but do notseal it. Keep it in the boiling Balneo for three days and nights,
stirred every day four or five times with a wooden spoon .
Then let it cool, take it out, and let it settle . Now take anotherclean jar, pour the clear liquid off into it, again pour good
distilled water on the feces as before, and again set the jar in
the Balneum . Afterward, take it out and let it settle, pour theclear liquid off, and again pour a good portion of otherdistilled water on it, as before . Do this until the water nolonger gets colored . Then you have got all the Fire out of the
Earth. Preserve the Earth or feces until I teach you what to dowith it, because it still contains the combustible oil .
Take the big stone jar containing all your colored water in
addition to the Element Fire, distill all the water from it in theboiling Balneo, let it dry well and cool . Remove the alembic
but leave the jar in the Balneo . Pour the water back on thematter, and stop up the mouth of the jar . Let the Balneum boil
again, and keep the matter in it for three days, every day
stirring it in the jar four or five times. Then let it cool, take itout of the Balneo, and let it settle . Now pour the clear liquidcarefully off into a clean jar, and again pour fresh distilledwater on the feces . Stir well, set it in the Balneum, let it once
again settle for one day, pour the clear liquid off to theprevious, and add the remaining feces to the others . Then put
the jar back in the Balneum and distill the water off in theboiling Balneo until it becomes dry as before . Repeat thiswork until no more feces stay at the bottom . Put all the feces

212

213

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir-Clyssus=Vegetable Stone

together with the previous Earth . Thus you have the Element
Fire quite pure . After this, the Element Air must also be
distilled over until no feces remains in fundo vitri . Then you
have the Element pure . At last, draw the Fire off from thewater and dry it, and you will have a transparent Massa, or aclear red matter, shining like camphor . Preserve the Fire in aclean glass jar, and keep the Air with the water well closed ina glass until you have also prepared the Earth .
Take therefore all the Earth with the fecibus and extract
its combustible oil per descensum by means of two containers,
one sealed upon the other . One of them must be dug into theearth, but on the other a fire' must be made as long as theoleum combustible goes off. This oil is used for cold weaknesses and other diseases that would take too long to mention
here . But if you do not want this oleum, let it go ; it is not
worth much .
Take the Earth and calcine it quite gently in the reverberating furnace until it becomes white as snow . Then put it
into a big stone jar, pour upon it a sufficient quantity of
distilled common water, stir it with a wooden spoon, set it in
the boiling Balneum for three days, stirring it every day ten or
twelve times. Now let it cool, remove the jar, and let it standfor one day until it settles . Then pour the clear carefully off
into another clean container and again pour more distilledwater on the feces, and keep it in the Balneo as before .
Remove it again and let it stand for one day and one night, andonce more pour the clear liquid off gently into the previous .
Repeat this imbiding and decanting a third time . When that isdone, pour the feces out, for they are no longer of any use .
After this, take the jar with all the water poured together, set
it in the boiling Balneum, distill it to total dryness, let is cool,then again pour the water over the Earth or Salt, and keep it
dissolving in the boiling Balneo . After this, let it cool and sink,pour the clear liquid off into another jar, and again somedistilled water on the feces . Set it for three or four hours in the
hot Balneum, remove it again, and let it settle for a few hours .
Then gradually pour the clear liquid off on top into the first
and throw the feces out, for there is nothing left in them . After
this, set the jar with the Earth or Salt back in the Balneum,draw off the water until quite dry, and proceed in everything

as before . Repeat this operation until no more feces remain at
the bottom . Now extract' the water from the Earth, and you
will find it [ :the Earth] beautiful and clear like a crystal, andthus you will have your Element pure .
Thereupon, in God's name, take a large glass that can standthe fire . Pour your Earth and Fire into it, and pour the Air
upon it . Put that glass on a furnace in a cupel with ashes,
firmly lute [seal] an alembic on it with a hole on top instead ofa button, so that the water, after it has been completely
distilled, can again be imbibed through a funnel . It has to be
drawn off each time to a pint . Then, first, start a small fireunder it, which you must make stronger by and by until you
see the matter boil through the glass . Now keep it thus boilingat an even temperature until it is distilled off to a pint . Then
let the fire in the furnace go out, and let it cool . Afterward
remove the receiver, open the hole in the alembic, mount a
glass funnel on it, and through it pour all the water in thereceptacle on the Earth . Lute again, and again distill the waterover as before, and repeat this ten times . Hereafter, distill
everything over, because the Earth has become volatile after
the tenth distillation . Consequently, the Air, the Water, theFire, and the Earth rise simultaneously trough the alembic as
one substance, and those which before were four have now
become a single one in nature and are now simple like theimperishable heaven . They are not yet fixed, however, but
conjoined in such a way that they cannot be separated but will
eternally remain a simple Corpus like a crystal or like thatindestructible heaven . What do you think, my child: should the
Quinta Essentia not be able to drive away all diseases that may
befall man because of their high temperature, be it a disease
due to heat, cold, humidity, or dryness? Everything is in it, togive to each what is required, like' heaven, which, when theearth requires cold, warmth, moisture, or dryness, gives it all toit, and yet it is neither warm, cold, moist, nor dry but a simple
essence and endowed with such a nature that it can give to each
what he needs . Likewise with this Quinta Essentia . Therefore,
my son, rejoice and thank the Lord who has given theknowledge of it to the philosophers .
Now, my child, if you wish to bring this Quinta Essentia togreat perfection, take a big circulating glass or pelican, which is

214

215

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir- Clyssus- Vegetable Stonea glass with a big head like an alembic . In the upper point of ;tthere must be a hole, so that the matter can be poured into itwith a funnel and the hole immediately closed tightly . Fromthe head two crooked arms go to the belly, and that which thenrises flows back into the belly through the arms . The "pelican"
has the shape of a glass that drives substances up and down
within itself-it looks like a pelican [bird] . Therefore, take theQuinta Essentia, put it into the Pelican, distill on sifted ashes
or, better, on dry prepared salt, light a fire that is warm likethe summer heat, and the Quinta Essentia will rise in the formof a red oil, and will again descend through the arms of theglass, and will become even thicker through frequent ascending and descending until it finally stays at the bottom and nolonger rises .
Now increase the fire to make the Quinta Essentia rise andfall again, and keep the fire at the same grade until it no longer
ascends but stays below . Then increase the fire to make it riseand fall once more, and keep that same grade of heat until it
stays below . Observe such an increase of the fire carefully until
the matter becomes fixed .
When the Quinta Essentia no longer rises, it is fixed andbrought to the highest virtue . Remove it from the glass while itis still warm. Otherwise, if you let it grow cold and hard, you
would have to break the glass . It melts in the heat and becomes
hard when cold . It penetrates everything hard as oil does dryleather; its color is ruby-red and like a transparent crystal ; itglows in the dark enough to read by its light .
What do you think of it, my child? Has God not createdwonderful bodies? In truth, he has not endowed the philosopherswith lesser gifts so that they can see that which is hidden innature . This medicine has an unbelievable effect, because, as it
consists of the subtlest of all plants, trees, flowers, and blossomsof fruits from which the little bees gathered it when the herbs
and trees were in bloom, it may rightly be called Lapis
Philosophorum . It is fixed and fusable like wax . Like theMineral Stone which transmutes imperfect metals into Q and} , this Stone changes all diseases into health . From this it isevident that honey has preference among all vegetable things .
However, as long as it is still in its impure and crude form, it ishardly suitable for medicines . No matter how much it is boiled
and skimmed, it nevertheless keeps its nature, because it consistsof various earthy growths, plants, and trees : one is hot, theother cold, the third dry, the fourth moist, the fifth stopping,
the sixth driving, the seventh pungent, the eighth poisonous, andso forth . Each has its own quality . That is why honey is good for
one infirmity and harmful for another . For each acts according
to its property when the separation is done in the body, andfrom that comes the blood and other humors . It can becompared to gunpowder, which does not do any harm as long as
it lies still, but as soon as it gets together with fire, it shows its
hidden power and burns with a fierce fire that cannot be
extinguished with water . Because of the quarrel among cold,
heat, moisture, and dryness, there occurs such a bang and windthat it shatters everything close to it .
Likewise with honey . When it reaches the region of theliver, in order to separate, it shows there its nature by puffing
up violently, so that it would not be surprising if such a quarrel
would cause the veins of the liver to rupture, as happens
sometimes . That is the reason why abcesses develop at various
places . Honey causes such puffing that the veins can easily
burst from it. And although there are.1nany who extol it withgreat praise, they are nevertheless no sons of philosophy, nor
do they understand nature . But when honey is brought to asimple, fixed essence, it is the highest medicine among the
Vegetabilia, like wine, so that nothing like it can be found in
the world . Thank God and be good to the poor . The dose is
one grain, to be taken in the morning on an empty stomachand every day at night, until the end of the sickness . All
infirmities are cured by it, just as the Mineral Stone makes
projection on metals. Praise God and work diligently .

Honey is distilled to dryness in the water bath, when the Elements
Air and Fire go over first (it requires much time, 15 to 20 days) .
The Air tastes like Aqua Vitae .

21 6

217

Summary of the Processes

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Cuxlr-c4ys5u5-Mrgriuuic v . v. ..

The distillate is poured back ; the flask is closed and set in a
lukewarm bath. The Element Fire is now extracted with its own
Air . The distillation is repeated until all the Fire is out blood-red .
Another way : After the Air has been drawn off to dryness (tobe kept till later!) the residue is washed with rainwater three times
distilled . (Dissolve in the boiling water bath.) We let the feces
precipitate, the liquid is decanted, more distilled water is poured on
the feces, again we extract through the water bath, let the feces
precipitate, and decant the liquid . This process is repeated until
there is no more coloring .
The liquids are then poured together .
Now the Fire Element is rectified .
The colored water is distilled to dryness in the water bath . We
let the feces precipitate, pour the liquid off, add new distilled water
upon the feces, and extract again . The resulting liquid is added to
the first ; the feces are added to the Earth . The extracted liquid isdistilled, poured back, the feces filtered, and so on, until everythingis pure . The Fire-Salt is then evaporated in the water bath throughevaporation.
Now the combustible oil is distilled from the Earth and the
fecibus ; it does not become part of the work . The Earth is washed
out of the residue with distilled water (let it stand in the water bathfor three days), the solution is decanted, further extracted withfresh distilled water, again decanted, and the feces are extracted
yet a third time, after which we throw them out .
The Earth-Salt and the Fire-Salt are now put into a flask, theAir extracted in the beginning is poured on them, and the liquid isdistilled in the ash bath to one pint . (The matter in the fractionating
flask is boiling .)Ten cohobations now follow ; the distillate is therefore poured
back each time and again distilled . In this way the Earth becomesvolatile and rises over with the rest . (Cf . the Circulatum Minus .)Now everything is rotated in the pelican at a temperature equal
to the heat of the summer sun . When no more matter rises, we
increase the heat until it again stays below .
We increase the fire until the matter remains fixed . After this,we heat once more strongly for 24 hours until the Quinta Essentia(the Stone) no longer rises .
As long as the Stone is still warm, we can take it out of thepelican ; it will get hard in the cold . We can either cast or mold theStone . It has a red color and is transparent and fluorescent . We canalso let the Stone get hard in the pelican or the congealing glass,and then break the glass to remove the Stone .
Finally, there now follows a slightly simplified form of theOpus Vini, the work with wine . The text stems from the famous
collection Aureum Vellus or Gulden Schatzkammer (1598 ; Hamburg
edition, 1718) . The Golden Vlies has also been published by the
Akademische Druck- and Verlagsanstalt in Graz, Austria, under
the title Schatzkammer der Alchemie .

21 8

219

Tractatus de Quinta Essentia Vini
First, in the Name of God, take clear Rhine wine or other fine,clear wine drawn from the mother [a thick sediment in wine],because there must not be any impurity in it, as the philosophers
say that we must draw our Stone from one thing without
adding anything foreign to it . Therefore, take good, clear
wine, good of smell and taste . Separate its four Elements asmuch as possible, because it is impossible to separate the
Elements perfectly, that is, to extract simultaneously the Air
from the Fire . That is impossible, as the Air is hot and moist.
Consequently, the moisture cannot be perfectly separated fromthe heat . Water is cold and moist, and therefore we cannot
separate the cold from the moist perfectly . Likewise the Fire .
It is hot and dry, therefore we cannot separate the heat fromdryness . Accordingly, it is impossible to separate the Elements
simultaneously, but they must first be and remain mixed
together, because in every Element there are two natures, one
manifest, the other secret .
Exemplum : Water is cold and moist . The moisture ismanifest, the cold is secret and invisible, and is a soul withouta body, and is hidden under the moisture . The Air is hot andmoist . The moisture is manifest and visible ; the heat, however,PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir-Ulyssus-vegetaoie otunr

is a spirit and secret . Fire is hot and dry and clear, and is both
subtle and spiritual . The clearness and redness are manifest,
the heat is secret as dryness, for if you see a light burn, youwill well see the clearness and redness from outside with youreyes, but you cannot see the heat that the fire has within . Yet
put a finger into the light and you will feel the invisible heat .
The Earth is cold and dry . Its dry body is visible and tangible,
but its coldness is invisible and is a spirit without a body .
It is therefore evident that it is impossible to separate the
Elements, but they must be mixed together-and yet we must
do it as much as possible . We can separate them, as we shallsee later, and rectify them of their imperfection, and can makethem so pure, beautiful, hard, and fixed when they are unitedthat we can never again separate them, and they will in all
eternity be a clarified Corpus that cannot be consumed by fire .
Aristotle says in a little book he has written that everything on earth has two natures, one secret, the other evident .
That which appears by nature on the outside has its contrarium inside . That which is hot and dry outside is moist andcold inside . Let us therefore see how we can reverse all thingsand bring their inside outside, and vice versa ; then we canachieve a perfect work . And this must be done from one single
thing without adding anything foreign to it .
That is why Aristotle says: When you have the Waterfrom the Air, and the Air from the Fire, and the Fire from the
Earth, and have separated them perfectly from every impurity,
you have the right Art, and out of it comes a Stone, and it is nostone and not of the nature of a stone, but an eternally perfectbody, lasting in all eternity . And this is the secret that God has
left to the world . Therefore, take fine, good, clear wine, thebest in smell and taste . Put it into a big stone jar, containing
about 16 or 20 Mass [quarts] . Put an alembic on it and lute
[seal] it tightly, set it in B .M. [Balneum Mariae, or waterbath], add a receptacle, and distill with gentle heat, in six
stages, as slowly as the clock strikes . When you see a small
drop appear inside the alembic, like dew, remove the receptacle
and take the jar out of the B . Now have ready another jar, thebigger the better . Put your Air [distillate] into it, set thealembic on the jar, lute it very well, attach a receptacle, distill
it with a lukewarm fire in six stages, and continue distilling it

thus in this heat until you see the dew come into the alembic .
Then remove the receptacle, close it well, lute another receptacle in front, carefully attached to the tubes of the alembic .
Distill until you notice a clear thin water coming out .
Now take this receptacle, plug it up with wax, remove thealembic from the jar, and pour what is still in the jar into thefirst water which you had first retained . Clean your jar
thoroughly, dry it with a nice linen cloth so that no moistureremains in it . Then pour that which you drew off last backinto it, again put the alembic on the jar, well luted as before,
until you can again see the dew appear in the alembic .
Then stop . Remove the lid of the receptacle, pour what isleft in the jar into the first water you have drawn off. Cleanse
your jar with a linen cloth, pour all the Air you have collectedback into the jar, again attach the alembic, distill in the sameheat as I have taught before until you see some dew come into
the alembic . Then remove the receptacle, put another one on,
distill until almost everything has gone over, then remove thealembic and pour what is left in the jar to the first water .
Now take a fine glass, put into it all the Air you have,attach an alembic, distill it in the B . with the same heat as has
been taught before . Repeat the distillation until nothing remains at the bottom of the glass and there is no dew above in
the alembic . Take what is in the glass port at the bottom andadd everything to the first water . When everything goes overclear-what is in the glass port stays as it was when you
poured it in-and you see no more dew come into the alembic,
you have rectified the Air . Put it into a glass phial, stop it wellwith wax, and preserve it until you need it .
Now take your jar still containing the water, put analembic on, set it in the B ., and distill it with a small fire in thethird degree, until the matter becomes dry . When you see that
nothing will distill anymore, increase the fire under the B .M.
to make the water boil strongly, and keep it thus boiling for 24hours, so that if some Fire had remained with the Fire and theEarth, the same could all be drawn off nicely . When you seethat nothing is distilled anymore, no matter how strongly theB .M. is boiling, stop, let it cool, and remove the receptacle .
Now take a nice jar and pour all the water into it, but remove
the jar with the water and the Earth from the B . Take the

220

221

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Gt{X1r--Uiy33143-V rgrtuuic "wnc

alembic off and put it on the jar into which you have poured
all your waters . Set it in the B ., distill with a gentle fire, sothat you might count to six between every drop falling fromthe tubes of the alembic . Distill thus until it no longer drips,
then increase the fire under the B . to boiling for four to five
hours . When you then see that it no longer drips, stop, and do
not distill anymore . Let it cool .
Take the receptacle and the alembic off . Remove what youfind at the bottom of the jar and add it to the other Fire andEarth which were left after the first distillation . Wash the jars
well and then pour all your water back into them, attach thealembic, set it back in the B ., put the receptacle in front, distillit again with a small fire, as said before . When it no longer
drips, let it cool, remove the receptacle with all your water,
and take the alembic off the jar . Again, add what you find at
the bottom to the Fire and Earth . Clean the jar again, dry itwell with a linen cloth, and once more pour all your waters
into it, put the alembic on, and distill again as before .
You must continue with this distillation until nothing isleft at the bottom of the jar, but until everything goes over as
nicely as you had put it in and the jar stays just as nice . Take itout, remove the receptacle, pour all your water into a phial orstone jar, stopper it well with wax, and set it aside until you
need it . Now you have your Air and your Fire, each by itself,
in a separate container, rectified and rid of all their humoribus .
Now let us see further and separate the Fire and Earth .
First, remove all the Fire together with the Earth from the jar,and put it all into a big earthenware container well lutedeverything together, so that nothing will stay behind . After
this, take some roof tiles . Burn those in a strong fire for anhour or two, then let them cool . Pulverize them, sift themthrough a small sieve, mix this powder, the Fire and also the
Earth in the cupel, enough to dry them to powder . If you wish
to mix this powder, you must put the cupel on a tripod andlight a fire underneath to heat the matter . Otherwise you will
not be able to mix much of the powder . When that has been
done, take an earthenware barrel, put the matter into it, add
the alembic, then lute it so well that it can stand the fire .
The barrel, however, should now be one-third full, so that
two-thirds remain . Set the barrel on a furnace, with a cupel

filled with ashes, put a receptacle in front, lute the Earth well,because the Fire is a subtle spirit . Then light a fire in the
furnace, very gently for the first four hours, the next four
somewhat stronger, the third four hours still stronger, whileduring the last four the cupel with the matter must be red-hot .
Keep it this way until nothing will distill over anymore . When
you notice that, let it stand thus in the flame for about anotherhour . You must let it glow carefully, because' it would not begood for the Earth if it became white (while it is still closed) .
When it has stood red-hot for one hour, let it cool after it
has stopped dripping . Remove the receptacle, likewise thealembic and the water, and you will find at the bottom a black
substance like coal, which is a precious Stone, and it is the
blood of the Earth . Take it out and preserve it well until you
need it.
In the receptacle, however, there is a thick black substance,
vel terra . In it there is the Fire, but it is impure and still has
with it some of the Element Earth. Now take a stone jar, putinto it one part of the clarified water . Distill three times asmuch water as there is Fire . Put the Fire and water together
into the jar, take a wooden spoon with a long handle, and mix
the water and Fire for one or two hours without stop, stirring
well . Then lute an alembic on it with Lmuto sapientiae to makeit fireproof, set it in ashes, and first give it a gentle fire until
the jar gets warm ; then increase the fire so much that it comesout of the tubes of the alembic .
Keep it thus in the fire, in the third grade, until nothing
will distill over, or increase the fire for one hour to see ifsomething will still rise . Then you will have the Water and theFire well mixed together . Now remove the alembic and addthat which you find at the bottom to your Earth .
Now take a fine jar, put your Water and Fire into it, distillin the B ., enough to count six between drops . Then the Water
will go over and the Fire stay at the bottom . Remove the jar
from the B ., set it in ashes, distill over, add what stays at thebottom to the Earth . Once again, take the Water with the Fire,
pour it again into the jar, stir it for one hour with a spoon, sothat it gets well mixed . Then add an alembic, set it again in theashesas before, distill until nothing goes over, and then distillagain out of the B .

222

223

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir-Clyssus-Vegetable Stone

Repeat this kind of distillation until nothing more goesover but everything comes out as beautifully as you had poured
in it . After each distillation, add everything that stays behindto the first Earth . But when nothing stays behind any longer,
then it is enough, and then your Fire is perfectly separated
from its Earth. Then it is red, clear, and subtler than the Air .
Pour that Fire into a glass phial and stop it well with wax .
Now your Fire is well rectified and separated from all its
earthiness, and it is pure . In this way you have all three, Air,
Fire, and Water, perfect for accomplishing your Work inthem .
Now let us see further and change the black Earth into acrystalline Stone, and separate the black Earth, thus completing
our Work. Take all the black Earth, pulverize it in a mortar,and sift it through a small sieve . After this, take five or six
earthenware pans with a flat bottom and a port one thumbhigh . Into the bottom of this pan put your Earth, half a finger's
thickness, set it in a reverberating furnace and calcine it until
it is enough .
Keep it for twelve hours in red heat, but only so that it
may glow and no more . Then let it cool and remove the panwith the Earth . Have at hand a nice stone or glass jar, but astone jar is better . Pulverize all your earth and sift it through asieve, put it into the jar, take water from your receptacle, andpour it upon the Earth . Stir it well with a wooden spoon witha long handle .
Now set the jar in the Balneum, put something over themouthpiece, light a fire under the B ., so that the water
becomes so hot that you cannot put your hand in it . Stir it
every hour with the spoon, and let it stand in this heat for
12 hours . Then let it cool and decrease the fire day and night .
Thereafter take another stone jar and pour the clear water off
the fecibus or draw it per filtrum through a cloth, as you know
how to do . Then once more pour your rectified aqua upon thefeces of the Earth . Stir it again with the spoon, set it in theBalneum, and do as before . After this, let it be clarified as
before, again pour the clear off per filtrum, and add it to the,other water which you drew off first .
Thereafter, take the jar with the aqua in which your Earthis dissolved, and the alembic, set it in the B ., and distill thewater over . Then the Earth will stay at the bottom of the jar
as a gray salt . Take that out, pulverize it, and put it back into
the pan, as is said above . Set it in the reverberating furnace,
give it a gentle fire so that it glows moderately, as before, andlet it stand in the flame for two hours . Watch the Earthcarefully to prevent it from melting ; otherwise it will be all
spoiled.
That is why the fire has to burn gently, just as if you
wished to perforate an iron . Otherwise the Earth would melt,
become spoiled, so that it would afterward not go out during
distillation . Therefore, do not burn it too hot, so that it will
not melt . Then let it cool, remove it from the pan, pulverize it
subtly, and put it back into the jar . Pour the Rectified Water
upon it, stir it with the spoon, set it in the fire, make the B .
hot, let it stand for 12 hours, stirring it every hour with thespoon . After this, let it cool, also stand day and night, andsettle .
Then pour the clear liquid off above into another jar andfilter it . Again pour more Rectified Water on the feces, stir,and set it back in the B . as before . When it is done, pour it into
the previous, put the alembic back on the jar, and set it in the
B . Distill the aqua from the Earth with a small fire, and yourEarth will stay at the bottom of the jar and should be quite
white . Now remove the Earth from the jar and pulverize it or
rub it on a stone to a subtle powder . Put it back into the pan,reverberate it as before, first with a small fire to let it glow
sweetly without getting a taste, and do not let it stand in the
flame longer than you can say three or four Paternosters .
After this, let it cool, and remove the pan, again rub the
Earth on a stone to a pure powder, put it back into the jar,pour your Rectified Water back on it, stir, set it again in theB., and proceed further as mentioned above . Do not leave any
feces in your powder. You must coagulate, distill, decant, andcalcine . When now the Earth is dissolved, it is pure, well
rectified, and white as snow. Now you have the four Elements,
each rectified by itself . Therefore, rejoice, because you are
now ready to complete your Work .
Now we shall see how the Elements can again be brought
together, to make of them a perfect Corpus lasting' eternally .
You must know that the perfection of the Stone and the Art

224

225

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir-Clyssus- v egeiuu« it .-lies in the Earth, for Hermes Philosophus says : "In the earth
lies the perfection of all works, for without the earth no thingcan be perfect, because the earth is solid and the fixation of all
perfection, and without the earth no thing can be congealed
and no thing can get any power except from the earth, andyou should know that the earth is very small but has great
powers.
One can see many grains spring from a small grain . Take
great care that you now do not take anything foreign but its
own Earth . For there are some who believe that they aremaking aquatn vitae while they are making aquam mortis . The
reason is that they take foreign Earth, saying that it is its own
Earth . Others take the wine from the winepress with thegrapes and small stones and say that it is a perfect Earth . Stillothers take the vine, which they burn to ashes, making a lye ofit, which they coagulate, saying it is terra vini . But all of them
are mistaken, and believing that they are making aquae vitae,
they make aquae mortis. But the Physici say that you must
make something from a thing that is perfect and'that you must
not add anything foreign to it . But if you use grapes from thewinepress that are not perfect for man's necessities of life andextract the Elements from them, as has been taught above, theEarth which will then remain is its own Earth and not aforeign one .
Exemplum: When the wine comes out of the winepress, it
is rotten and not clear, its feces and dregs are at the bottom,
and it ferments every spring . Its tartar leaves it and adheres tothe sides of the vat, and that, too, is nothing but feces.Thus thewine casts off all feces and bad humors above and below at thebottom, likewise from all sides . When it becomes clear andbeautiful and has cast off all feces, it also acquires a good smell
and taste and is very pleasant to drink and take . And then it is
one thing.
But as long as it still has with it some feces or someturbidity, it is not one thing, since it still contains that whichmust leave it before it becomes pleasant and clear . From this it
is evident that one should take neither tartar, grapes, nor winefrom the winepress or dregs, nor use the ashes of vine, since
they all have bad humors which the wine casts off before it
becomes fit to drink . Those who content themselves with suchworks are altogether mistaken, believing that they make aquamvitae while they are making aquam mortis, because they takean imperfect thing which the wine repels by nature before it
becomes fit to drink . This is just as if a physician were to takemany bad humors and substances of which he rids a man andwould then try to cure another sick person with the same bad,rotten substance . Thus it is with those who hold such opinions
about foreign Earth .
Therefore, the Physici say: Our Stone must be made from
one thing, and nothing foreign must ever be added to it .
Consequently, it is clear and true, because of the aforesaid
reasons, that one should take beautiful, clear wine and make of
it aquam vitae to preserve man's life, not to become corrupted
to his last day by some accidental humors, and to restore us to
the first state of health .
Why have I said this? To put you on guard against foreign
Earth, and because of the ignorant ones who are trying to put
other fantasies into your heads, and to take you off the path oferror so that you should at all times stay on the right roadwithout error. Also, if you do take foreign Earth, you will notknow how much of the foreign Earth you should or must takein proportion to the Air . Therefore, stay with the prescribed
Regulis .
You must also know that you must not take the Element
Fire in any medicine, because it is too hot . It will consume anddestroy the natural moisture of man's body, because the life of
all men and animals rests on two things, that is, on warmth andmoisture, and the better those are tempered, the stronger andhealthier the nature is .
Therefore, do not take the Element Fire for any medicinal
work . The Air is hot and moist, the Earth cool and dry, andwith the cold of the Earth you must temper the heat of theAir, and then achieve a Quintam Essentiam or a clarified
Corpus and the Lapidem Philosophorum . When it is done,reflect well of what complexion or nature it is and what is
enclosed in it when the Earth and the Air are congealed
together and turned into a crystal, and whether it is also a
protection in the heat, and whether it adjusts to the cold . And
if it were standing in the fire for a hundred years, its essence
and nature would not change, nor would it lose any of its

226

227

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir- Clyssus- Vegetable Stone

weight . Read this lesson over frequently, and then you will
yourself discover of what complexion the Stone is and what
can be achieved with it .
But to return to our work and propositum of marrying andjoining the Elements . So take, in the name of the Lord, all your
Rectified Earth, put it into a glass vat, pour upon it some ofyour Rectified Water, just enough to dissolve your Earth andno more, and this is to take place in the Balneum . When yourEarth is dissolved into clear water, take a glass with an alembic
on top, and pour your dissolved Earth into it . You should
know that you must not pour more water upon it than isnecessary to dissolve it. When you have put your Earth into
the glass, pour your Air upon it and shake them well together
by hand. Then put the glass, well stoppered on top, in a B . andlet it stand in it for four or five days . Now take it out and place
it on a furnace in ashes, lute an alembic on it, and attach a
receptacle . Distill first with a gentle fire, then graduallystronger, continuing thus until nothing distills anymore . Then
let it cool, and your Earth will remain at the bottom of thevat. Remove it, pulverize it on a stone with wine of your
Rectified Water . Powder it so small and subtle that one could
paint with it with a brush . Now return your powdered Earth
to the glass, again pour the Air upon it, stir it well, and set itback in the B ., well stopped up, for four or five days, stirring
once every day to mix it well . Then set it again in ashes andagain distill per alembicum, as mentioned before .
Repeat such a distillation until the Earth is completely
distilled over . Take note: there is still another way to distill
the Earth, which is less work . When now the Earth has gone
over, it is as the Physicus says : the lowest must be like thehighest, or else no coniunctio or conjoining will take place,because the Earth must be made spiritual .
Therefore, all wise men say, make the lowest like thehighest, and the highest like the lowest, then you have a stable
work well done . And if the Earth were made volatile and theAir fixed, but the Earth did not go over with the Air, they
could never unite or congeal, for when they distill over together, they grasp each other fundamentally, and there results
such a union that they will never separate . It will remain an
eternal coniunctio, just as it will be with our body and soul

after judgment Day, because there will be no mixture of the
Elements, but they will become one single being, a Simple
Essence, a one-thing essence, like heaven, which contains thefour Elements without being mixed, because they are simple
and one . That is how heaven holds the four Elements .
Still more is it one in our work, because the Earth has now
left and is distilled over with the Air, and they are united insuch a way that they can never again be separated, andalthough nothing has yet been congealed, there is nothing
between the Elements, because they are equally divided . In
regard to the Air, it was hot and humid, the Earth was coldand dry, and as much moisture as the Air has too much, asmuch moisture was lacking in the Earth, and thus its dryness istempered with the moisture of the Air . And as much heat as
the Air has too much, as much cold there is in the Earth, andthe Earth is tempered with the heat of the Air . The Air is very
light, spiritual, and volatile ; the Earth is heavy, corporeal, andfixed . Now mark what unity there is between the Air and theEarth .
The two opposites, which are now conjoined, have grasped
each other fundamentally so much that they flew up together
out of the cucurbit into the heaven of the alembic, and havebecome one thing . Therefore, ask y"bur understanding whatkind of a thing it might be, whether it does not have in itself
the four Elements, and if they are not evenly divided as said
before, and if they are not beautifully clear and pure on
account of the separation and rectification, which have beentaught before, and if they are not rightly conjoined, since theywent up together through the alembic . Think of this lesson andremember it well, for here hidden Secreta and concealed
things are revealed which had always been withheld by thealchemists of old .
Therefore, thank and praise God Almighty for His wonder
work and holy gifts He has given to His dear philosophers,
because in this work all other Secreta are included, just as thedoor to all secrets is here opened to you. Accordingly, do notspare any pains studying this, to enable you to pass throughthe door into the domum Philosophorum, so that you may see
this wondrous thing . Now enough of that .
Now let us see how we can fix these four Elements which

228

229

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Elixir-Clyssus- Vegetable Stone

have been distilled through the alembic, make them eternal,
and bring them to their highest power . Take then, in the nameof the Holy Trinity, the substance in the receptacle, pour it
into the fixing glass and close it with Sigillo Hermetis, set it incineris or ashes, not deeper than the substances is, and give it asmall fire for the first eight days, then increase the fire for the
next eight days when the matter begins to become coarse andascend slowly . That you must see and notice! The mattercomes and rises from the bottom of that vat into the head anddescends again . Then you will see many small veins rise fromthe head of the glass and go down to the bottom, of which
veins there are very many and innumerable ones because of
their subtlety .
Now, however, the streamlets will become somewhat
thicker through the ascending and descending . When they
begin to get thicker, there will be fewer than before when
they were quite subtle . At this stage you must increase the firesomewhat, because your matter is about to become fixed . For
the thicker and coarser the small veins become, the fewer
there are of them, and the more fixed the matter becomes, thebetter it can stand the fire . This is the sign to increase your fire
until you see that no more veins rise and descend in the glass .
After this, you must keep the matter in the same heat for eightdays, when you will see another sign of which the philosophers
write so wonderfully, and it is a sign of perfection .
For Aristotle speaks : De Secretis Secretorum, chapter 15 :"Our Water is no water or pouring of water. It is our
instrument and hammer, gauge, file, or plane, with which wemust work just as a blacksmith must forge the iron with thehammer if he is to bend it to his will . And when the iron has
been hammered in accordance with the master's will, he hangs
it on the wall . Or the carpenter works with the plane, butwhen the work is done, the plane does not stay with the work
and is hung on the wall .
Likewise it is with our work, even more so, because thecloud-water is the hammer or plane with which we achieve
our work, for with the cloud-water we must disengage or
dissolve our work ; with it we must also extract and separate
the Elements . And when we have separated them, we must
wash them with cloud-water, just as a woman washes herlinen . When it is washed, she hangs it in the sun and no longer
continues to wash . Look at the cloth dyers . If they wish to dye
cloth or garments, they cannot get the color into the cloth
without cloud-water . They must prepare the dye with waterand boil it on fire without the cloth . When the cloth is dyed,
they hang it up to dry . The water dries up, and the color stays
fixed in the cloth .
Likewise with our work, for with water we have completed
our work, fixed our Stone, and we now no longer requirewater . Now think how you purged the Air and the Earth . First
you dissolved the Earth in Rectified Fire, which you had firstdrawn from your work per distillationem, and you rubbed yourEarth twice or three times on the stone with your water, andthe work has thus been accomplished, thanks to God, and thiswater does not belong to the Lapide Philosophorum .
Because it is water of the clouds, it is our harbor andgauge, and we have not worked in vain since the Stone has
been accomplished . When it is fixed, you will see this sign : atthe place where you previously saw the small veins rise anddescend from the bottom of the vat to the head above, you will
now see drops in the head all over the glass, and they will fallback again on the fixam Materiam . Just a the dew drips fromthe leaves upon the earth, so it happens here . When you see
this sign, rejoice, because the Stone of Life is accomplished and
the Q .E . achieved in the way it can be prepared by humanhands. It is the supreme medicine that God has left in nature,
because it has the power to drive away all infirmities and topurge man to enable him to live without diminution to his lastday . What else it can do, I do not disclose, for those who
understand the work well know what miracles it can perform .
That I leave to those who will understand .
When you notice the last signs, let your fire die out and theglass cool down . When it is cool, you will find a hard Stone at
the bottom of the water, while the water is standing above theStone . Know, if there were no water and the Stone werebeginning to become fixed, it would pass through the glass likeoil through dry leather .
Therefore, let the glass first cool down well before you
pour off the water, because the water keeps the Stone from
penetrating through the glass, for as long as the glass is clean,

23 0

231

1 IlfV 1 1t.AL 1 ataa~a/YV V va a v aa . •

a

a.v

a.a a

the Stone is molten, since it dissolves in hot, dry air andcoagulates in cold, moist air . Therefore, let it cool down very
well .
When the water is out, break the glass and remove theKing of Eternity, who will always preserve his crown andpower, and thank Almighty God for His holy gifts, etc .
Now has been accomplished what has been solemnly
promised . Our Stone must be made, the Physici say, out of one
thing, without adding anything foreign to it, and it should
contain the four Elements-which has been sufficiently taught
and proved by explanations and speeches . That is why Hermes
says: "You should not open your purse and incur great
expense ." And Arnoldus de Villanova says in "Novo Testamento" : "The Lord God has given us two Stones, one to theWhite and one to the Red, which we can have without pay, as
they grow, and one can have of them as much as one wishes,
and we need not ask anybody's permission . And whoever
knows this Stone and can prepare it, will not have much
expense with the Art ."Therefore, remember well what I have here shown you, I
have opened the door for you . Enter joyfully the house of thephilosophers, and start working with your little understanding .
Then you will see and understand wonderful things. By frequently reading this lesson over before you begin to work, noharm will befall your work, because I have told and written
everything clearly, without any veiled words, and I haveopened for you the way that I have gone with great care andlabor, and I have rid you of your worry and work . I have also
warned you of all accidents and errors that you might encounter in the work, without obscure words or words mixed
with wrong advice, so that you should get a clear understanding without losing any time . If you had previously understood differently, you can now much better understand fromthis work that I have described to you, for what has to be donein the Art must all aim at one way and path, or else it will end
in great expense and fantasy, and one will thus become thelaughingstock of all men .

12
Alchemical Signs and Symbols

Prior to the standardization of scientific and technical concepts in
our time, every art had its own signs and symbols ; thus the corresponding texts were only accessible to initiates . This was done toprevent abuses by unauthorized persons .
There now follows a list of the most important signs commonlyused in plant alchemy, which facilitates the deciphering of old texts
even at an advanced stage of learning .
Of what elements are the signs formed?
Part of the signs consist of the initial letters of the corresponding
Latin terms .
For example : B = Lat . balneum bath ; y = Lat . gutta = drop ;CC = Lat . cornum cervi = hartshorn, etc .
Another group represents combinations of initials with symbols,for instance,,X = to draw off, to decant ; 18 = Lat . vaporis balneum
steam (vapor) bath ; VIE = Lat. tartarus emeticus = tartar emetic ;$=spiritus .

232

233

PRACTICAL HANDBOOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

The sign -A., or combinations with it, frequently point tovolatile substances or processes of volatilization, such as D = todistill :to digest, strictly speaking, to digest through circulation;= to calcine (when substances become volatile) ; p means
the alcoholic life water (Aqua Vitae) ; ~ means fire grade (whensubstances rise) . The sign-n_ itself may mean : spirit, to anneal, tocalcine, to sublimate, mineral turpentine (old name Turpeth), etc .
A reversal of the sign frequently indicates the contrary ofvolatile, for example, I#E = crystal ; "a= precipitate, especially white
precipitate, and also precipitated .
On the other hand, -v- means year ; ; pound ; =§= ,v,orv
instead, spirit .
It is therefore always essential to pay attention to the rightcontext .
Part of the symbols represent the things themselves, for example,(~ = glass ; : :.: := sand ;= water ; f = to distill (to bring over the
alembic) ; 4 = Elements, composed of Q , V,&, and V ;meansfiltering, etc .
Typical are also the many abbreviations : Rhab . = rhubarb (fromthe German Rhabarber) ; Sem . = Lat . semen = seed ; Col . = Lat . colaturae= to percolate ; S . et. C . = simplex et compositurn = simple and compound ; q .p. = quantum placer as much as desired ; Spec . = Species =
species .
Reading old texts and familiarizing oneself with the alchemicalterminology and symbolism belong to the most fascinating adventures of the study . But only long experience and the ability toview all details synpotically when studying old texts can shed lighton the matter.

c

e

Add

a4" .

Air

ft .Aa, AK , # •Alembic;?.0

Alembic, distilling

A, U,

g" •

3

Anneal ; calcine (v .) i -._+ti--, .,Aqua Vitae
Aquarius
Aries

"

Y.

•

As much as remains
Ash
Ash-salt

1j, y jAutumn02, 20, v° , (/W

Basic parts of bodies
Bath4, f3 ,

Bath, vapor (steam)Bath, water

V V3.

tlA / B j DM VT ~Blind flask
Body
Boil (v.) * ,Borax
Brandy
234

d,

V, v,

r,i
•

,",

7

i 0 //,

235

Brandy, fruit'r,

Brandy, strongest possible
Brass a-"* , f ,Brick dust

091D

Calcine (v.)

C,

5, 3

,T T
'
Dissolve (v .) cv, J ° .j .1',

Digest (v .) Z),

Y'C . V1n.

Distill (v .)
ism 3
6,C

Cry- / #-~Camphor )Ocoo<~oo , 00004 , QQQ'.

Z.

Distill in ash

13Distill in sand1313

3, 3j, A

Dram

Cancer 0 .

Draw off

Capricorn ' .

Dry (adj.)

Chalk

Dry (v.) oV, Do•Q,

C oagulate (v.) e ,
T,

Coal

Drop (n .)CobaltEgg

Create a vacuum

`,

,

2.9 .

T , T,',

Crystal C .-C.. , C , Ck c .! , HE ,Dayd.

Day and nighte„ ,Egg yolk

9, w.J L,

Emetic wine W.
Equal amount of each
Essence,V,

W

Ethyl alcohol, tartaric

Death's Head (Caput MortuumE,

0 , -f .

Ethyl alcohol

cep, 1 1 •v

ELb, 0 .

Elements

Crucible T . 'T- . 'TT'",' •Crucible, melting

.,

, y

Earth -v, Ca , r.g•b

Copper ~, T, T 4--.

0'a l a a 1 cL , a. a. 0 0
.'4

•
.

Extract (n .) )(, X .

Decoction

H,

Fiat; become

Degree3Filter (v.)
236''"`',
237

Filter glass
Fire

L

Half

.l J

it, 11, to .

Q,

z2o

Fire, slow
Fire, strong
Fire grade

Hartshorn

Zi\- .

L\ ,CYC

Hartshorn, burnt

i~, .

LL

/''/3 .

Half a handful

Fire, circulating lie, A, . 1., n ,
Fire, reverberating

J113 .

Herb

t , JR9 .

Herbal wine".

Hippocratic wine

Flask

Honey

0 .

f

Flow; melt (v .)

'VT ,

•'

Gemini

1L

GingerG, Q ,

X,

Horse dung

41- I

Hour

Glue

. (r.
Z, 0

Glue, philosophicalGold0, o -

Grain

gr" . &,

Gum ; resin')'0'00, ',IronJuice ; sap

X.

Glass 0- , 0---0 ' Q,

C, o"

k

Imbibe z

Z=215 -

Glass flask, Yl

PVC. , /~ I top,

Horn(:,

Fundamental matter
Furnace'

Hermetically sealed

Fix ; coagulate (v .)FlourV, Vccv .

.

-41"

Lead (n .)Leo ~, .

9--'j ~, L N, ,Oa . .

Libra- "- .

Liquefy (v.)
Lixiviate (v .)

~`--a

Lye
969, ?6'~,

Lye of tartar
238

.
239

P ,

,'

h

-

Magnesium
Matter0- +7,

d*I-I , 1::1414- , rrta.i., ,Melt ; fuse (v.)
Mercury

Pound,

Metal *

Pound, apothecaries' m .

,Pound, half lb i,

Mix (n.) ,A(.
Mix together
MixtureA•

Powder (n.)

3 -V , a6 .

Precipitate, redMoon, waning, decrescentQ *,Moon, waxing, crescent

Opposition

r,

c~

V,

~O
0

Z.

Pebble ; flint ; silica

K,

U, sP,

4-

o-go

,

`rt

• Quicksilver (mercury)%o

Oil of tartar

A, .,'t•' 40, )(, G-"-, .

Quicklime

0Oil, distilled 0 o, 0,Oil, olive,

Putrefaction

Oil, boiled 00 0
Oil, common

4-- .

, PPP

Prepare

~p

000 .

r•

-V- •

Purification V1

L L1 .

V, VJ , 9, ii-, c :;3 , LU~t.
-,-- . r".

Precipitated
PulverizeNight / , cw
Oil

W.

Precipitate, whiteN

Month .. .L, ,NutmegPotash ; potassium carbonate,

Q. E .

Quintessence (Quinta Essentia)
Quintessence of wine0

Rainwater
Receptacle ; receiver 6, Gzi?

a 0

0 ,

RecipePisces; ,.
Rec

Reduction 11,
240

6 .
241

.

9"

13,

Sextile * .

R • J° ,Reverberate

SimmerReverberating furnace
Root

d&m .

Seed ; semen

Retort.

R

Rub ; pound ; grind ; triturate; grate
Saffron

VU

Sagittarius

X" .

Sal ammoniac

Solvent water

X- , * t

V .

Soot ; carbon blackJobe , J 1 - , 7, X , 0 ,Salt, rock "2, Eli, Q-, u 39, 61, 9, 9 .

fSpecies

Salt, common+ , Ll ,s

SpiritSalt, sea

Salt of tartar ; fixed potassium carbonate
Salt of tartar saturated with vinegar

1;3 ,-V/o(,,, Y , $ .
~+Spring (season)
Steel

~' .

d. 1,

Still (n.) ~, G`
Salt waterI.

Stones` ' C . ~.

Sublimate (n.)

f , -- , 85,

Sand

Sublimate (v .)•-' --.,

Scorpio TT6 .

Sugar F-

Saltpeter (D, '$',

Scrupler4a- i , -c'°- ,Summer

D. %, 7

e

A.

7t" .

Tartar ; hydrogen potassium tartrate

Scruple, half; obulus
Seal (n.)

S ~n.1, 63, 5 . S` R,'W- .

242

243

Y

(5

Tartar ; emeticdTaurusTest (n.)
Tin

n
t

E•

Water, common V •rrws,
Water, hot

A ,'T" .

2+ ,U.

Tincture, CFt't .

Tincture of tartar It .
Tinge

,X .
'iT', C .

Tube ; pipe

Urine

Water, tasteless
Week

E

o

+1+

'~
Vinegar + j 4T.-IO

I

Weeks, three~~

1 -0 1

Cft

10

d

'

o

Wine

V,

Wine, boiled, /-V, 1~.

Wine, circulatedWine, redVinegar, thrice-distilled dWine, sublimatedVirgin soil

f44 .

Virgo; virgin

TT~ , "'/t ,W

Wine, white

•

V

•

WintervV

Virgin wax

Volatile

of!, d--r'0.

V p'., ay,

Vinegar, distilled

Vinegar of red wine•

Weeks, fourWind furnace(9, '~ . `Q [D M O EEIa*I

Weeks, two

Until it is sufficient c' . S .
Uric salts

cQnt

Water, spring

Without wine f v .
TT,

L

,
f

+-_C

Wood
Wool

Volatile salt -0)), er,

Year

Warm

Yeast

I .

33 , -8- 1 _110- 1 ~--v-+

Zinc
244

245

.4
pa-:4

13, 13 behind a symbol means : half the amount, % = 1 handful
A4 = half a handful
L, i , j, y = behind the symbol indicates the quantity
Mj = I handful
Mij = 2 handfuls
Mij$ = 2 1/2 handfuls= ana = an equal amount of each13a

Old Weights

The old pound varies between 327 .5 and 360 grams . In Prussia, for instance, the pound had 350 .78 grams . However, the relation between
the pound valid in each case and the other weights usually remains
constant . Here now follows a survey of the most important weights :

qr

3

9'

Grain

't
Scruple

Dram

Ounce

aPound

Gram

1
20
60
480
5760

0 .05
1
3
24
288

0 .0167
0 .3331
896

0 .00210 .042
0 .1251
12

0 .00017
0 .0035
0 .0104
0 .0833
1

0 .0648
1 .296
3.888
31 .103373.242

Further : 1 Obulus = 1/2 scruple = tig = 10 grains
1 Lot or Loth = 1/2 ounce = LB = 4 drams
At, man ., M, M = 1 handful
246

247

Epilogue

The condition of a sick person is always a condition of disorder, theproportions of the organism no longer being in balance .
The disturbed balance is either due to a deficiency or to an
excess . Owing to the disturbed balance, the organism becomes prone
to disease . By organism we here understand not only the physicalconstitution but also the etheric, astral, mental, and so forth .
A healthy organism in equilibrium ("a well-balanced organism") has greater resistance to infections ; it knows how to defend
itself in a natural way . An organism with a deficient balance finds
it harder to resist attacks. It is like the control equilibrium in the
Oriental martial arts .
What the sick organism lacks-for instance, minerals, vitamins,
energies, trace elements, catalysts, and so on-must be supplied toit from outside, for example, from the plant, animal, or mineralworld . What is present in dangerous excess must be broken down,
driven out, or neutralized .

All the great classical schools of medicine consider right balance
the foundation of health .
Chinese medicine stresses the necessary right proportion between the principles of Yin and Yang as well as between the
Elements Fire, Earth, Metal, Water, and Wood as decisive forhealth . If the right proportion among these is disturbed, order isrestored with both medicaments and acupuncture, or acupressure .
This is the reason why acupuncture has also be called a therapy oforder.61
In the view of Indian Ayurvedic medicine, the proportion
between the dosas, the dhatus, and the malas as well as the mahabhutas
is decisive for the state of health .
The three dossas, Vayu (Pneuma, air), Pitta (Chole, gall), andKapha (Phlegma), whose true significance is to be understood in amuch wider sense than their names, are above all responsible forthe physico-chemical and physiological processes of the body, while
the dhatus play the principal role in the formation of the body cells .
The malas are substances that are partly absorbed within the bodyand partly eliminated in the form of feces, urine, and sweat after
they have played their part .
Each of the dosas contains the five n,,ahdbhutas (protoelements) .
They are Aka"sa (space), Vaya (Air), Agni (Fire), Jala (Water), andPrthvi (Earth) .
For obvious reasons, the Ayurvedic teaching already formulated
a highly developed science of nutrition in the earliest times, whichis still valid today . The teachings of Ayurveda were carried by
Buddhist monks to other parts of the world . It strongly influenced
Chinese as well as Greek and Arab medicine . Tibetan medical
science is also founded on it .
The accuracy of the diagnosis of qualified Ayurvedic physiciansis always amazing . During the International Congress on Traditional Asian Medicine at the Australian National University in
Canberra, 62 to which I was summoned, the famous Tibetan physician of the Dalai Lama, L . Dolma, caused such a stir with theaccuracy of her pulse diagnoses that some participants suspected aprevious arrangement . It was only their own test that confirmed
the extraordinary ability of this talented personage .

248

249

Epilogue
How Can We Heal?

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMYt pirogue

According to the views of ancient Greek medicine, too, theproportion between the fluids must be in balance . Hippocrates
emphasizes this point in his humoral therapy .
An accurate diagnosis is a basic requirement for all thesesystems . The disease is always viewed in connection with theconstitution of the patient . A famous Ayurvedic physician formulated it thus : We establish contact with each disease only throughthe patient 63

Patented broad-spectrum diagnoses are rarer in these therapeutic systems ; mostly individually prescribed preparations areadministered .
The defective balance of the organism becomes noticeable invarious ways : a change in the body temperature, the condition of
the different pulses which are felt at different spots, both on thesurface and in depth, the condition and color of the skin, the eyes,
the voice, the gait, the gesticulation, and the analysis of the urine
and the blood are pointers . In occult medicine, the examination of
the horoscope or the diagnostic pendulum-a doorway to theunconscious-is also used .
No doubt, modern Western medicine has made great progress,
especially in surgery and technology . The ancients could not evendream of our modern cardiographs and encephalographs . Technology has led to important achievements in all areas ; there arecountless analyses at hand in our laboratories . But how is it thatwith all our scientific knowledge and analyses we can no longer
build musical instruments like Stradivari and Guarneri? Everything
in these instruments has been measured, analyzed, and examinedexcept that which cannot be analyzed . The result is sad, no end of
single data, drawings, chemical analyses, and literature about violinmaking-bur we cannot build a new Stradivarius, we are lacking
something . "Thus he holds the parts in his hand, lacking, unfortunately, is the spiritual bond," Goethe instructed us . Caraka,
one of the most important masters of Ayurvedic medicine, said : "A
complete understanding of a science can never be attained if only apartial area of it is known ." Essentially, both quotations are saying
the same time . We know the message, but we do not act accord-

ingly . What is it that makes the famous instruments of Cremona so
unique? It is the sum of all proportions in perfect balance that
bestows upon the instruments their exalted quality, not any tricks
or details . The masters of Cremona, and also still much older
masters who made outstanding lutes and base viols, worked with
devotion and love, by "holy divine inspiration" ; they were standingin "the light of Nature," to speak once more with Paracelsus . The
same applies to great makers of Indian musical instruments . "Dilse
karna hay, " one must build with the heart, a famous Indian
instrument-maker once told the author .
If man does not try hard to recover his balance, a balance withhimself, his fellow men, nature, and God, his life will become evermore misguided . This can already today be recognized by many
symptoms of modern art, including the medical art .
The medicine of the future must find its way back to a great
synoptic view ; where the Solve only is achieved and not the Coagula,no true masters can emerge . Genuine alchemy belongs to the mostprecious and grand traditions, in comparison with which many
concepts of modern science and technology appear spiritually impoverished .
There is really no reason for modern science to despise its
venerable Mother Alchemy (Mater Alclymia) .
It is only when man finds his way back to the whole that we canheal completely . As long as the parts behave as if they were thewhole, the situation remains confused .
The same applies to politics and religions .
One of the noblest paths leading to a new synoptical view isalchemy, of which this modest work intends to give the reader anunderstanding .
Finally, let us remember an idea of Rudolf Steiner's : he said thatthe laboratory table must once again become an altar . With thateverything is said . Have not the true alchemists acted in conformity
with this all along? What would the world look like if the lastexpressed thought were realized the world over? Perhaps we could
then again make instruments of the caliber of Stradivari .
In conclusion, a bit of advice :

250

251

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Before every experiment, you should mentally go throughall the processes . Make sure that everything is at hand and that all
your equipment is clean .
2 . In distilling, take care of the necessary pressure compensation.
3 . When distilling plant Sulfur, do not leave the tap at the oil
separator open ; it is a mistake that every alchemist makes at leastonce!
4 . If you have to combine substances, first make a test withsmall amounts . If the reaction is violent, e.g., frothing over, join
the substances slowly and carefully . In this way you will avoid
quantitative losses.
5 . Keep an orderly laboratory diary in which all dates, quantities, exact times, and the course of the experiment are exactly
noted, including, of course, also all mistakes .
6 . Avoid, especially at the beginning, all dangerous and poisonous substances.
7 . Assess every preparation openly and critically . What matters
is to become ever better in the spagyric art .
8 . The laws on pharmacology and medicine in force in any
specific country must be obeyed . Gather precise information about
these so that you do not come into conflict with the law .
9 . Let the keynote of your work be the desire to know the
wonders of nature and the desire to help others . The highest formof medicine is love, says Paracelsus . If with his experiments the
spagyrist does not at the same time devote himself to humanspagyrics, that is, the perfecting of his personality, everything is
but of little value .
10 . Be aware that you are but an instrument of wise Natureand God .
1.

Notes

1 . A magistry (a masterpiece) is an alchemisally exalted preparation which isalways prepared from a whole, e .g ., a medicinal plant . The preparation firstrequires the separation of specific constituents, after which they are purified
and again combined .
2 . See 0 . S . Johnson, A Study in Chinese Alchemy (Shanghai, 1928), and Ko Hung,
The Nei Men of Ko Hung : Alchemy, Medicine and Religion in the China of A . D . 320,
one of the ancient Chinese classical works of alchemy, translated by Prof.
J . R. Ware.
3 . Alchemy is especially strongly emphasized in South Indian medicine . The
relevant texts have until now hardly been translated and are therefore
practically only accessible in Tamil . According to information by Prof. R.
Kumaraswamy (Govt . College of Indian Medicine, Palayamkottai), whom theauthor met at the International Congress on Asian Medicine at the Australian
National University in Canberra in 1978, there are close parallels between
Indian and Chinese medicine .
4 . In the Western countries, Egyptian alchemy became the best-known tradition, so that alchemy was simply called the Hermetic art, after the god
Thoth, better known as Hermes Trismegistus, the Thrice-Greatest Hermes .
5 . CE E . J. Holmyard, Alchemy, p. 26, and M . Berthelot, Collection des anciens
alchimistes grecs.

252

253

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY
6 . Until today, many modern representatives of Chinese medicine are holding
on to ancient Chinese concepts, at least as a model, since no attempt at
explaining the phenomena of acupuncture on the basis of Western ideas has
so far been entirely satisfactory .
7 . Felix Mann, Acupuncture: The Ancient Chinese Art of Healing and How It Works
Scientifically (New York, 1962) .
8 . Rg veda 1, 164 .39 .
9 . Maharishi Mahesh Yogi .
10 . Cf. Dr . Ch. H . Thakkur, Ayurveda : Die indische Heil- and Lebenskunst (Freiberg,
1977), p . 224 ff.
11 . I3ibliotheque de l'Arsenal, Paris, Ms . 974 .
12 . "Earth" here stands for everything that is impure and constitutes an unnecessary dead weight . (Alchimia est separatio purl ab impuro: Alchemy is the separationof the pure from the impure .) Here we must not confuse the word earth with
the Element Earth, since the Elements can be purified . More about this later .
13 . F . Hoyle, Frontiers of Astronomy (London, 1970), p . 304 .
14 . M . Capek, The Philosophical Impact of Contemporary Physics (Princeton, 1961),
p . 319 .
15 . F . Capra, The Tao of Physics (London, 1978), p_318 .
16 . In the meantime, this forecast has come true . Ayurvedic medicine is taught
at several Indian universities. The Gujarat Ayurvedic University is devoting
its entire curriculum exclusively to this subject . In addition, there are many
Ayurvedic colleges and institutes proper .

17 . Spagyrische Arxneimittellehre (Staufen Pharma, Goppingen, 1953), p . 112 .

18 . Paavo Airola, How to Get Well (Phoenix, Ariz ., 1974), p . 140 .
19 . Louis Kervran, Biological Transmutations (Brooklyn, N . Y ., 1972), p . 46 .
20 . The connection between alchemy and music is quite close . Many masters ofalchemy were simultaneously musicians . Al-nazi, for instance, is also theauthor of an encyclopedia of music, at least it is ascribed to him . Indianclassical music is directly a musical alchemy, aimed at the transformation of
the listener's consciousness . ("A raga is that which colors the mind" is asaying cited again and again .) The whole structure of a raga in a concert
proceeds according to the principle "Solve et Coagula ." This range of theoctave in which the raga is anchored is divided into two parts, called sthayi
and antara . These are separately developed in the introduction (alapa) . The
subsequent sanchari (wandering about) then joins the parts split by the Solveand which were separately elaborated . The alapa is largely analytical, the single
components are successively presented, only to be later once again incorporated into the whole . The composition (bandish or gat) following the
introduction now brings the entire material into a firm form and can becompared to the alchemical fixation . In its structure the Solve is once more
effected, leading thereafter to a blending that finally culminates in a
vivacious, improvised embellishment developing from it .
21 . Alexander von Bernus, Akhymie and Heilkunst (Nuremberg, 1972), pp . 95-96 .
2 54

A v

vaca

22. Nicolas Flamel, Le Livre des figures hieroglyphiques, new ed . (Paris, 1971) .
23 . Raimundus Lullus, c . 1235-1315, Catalan alchemist and mystic.
24 . Johannes Isaacus Hollandus, alchemist of the 16th-17th century .
25 . Tabula Smaragdina, in the alchemistic view, the legacy of Hermes Trismegistus, supposedly found in the Cheops pryamid . The text ranks as one of
the fundamental hermetic confessions of faith, the Latin version of whichruns as follows :Verum sine mendacio, certum et verissimum . Quod est inferius est sicut quod est
supcrius, et quod est superius, est sicut est inferius, ad praeparanda miracula rei
unius. Et sicut omnes res fuerunt ab uno, ineditatione unius, sic omnes res natae
fuerunt ab hac una re adoptione . Pacer eius est Sol, Mater eius Luna . Portavit
illud ventus in venire suo . Nutrix eius terra est . Hic est vis totius mundi . Si versa
fuerit in terram, separbis terrain ab igne, subtile a spisso, suaviter cum magno
ingenio. Ascendit a terra in coelum, et iterum descendit in terram, cc recipit vim
superiorum et inferiorum . Si habebis gloriam totius mundi . Ideo fugit a tc ontnis
obscuritas, haed est totius fortitudinis fortitudo fortis, quae vincit omnem rem
subtilem, et omne solidum penetrabit . Sic mundus creatus est, Hic Brunt
adoptiones mirabiles, quorum modus hic est, itaque vocatus sum Hermes Trismegisws, habens tees parses philosophiae totius mundi . Completum est quod dixi
de operation Solis .
It is true without a lie, certain, and absolutely true . What is below is like what is
above, and what is above is like what is below, so that the miracle of the One
may be accomplished . And as all things have been from the One, so all things
proceed from this One, by adoption . Its father is the sun, its mother is the moon ;the wind has carried it in his belly ; its nurse is :4te earth.
This is the power of the whole world . If it is turned in the earth, you willseparate the earth from the fire, the subtle from the dense, gently and with great
cleverness. It ascends from the earth to heaven, and descends again to the earth .
and receives the power of Above and Below . So will you have the glory of thewhole world .
Therefore, all darkness will flee from you . This is the mighty strength of allstrength, which overcomes all things and transmutes every subtle thing and every
coarse thing . Thus the world is created . From this will follow wonderful changes,
the rules of which lie in this . Therefore I am called Hermes Trigmegistus, having
three parts of the philosophy of the whole world . It is ended now what I have said
about the work of the sun.
26. Hennetisches A .B .C . deren achten Weisen alter and never Zeiten vom Stein der
Weisen : Ausgegeben von einem wahren Gott- and Menschenfreunde, vols . I and 2(Anstata, Schwarzenburg, 1979) .
.
27 "Sammlung unterschieldich bewahrter Chymischer Schriften, namentlich
Joh . Isaaci Hollandi, Hand der Philosphen, Opus Saturni, Opera Vegetabilia,
Opus Minerale, Cabala, de Lapide Philosophico, Nebst einemTractat von den
lrrgangen derer Alchytnisten, Auctoris incerti, neue and verbesserte Auflage,
mit gehorigem Fleisse iibersehen, and mit einem Verzeichnis derer in jeglichem
255

Tractat befindlichen wichtigsten Materien vermehret, wie auch mit notigen
Kupfern gezieret (Wien, Im Verlag bey job . Paul Krauss, Buchhandler,1773).
28 . Herrn Georgii von Welling, "Opus Mago-Cabbalisticum et Theosophicum,
darinnen der Lirsprung, Natur, Eigenschaften and Gerbrauch des Salzes,
Schwefels and Mercurii, in dreyen Teilen beschrieben, and nebst sehr vielen
sonderbaren mathematischen, theosophischen, magischen and mystischen
Materien, auch die Erzeugung der Metallen and Mineralien, aus dem Grunde
der Natur erwiesen wird ; saint dem Haupt-Schlussel des ganzen Werks, andvielen curieusen mago-cabbalistischen Figuren . Deme noch beygefiiget : Ein
Tractatlein von der Gottlichen Weisheit ; and ein besonderer Anhang etlicher
sehr rar- and kostbarer chymischer Piecen" (Frankfurt and Leipzig, in derFleischerischen Buchhandlung, 1784 ; Reprint Stockholm, 1971) .
29 . Please do not play with mantras . According to tradition, they are extremely
strongly acting vibrations . Their use should never be learned without the
responsible instruction of a teacher .
30 . Either longer or shorter verses of holy texts are designated as mantras, or theespecially strongly effective monosyllabic bijaksaras (seed-syllables) or byamantras (seed-mantras) . A mantra is a sound pattern (tone syllable form) whose
effects are known . The bija-mantras all end in a nasal sound which is indicatedby the point (bindu), also called anusvara . Right pronunciation sets the speakervibrating and releases hidden powers . After correctly practicing with the
spoken word, a mental repetition of the mantra is sufficient to bring about theeffect . Mantras are an important aid to meditation .
31 . Knorr von Rosenroth, Aufgang der Arzney Kunst : Ortus Medicinae, off. B . van
Helmont (reprint Munich, 1971), pp . 346, 352 .
32 . Helen Philbrick and Richard B . Gregg, Companion Plants (London, 1976), p . 73 .
33 . Alexander von Bernus, Alchmmie and Heilkunst (Nuremberg, 1972), p . 122 .
34 . Glauberus Concentratus (Leipzig and Breslau, 1715), p . 7 .
35 . Cf. the instructions by D . J . Schroeder for the preparation of a spagyric
essence from wormwood .
34 . Cf. p . 72 of this work .
37 . Archaeus : actually the inwendige Werkmeister ( the inner master builder) . An
Archaeus can become volatile but not deteriorate . (See the work quoted innote 31, vol . 1, p. 40 .) Great effects are ascribed to it. The water prepared as
described represents the highest and stablest form of distilled water, whichcannot be refined any further . As Archaeus in a narrower sense we designate
an operating cause .
38/39 . Theodor Kerckringii Doctoris Medici, Anmerkungen uber Basilii Valentini
Triumphwagen des Antimonii (Nuremberg, 1724), pp . 138, 206 .
40 . "Sammlung unterschiedlich bewahrter Chymischer Schriften, namentlich
Joh . Isaaci Hollandi Hand der Philosophen, Opus Saturni, Opera Vegetabilia,
Opus Minerale, Cabala, de Lapide Philosophico, etc . " (Vienna, 1773), p. 243 .
41 . According to Hollandus, the Sal Armeniacum (* - ammoniac) unites sub256

stances even if they are opposed to each other by nature : "For without thisSalt, no thing in the world will stay together nor come together ." (See thework cited in note 40, p. 212 .) As the "Secret Salt of the Wise" it is one of
the most important ingredients of certain preparations . Since ammoniac isextremely volatile, it is symbolically represented as an eagle . To collect theammoniac, an "eagle trap" is used, a system of glass tubes in which the eagle
gets stuck on its way during distillation, the Sal Armeniacum adhering to thewalls of the tubes in the form of crystals .
42 . Henry Monroe Fox, Lunar Periodicity in the Reproduction of Centrichinus $etosus(Royal Society of London, Series B), vol . XVCm, pp . 523-550 .
43 . L . Kolisko, Sternenwirken in Erdenstoffen : Saturn and Blei . Copyright 1952 by
L . Kolisko, Edge near Stroud, England . Printed in Germany by J. M . Voith,GmbH, Heidenheim .
.
44 Michel Gauquelin, Science and Astrology (London, 1969) .
45. John A . West and Jan G . Toonder,The Case for Astrology (Penguin Books,
Harmondsworth, Middlesex, England) .
The
designation "Doctrine of Signatures" is understood in two ways:
46 .
(1) Paracelsus says : "Nature marks every plant that issues from her for what
it is good." Further : "And there is no thing in Nature created or born that
does not also reveal its form externally ; because the inner always works
toward manifestation ." Since balm has heart-shaped leaves, it is therefore
considered marked as a cardiac remedy . (2) The assigning of certain plants
to planets is also designated as Doctrine of Signatures, since the planets confer
the Signum on plants.
.
Glauber,
Pharmacopoeia Spagyrica, chap . 2,
47
48 . Precise directions for the preparation of ihese distillates are found in the work
Ars Distillandi oder Destillierkunst dens wolerfahrnen Hieronymi Braunschweig . This
interesting work is published as a supplement to the edition of the herbal of
Dioscurides of 1610, and also came out in 1964 as a reprint by Konrad Kplbl in
Griinwald bei Munich .
49 . Andreas Libavius, Alchimiae Lib . 11, chap . 58 .
50. According to Blakiston's Medical Dictionary (New York, 1979) : Elixir: A
sweetened, aromatic solution, usually hydroalcoholic, commonly containing
soluble medicaments, but sometimes not containing any medication ; intended
for use only as a flavour or vehicle, or both .
51 . L . Pomini in his work Erboristeria Italian, on pectin: "In the human body they
tone up the digestive tract and help neutralize poisonous wastes ; in therapy
they seem to be especially suited to correct excesses of gastric acidity . They
reduce the cholesterol content of the blood . (Nei corgi umani tonificano l'intestinv
ed aiutano a neutralizzare i rifiuti venefici entenci ; in terapia sembrano create apposta percorreggere i difetti di aciditd gastrica . Abbassano it tasso di colesterolo nel sangue .)52 . Andreas Libavius, Lib . II, Akhimiae Tract . III, De Specibus Compositis .
53 . Johannes Baptista Porta, Magiae naturalis libri viginti, (Leiden, 1651), p . 439 .
257

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

54 . History and description of influential, elemental, and natural effects / Of all
foreign and native plants / also of their subtlety / together with their true andartificial counterfeiting / also of all parts / internal and external members of
the human body / in addition to an illustration of all instruments for their
extraction / likewise their use / and all processes necessary for the preservation of health . Described by Leonhardt Thurneysser zum Thurn, Appointed
Electoral Brandenburg Medicus in ordinary . Reprinted by Arcana S . Schmidt
Verlag, Handeloh, 1978 .
55 . Le Febure, Neuuermehrter chymischer Handleiter and guldenes Kleinod (Nuremberg,1685), p . 343 .
56 . Andreas Libavius, Lib . 11, Alchimiae Tract . III, De Specibus Compositis .
57 . Alkali is the Salt extracted through the calcination of a whole plant . To this end,

the closed calcination is suggested, which Libavius also advises .
In the preparation of the alkalis, the salts are extracted as much as possible
with the plant's "own water," i .e ., with the water of the plant carefully distilled through heating and then made visible through slow evaporation .
Otherwise, spring water is recommended for the extraction of the salts .
Libavius describes the process in his Lib . 111, Alchimiae Tract . 11, De Extractis:
The alkali, however, arises out of the total essence of the substances, so that it
carries with itself the inner powers, while only the Corpus is separated . It is
extracted from vegetable, animal, and mineral substances which are all
together reverberated in ash or lime, during which the container must be
closed as much as possible and the joints sealed to prevent even a trace ofessence from escaping, and to keep the volatile together with the fixed .
58 . Johannes Baptista Porta, Magiae naturalis libri viginti, p. 439 .
59 . Johannes Isaaci Hollandi Opus Vegetabile, by his son Sendivogius, known as
J . F . H . S ., published by Henrico Betkio, Amsterdam, 1659 .
60 . In chap . 30 of his Opus Vini, Hollandus describes the combustible or badsmelling oil as hot and moist : "This combustible oil which you have justrectified is now clear, thin, and red, like blood, also fat like other oil, and it is
hot and moist . It is good for chilled and gouty nerves, to rub or anoint themwith, also for paralyzed and frozen members, likewise for those who have an
apoplectic s troke . i t also serves in all ointments and poultices to `incarnate' ormake the flesh grow in all deep holes and wounds." In chap . 31, he warns thephysicians of any misuse of the oil : "If a master or surgeon intending to heal awound puts too much fat oil in to the ointment, the flesh will imperceptibly
become too rank, and bad flesh will grow in it, and if he continues with thesame ointment, not making it leaner, it will result in corruption and putrefaction in the nerves and the flesh, so that finally fistulas, cancer, and runningholes will arise in it . All this is caused by the combustible oil which they haveextracted from the earth, and thus it becomes clear that the combustible oil
can also cause death ."258. Haug61 . Gerhard Bachmann, Die Akupunktur-eine Ordnungstherapie (Karl F
Verlag, Heidelberg, 1959) .
62 . International Conference on Traditional Asian Medicine (ICTAM), Australian
National University, Canberra, 2-7 September 1979, under the auspices of theWorld Health Organization . This congress, suggested by Prof. L . Basham, thefirst of its kind, turned into an epoch-making success . It resulted in the foundation of IASTAM (International Association for the Study of Traditional
Asian Medicine, Inc .) with Prof . Basham as president . The goal of IASTAM
is to realize and further develop the suggestions resulting from the Congress .
Other congresses are planned for the future . In the meantime, the organization counts many prominent members throughout the world .
63 . The famous Ayurvedic physician Pundit Shiv Sharma, in the course of aconversation with the author .

259

Bibliography

Agrippa von Nettesheim . Magische Werke, 2 vols . Reprint Ansata-Verlag, Schwarzenburg, 1979 .
Albertus, Frater . The Alchemist ofthe Rocky Mountains . Paracelsus Research Society,
Service Press, Inc ., Salt Lake City, Utah, 1976 .
Albertus, Frater . The Alchemists Handbook . Samuel Weiser, New York, rev .
ed ., 1974 .
Albertus, Frater. Praktische Alchemse im zwanzigstenJahrhundert . Paracelsus ResearchSociety, Salt Lake City, Utah, 1970 .
Astrologia oggi, a cura di Serena Foglia, Armenia Editore, Milan, 1976 .
Barbault, Andre. Traite pratique d astrologie. Editions du seuil, Paris, 1961 .
Barbault, Armand . L'oro del millesimo awttino . Italian translation by Stefania
Binarelli, Biblioteca dei misteri, diretta da Gianfranco de Turris . Edizioni
Mediterranee, Rome, 1972 . (Publications Premieres, Paris, 1969 .)Bernus, Alexander von. Alchemie and Heilkunst. Verlag Hans Carl, Nuremberg,
1969 and 1972 .
Bersetz, J ., et Masson, A . Tiaite de spagyrie . Editeur J . B . G ., Paris, VIII, 1977 .
Besesti, Violetta . Astrologia lunisolare, Casa Editrice MEB, Turin, 1975 .
Bhagavad Gitd . Triest, 1975 .
26 1

a nn,., a a% .na. a ana~alDV Vat yr c Lna\ l a IL ..nrm x4{Vl~V~lupnr

Cecchini, Tina . Enciclopedia delle erbe e delle piante medicinali . De Vecchi Editore,
Milan, 1977 .
Cornell, H . L ., M .D . Encyclopedia of Medical Astrology . 3rd rev . ed. Samuel Weiser,
New York, 1972 .
Da Legnano, Dott ., P . L . Le piante medicinali nella cura delle malattie umane, 3rd ed., rev .
Edizioni Mediterranee, Rome, 1973 .
Dash, Dr . Bhagwan . Fundamentals of Ayurvedic Medicine . Bansal & Co ., New Delhi,
1978 .
Dash, Dr . Bhagwan . Ayurveda for Healthy Living . Hind Pocket Books, New Delhi,
1977 .
Dash, Dr . Bhagwan, and Junius, Manfred M . A Handbook of Ayurveda. Concept of
Publishing Co ., New Delhi, 1983 .
Deichmann, Hilmar M . D . Catena Medica . Karl F . Haug Verlag, Heidelberg, 1976 .
Dioscurides . Kreutterbuch. Frankfurt, 1610 . Reprint Konrad Ki lbl, Grdnwald near
Munich, 1964 .
Evola, Julius. La tradizione ermetica . 5th ed . Edizioni Mediterranee, Rome, 1971 .
Fankhauser, Dr . Alfred . Das wahre Gesicht der Astrologie. 3rd ed. Orell Fussli
Verlag, Zurich, 1952 .
Fankhauser, Dr . Alfred . Horoskopie . 2nd ed . Orell Fussli Verlag, Zurich, 1946 .
Fischer, Georg . Heilkrduter and Arzneipfanzen . Karl F . Haug Verlag, BerlinTubingen-Saulgau, 1947 ; 4th ed ., 1975 .
Fyfe, Agnes . Die Signatur des Mondes im Pfanzenreich . Kapillardynamische Untersuchungsergebnisse . Verein fur Krebsforschung, Arlesheim, Switzerland .
Verlag Freies Geistesleben, Stuttgart, 1967 .
Gessman, G . W . Die Geheimsymbole der Chemie and Medizin des Mittelahers . Graz, Publ .
by the author, 1899 . Exact reprint of the 1899 edition . Dr . Martin Sandig,
oHG . Walluf bei Wiesbaden, 1972 .
Glauberus Concentratus, Leipzig and Breslau, 1715 . Publ . Michael Hubert, reprint
1961, Karl F . Haug Verlag, Ulm/Donau .
Hahnemann, Samuel . Organon der Heilkunst, "Aude Sapere," 6th ed . Karl F . Haug
Verlag, Heidelberg, 1981 .
Heindel, Max, and Foss-Heindel, Augusta . Astro-Diagnose: Ein Fuhrer zur Heilung .
Rosenkreuzer Gemeinschaft, Darmstadt, 1969 .
Helmrich, Dr . Hermann E . Spagyrik : Alter Wein in neuen Schlauchen . Karl F . Haug
Verlag, Heidelberg, 1977 .
Hermetisches A .B.C., 2 vols . Reprint Ansata Verlag, Schwarzenburg, 1979, in
accordance with the Berlin edition of 1778.
Hollandus, Joh . Isaac . Opera Vegetabilia, In Sammlung unterschiedlich bewahrter
Chymischer Schriften, Publ . by Joh . Paul Krauss, Vienna, 1773 .
Holmyard, E . J . Storia dell-alchimia . Sansoni, Florence, 1959 .
Karl, Josef. Phytotherapie . Publ . Tibor Marczell, Munich, 1978.
Kervran, C . Louis . Biological Transmutations . Crosby Lockwood, London, 1972 .
Kervran, C . Louis . A la decouverte des transmutations biologiques, une explication desphenomenes biologiques aberrants . Le Courier du Livre, Paris, 1966 .

Kervran, C . Louis . Preuves relatives a ('existence de transmutations biologiques, echecs en
biologic a la loi de Lavoisier d'invariance de la mature . Maloine, Paris, 1968 .
Kervran, C . Louis . Les transmutations biologiques en agronomie . Maloine, Paris, 1970 .
Kervran, C . Louis . Alchimie d'hier et d aujourd'hui: L alchinue, rive ou realite . Revue desIngenieurs de l'Institut National Superieur de Rouen, 1972-73 .
Kinauer Saltarini, Helen . Gli astri e la salute . Giovanni De Vecchi Editore, Milan,
1976 .
Kolisko, L . Sternenwirken in Erdenstoffen : Saturn and Blei . Ein Versuch, diePhanomene der Chemie, Astronomic and Physiologic zusammen zu schauen.
Copyright 1952 by L . Kolisko . Edge near Stroud, England . Printed inGermany by J . M . Voith GmbH, Heidenheim .
Kurth, Harms . Rezepte beruhmter Arzte aus 5000 Jahren . Racoon F . Keller Verlag,
Geneva, 1974 .
Le Febure . NeuvermehrterchymischerHandleiterundguldenesKleinod. Nuremberg,1685 .
Libavius, Andreas . Alchemia . Andreae Libavii Med . D . Poet . Physici Rotemburg,
Exudebat Johannes Saurius, Impensis Petri Kopfii, Frankfurt, 1597 .
Libavius, Andreas. Alchemia Commentari 1(2nd ed . of Alchemia) . Exudebat Johannes
Saurius, Impensis Petri Kopfii, Frankfurt, 1606 .
Die Alchemie des Andreas Libavius . Ein Lehrbuch der Chemie aus dem Jahre 1597 .
Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, 1964 .
Messegue, Maurice . Die Natur hat immer recht . Molden, Vienna, 1973 .
Messegue, Maurice . Die Krduter meines Vaters . Molden, Vienna, 1974 .
Messegue, Maurice . Von Menschen and Pfanzen . Molden, Vienna, 1972 .
Ming Wong. La medecine chinoise par les plantes . Edition Tschou, 1976 .
Monroe Fox, Henry . Lunar Periodicity in th4 Reproduction of Centrichinus Setosus .
Royal Society of London, Series B, Vol . XVCm, P . 523-550 .
Musaeum Hermeticum Reformatum et Amplificatum . Akademische Druck- andVerlagsanstalt, Graz, 1970 .
Negri, G . Nuovo erbario figurato . Ulrico Hoepli Editore, Milan, 1976 .
Paoli, Alberto . Introduzione all astrologia . Giovanni De Vecchi Editore, Milan, 1973 .
Paracelsus . The Hermetic and Alchemical Writings of Paracelsus, edited by Arthur
Edward Waite . Reprint of the 1894 edition published by James Elliot & Co .,London. Shambhala Publications, Berkeley, Calif ., 1976 .
Paracelsus . Sdmtliche Werke, nach der zehnbandigen Huserschen Gesamtausgabe(1589-1591) zum ersten Mal in neuzeitliches Deutsch ubersetzt . Mit
Einleitung, Biographic and erklarenden Anmerkungen versehen von Bernhard Aschner. 4 vols . Jena, 1926-1932 .
Pelikan, Wilhelm . Heilpflanzenkunde, vols . 1, 2, and 3 . Philosophisch-Anthroposophischer Verlag, Dornach, 1975 .
Quinta Essentia, journal of alchemy, astrology, Kabbalah . Paracelsus ResearchSociety, P .O .B . 8, CH-6414, Oberarth, Switzerland .
Ranquc, Georges . La pietra filosofale . Italian translation by Vincenzo Montenegro,
Biblioteca dci misteri, diretta da Gianfranco de Turris . Edizione Mediterranee, Rome, 1973 . (Editions Robert Laffont, Paris, 1972) .

262

263

PRACTICAL HANDBOOK OF PLANT ALCHEMY

Ring, Thomas. Astrologie ohne Aberglauben . Econ Verlag, Diisseldorf-Vienna, 1972 .
Ring, Thomas. Astrologische Menschenkµnde, vols . 1-4 . Rascher Verlag, Zurich andStuttgart, from 1956 .
Knorr von Rosenroth, Christian . Aufgang der Artzney-Kunst, 2 vols. Kosel Verlag,
Munich, 1971 .
Sadoul, Jacques. Il tesoro degli alchimisti . Italian translation by Jacopo Comin,
Bibliotheca dei misteri, diretta da Gianfranco de Turris . Edizioni Mediterranee, Rome, 1972 . (Editions Publications Premiers ed Editions "J'ai lu,"
Paris, 1970 .)Schatzkammer der Alchemie . Fontes Artis Chymscac . Akademische Druck- andVerlagsanstalt, Graz, 1976 .
D. Johann Schroders treff lich / versehene Medizin / Chymische Apotheke / Oder:
Hochstkostbarer Arzeney-Schatz, 2 vols. Nuremberg, 1685 . Reprint 1963, Konrad
Kolbl, Griinwald bei Munich .
Scoprire riconoscere usare le erbe. Fratelli Fabbri Editore, Milan, 1977 . Consulente :Paolo Rovesti, testi di Umberto Boni e Gianfranco Patri, tavole di Alessandro
Bartolomelli .
Sementowsky-Kurilo, Nikolaus von . Astrologie, Schicksal im Sternenspiegel . Aurum
Verlag, Frieburg i . Br ., 1979 .
Spagyrische Arzneimittel-Lehre . Staufen Phatma, Goppingen, 1938, 1953 .
Tabemaemontanus, Jacobus Theodorus . Neu vollkommen Krduterbuch . Frankfurt,
1610 . Reprint Konrad Kolbl, Griinwald bei Munich, 1964 .
Thakkur, Vaidyaratna Chandrasekhar, G . Introduction to Ayurveda . ASI Publications, Inc ., New York, 1974 . German translation by Dr . Ulrike Killer .
Vaga, Eugenio, G . Doctor Natura : Malattia per malattia, le ricette erboristiche the curano eguariscono . De Vecchi Editore, Milan, 1974.
Valentinus, Basilius . Chymische Schriften . 2 vols. Hamburg, 1677 bei Johann
Naumanns and Dr . H . A . Gerstenberg, Hildesheim, 1976 .
Valentinus, Basilius . TriumphwagendesAntinwns,mitdemKommentardesTheodor
Kerckringius . Amsterdam, 1685 .
Valnet, Jean . Arornatherapie : Traitement des maladies par les essences des plantes . 8 .
Maloine Editeur, 1976 .
Vitofranceschi, Giuseppe de . L aglio, una pianta medicinale da riscoprire . Paracelso,
Collana di Fitoterapia a cura del Prof . Giuseppe de Vitofranceschi, Mario
Solfanelli Editore, Chieti, 1978 .
Welling, G . v. Opus Mago-Cabbalisticum et Theosophicum . Leipzig, 1784 . Reprint
G . Wendelholm, Stockholm, 1971 .
West, John Anthony and Toonder, Jan Gerhard. The Case for Astrology. Macdonald,1970 . Penguin Books, Harmondsworth, Middlesex, England .
Willfort, Richard . Gesundheit durch Heilkrduter. Rudolf Trauner Verlag, Linz, 1977 .
Zolla, Elemire . Le Meraviglie della natura . Introduzione all'alchimia, Bompiani,
Milan, 1975 .
264